No

The Care Programme Approach: first you have to prove you are ill

Authors
Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(4):a437

The Care Programme Approach (CPA) was introduced in England in 1993 to co-ordinate the care of patients with mental health disorders.1 Its aim was to ensure that there was a full assessment of the patient’s needs, that a care co-ordinator would see that the care was delivered, regular checks would be carried out to review progress, there would be collaboration between health and social services, and that patients (or the term used to ‘demedicalise’ them in psychosocial Newspeak 2  namely, ‘service users’) and carers (they also use the service) would have a greater say in the written management plan. Targets were set.

What has happened since? Prior to this I recall that most psychiatrists carried out full assessment needs, regular checks reviewed progress (outpatients), social services were involved when necessary, and  patients and their families were nearly always involved in the discussion of after-care, when appropriate. Despite the condescending manner in which patients and carers were treated by the hierarchy, i.e. they would not understand the difference between social services management and other after-care, it was always quite clear to doctors that patients had no difficulty with the concepts of medical intervention (investigations, diagnosis, treatment), psychological therapies, and social help (housing, work, family, finances). 

Rather than simplifying the process we now have two tiers of CPA, namely, standard and enhanced. Where the patient has ‘complex needs’ or is a ‘complicated case’ then you are in the enhanced bracket. For the rest – back to the General Practitioner (GP)! Not enough resources apparently. Not ill enough more likely. Remember – you have to have a severe and enduring mental health disorder – nothing else counts. Nowadays the GP is expected to be a specialist in mental health and run a risk assessment on every ‘psychiatric’ patient. The GP is frowned upon by the ‘experts in living’ should he/she for example, dare refer a mild or moderately (yes - those descriptions again!) ill patient to the Mental Health Services. Because there is no bottomless pit of money, the scenario was changed in 2008 so that those receiving only standard CPA were no longer entitled to it. However, not to appear callous and indifferent to the plight of those suffering from ‘less severe’ mental health problems, the usual lip service was paid to patients, assuring them that they should be respected and supported, and that their carers be also recognised as having ‘needs’. All the buzz words were put in place again – integrated care pathways, working together, reviews about the reviews, good practice, better training, and so forth. Now there is the Supervised Community Treatment Order, (whether you like it or not) and those subject to the new ‘order’ will be entitled to the ‘new’ CPA. Wonderful in theory.

So what happens to a patient who is not on CPA? We are informed that such patients should still be open to secondary mental health services, should continue to receive clinical support, that reviews should take place regularly, and a social assessment should be available under the new guidance to local authorities FACS (Fair Access to Care Services), readily available on the Internet. The truth of the matter is that only those patients on enhanced CPA will receive immediate support, the rest will have to jump through the usual hurdles to prove they have a severe, enduring mental illness (enduring is not enough) in order to gain access to NHS ‘support’ facilities. Some patients are seen as more deserving than others, for example, those admitted to hospital under the Mental Health Act (voluntary admission may count against you), current or potential risk (theoretically, any patient with a mental health disorder, which seems to defeat the purpose of the exercise) or the presence of a dual diagnosis (depression with alcoholism, or is it the other way round?). Anyway, if in doubt, the patient is entitled to a formal reassessment CPA and may be admitted to the ‘new’ CPA list. If all fails, the patient (remember, one with severe, enduring mental health symptoms) may make a complaint to the local authority or even hire a lawyer.

What is the true state of affairs? To begin with, many patients have enduring mental health problems which are not severe, are not life-threatening, and despite the hardship and drudgery endured, manage to trundle through work, relationships, and family life. Years of talking therapies or psychotropic medication, indeed both, may have only taken the edge off their symptoms. Often symptoms resurge and require alterations or adjustments in medication; sometimes a different psychological approach needs to be considered. Such patients are best left to the fountain of all wisdom, the GP, so it seems. Rather akin to telling the GP to treat for example, a ‘minor’ cardiac problem (say, palpitations) because the ‘specialist unit’ only deals with severe arrhythmias, severe pain, severe disability, ‘severe everything’. It is unfair to expect GPs to make informed decisions concerning psychotropic medication (no more than they should about adjusting chemotherapy drugs) and most would be familiar only with specific therapies such as Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) or Anger Management, where appropriate. The type of patients  described here comprise the majority of those seen in outpatients, yet there is now a growing trend to discharge such patients back to the GP, because he/she is not ‘care co-ordinated’ on enhanced CPA. The burden is on the GP. It does not seem to have registered with politicians or management (doctors included) that chronic schizophrenia is not the same as chronic gastro-oesophageal reflux.

The trend now is for the setting up of Community Clinics (the patient does not necessarily get to see a doctor) where ‘all the other psychiatric problems’ are dealt with. The traditional psychiatric outpatient department is to be abolished, unless of course, GPs do something about this torrid state of affairs now. It could only happen in Psychiatry which seems to me a specialty doomed to oblivion. Family doctors are becoming increasingly irritated by a system or discipline (Psychiatry especially) which seems to ignore their concerns and is more preoccupied with targets (nothing has changed) and outcomes (back to the GP). Even referrals from GPs, who want a medical opinion, are filtered in order to weed out those not worthy to enter the hallowed walls of the Mental Health Institution. Those patients who ‘know the system’ or who are vociferous and make complaints (‘I know my rights’) get to be seen by the Great and Good. Lesser mortals, usually those with serious mental illnesses, do not make any undue demands and are therefore often forgotten or fall by the wayside. A patient with bipolar disorder on lithium is discharged back to a GP who is unsure whether or not the medication needs ‘fine tuning’ at times, should be discontinued, or reinstated were compliance is a problem in one heading for a relapse. As a corollary of that, I am sure most hospital doctors would not know what the acronym ABVD means in the chemotherapy treatment of Hodgkin’s disease. Adjusting psychotropic medication is not quite the same as adjusting an antihypertension regime. Unfortunately, if the patient needs to be referred back into the system the whole Kafkaesque scenario begins again. 

A medical colleague once bemoaned to me that psychiatrists are totally out of touch with Medicine. Alas, it seems they are also now out of touch with their medical colleagues.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1. Refocusing the Care Programme Approach: policy and positive practice guidance.  Department of Health 2008; www.dh.gov.uk

2.  Dunne FJ.  Psychiatry in limbo: new ways of talking. British Journal of Medical Practitioners BJMP 2010; 3:( 2):319

BJMP September 2011 Volume 4 Number 3


BJMP September 2011 Volume 4 Number 3

Full Issue Booklet   PDF

Review Articles

Recent Advances In Management Of Pre-Eclampsia
Pallab Rudra, Sonela Basak, Dilip Patil and M Y Latoo
Full Text PDF
Diagnosis and Management of Stable COPD
Katerina M Achilleos and Duncan J Powrie
Full Text PDF

Case Reports/Series

Thyrotoxic Periodic Paralysis
M Suresh Babu, H Basavanna Gowdappa, M R Aiyappa and Sasidharan Sameer
Full Text PDF

Viewpoint

 

Antiviral treatment of Hepatitis C Virus Carriers with normal ALT levels: actual utility or unnecessary expense?

Authors
Claudio Puoti
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a436

 

Many subjects with chronic Hepatitis C Virus (HCV) infection show persistently normal alanine aminotransferase (ALT) levels (PNALT),1-4 and thus formerly defined as ‘healthy’ or ‘asymptomatic’ HCV carriers.1 However, it is now clear that only a minority of these people show normal liver (15-20%).5-7 Therefore,  ‘normal ALT’ does not always mean ‘healthy liver.’4

It is known that during the course of HCV infection ALT levels could fluctuate widely, with long periods of biochemical remission.1-4Thus, at least two different subsets of HCV-PNALT carriers exist: patients with temporal ALT fluctuations, that could be within the normal range for several months, and true ‘biochemically silent’ carriers showing persistently normal ALT values.4It means that the observation period should not be shorter than 12 - 18 months, and ALT determinations should be performed every 2 - 3 months.4, 6

Although liver damage is usually mild, 1, 2the presence of more severe chronic hepatitis (CH) or cirrhosis has been reported despite consistently normal liver biochemistry.8Although some studies showed that HCV carriers with normal ALT have mild and rather stable disease, others reported a significant progression of fibrosis in approximately 20-30% of the patients with ALT normality.9The development of hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) has been also described.10Sudden worsening of disease with ALT increase and histological deterioration has been reported after many years of follow-up.11

Finally, HCV carriers with PNALT may suffer from extra-hepatic manifestations, sometimes more severe than the underlying liver disease: lymphoproliferative disorders, mixed cryoglobulinaemia, thyroid disorders, sicca syndrome, porphyria cutanea tarda, lichen planus, diabetes, chronic polyarthritis, etc.1, 2, 12

Therefore, the possibility of progression to more severe liver damage despite persistently normal biochemistry, the risk of HCC, the possibility of extra-hepatic diseases, and economic considerations, suggest that HCV-infected persons with PNALT should not be excluded a priori from antiviral treatment.1, 2

The earliest guidelines discouraged interferon (IFN) treatment in patients with PNALT because of the cost and side effects of therapy,1, 2 and of the low response rates to IFN monotherapy (<10-15%) with a risk of ALT flares in up to 50% of patients during treatment.9

The introduction of the combination of weekly subcutaneous pegylated-IFN (PEG-IFN) plus daily oral ribavirin (RBV) has led to response rates >50%, with a favourable risk-benefit ratio even in patients with slowly progressing disease.1, 2,  9 The first trial of PEG-IFN plus RBV found a sustained virological response (SVR) in 40% of HCV-1 carriers with PNALT treated for 48 weeks, and in 72% of HCV-2 and HCV-3 treated for 24 weeks.13The efficacy of antiviral treatment with PEG-IFN plus RBVwas subsequently confirmed in clinical practice.14, 15

However, in everyday practice, management of carriers with PNALT may be paradoxically more difficult than that of patients with abnormal ALT levels. Indeed, it is not always so easy to ascertain in the single case whether it should be considered as healthy subject or true patient. Several topics to date remain unresolved: Should these ‘seemingly healthy’ people undergo routine liver biopsy? Is antiviral treatment justified in ‘asymptomatic’ subjects with persistently normal liver biochemistry? Is long-term follow-up needed in this setting, and how long it should last?2

Liver biopsy provides helpful information on liver damage, as it may reveal the presence of advanced fibrosis or cirrhosis. Without a biopsy, it is impossible to clinically distinguish true ‘healthy’ carriers from those with CH.4 On the other hand, it is difficult to recommend routine biopsy for all HCV-PNALT .4 The decision to perform a biopsy should be based on whether treatment is being considered, taking into account the estimated duration of infection, probability of disease progression, willingness to undergo a biopsy, motivation to be treated, and availability of non-invasive tools to assess liver fibrosis.12 The recently developed transient elastography has improved our ability to non-invasively define the extent of fibrosis in HCV persons.5

Careful evaluation of parameters associated with disease progression is mandatory to assess the actual need for antiviral treatment.4 Indeed, it is really impossible to suggest antiviral therapy in all HCV carriers, as the costs would be exceedingly high, due to the high number of HCV patients with PNALT. Data from the literature indicate that the main factors of progression are male gender, advanced age, severe fibrosis, ALT flares, and steatosis.1-2

Cost/benefit might be particularly favourable in:

  • Young patients, having high rate of SVR (e.g. females, low viral load, HCV genotype non-1, etc).
  • Middle age patients with ‘significant’ liver disease and/or co-factors of progression of liver damage, thus at risk of developing more severe liver disease.12

The age issue has a critical role for decision making. Younger patients have a higher chance of achieving SVR and tolerating therapy better; they a have longer life expectancy, are often well motivated, usually have minimal disease and fewer contraindications. Thus, in this group decision to treat should be based more on expected response and motivation than on the severity of liver disease.

On the contrary, older patients respond less well to therapy, are more likely to have significant liver disease and/or co-factors, could experience more side effects and may be less motivated. Thus, in this group decision to treat should be based on the severity of liver disease and on the possibility of SVR.

A recent Italian Expert Opinion Meeting suggested the following recommendations:12

  1. HCV carriers with PNALT may receive antiviral treatment with PEG-IFN plus RBV using the same algorithms recommended for HCV patients with abnormal ALT.
  2. Decision making should rely on individual characteristics such as HCV genotype, histology, age, potential disease progression, probability of eradication, patient motivation, desire for pregnancy, co-morbidities, co-factors, etc.
  3. Treatment might be offered without liver biopsy in patients with a high likelihood of SVR (e.g. age <50 years + non-1 HCV genotype + low viral load), in the absence of co-factors of poor responsiveness.
  4. Inpatients aged 50–65 years, and in those with a reduced likelihood of achieving a response, biopsy may be used to evaluate the need for therapy, with treatment being recommended only for patients with more severe fibrosis and higher possibility of SVR. Biopsy and therapy are not recommended in the elderly (>65-70 years).

In patients who are not candidates for antiviral treatment, follow-up may be continued, and ALT should be monitored every 4-6 months. Avoidance of alcohol and obesity may be strongly recommended.12 It is not clear whether these subjects should be routinely offered anti-HBV vaccine, given the risk of disease progression in the case of HBV infection.12 Antiviral treatment should be re-considered in the case of ALT flares, US abnormalities or platelet count decrease. Repeated measurements of serum HCV RNA to evaluate disease progression is not recommended.1, 9, 11, 12.

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
CLAUDIO PUOTI, MD, Chief, Dept. of Internal Medicine and Hepato-Gastroenterology, Marino General Hospital, Marino, Rome, Italy
Corresponding Author Details: 
CLAUDIO PUOTI, MD, Chief, Dept. of Internal Medicine and Hepato-Gastroenterology, Marino General Hospital, Via XXIV Maggio, 00047, Marino, Rome, Italy
Corresponding Author Email: 
puoti@epatologia.org
References
References: 

 

  1. Strader DB, Wright T, Thomas DL, et al. Diagnosis, management and treatment of hepatitis C. AASLD practice guideline. Hepatology 2004;39:1147–1171.
  2. Ghany MG, Strader DB, Thomas DL, et al. Diagnosis, management, and treatment of hepatitis C: an update. Hepatology 2009;49:1335–1373.
  3. Puoti C. Hepatitis C with normal aminotransferase levels. Dig Dis 2007;25:277–278.
  4. Puoti C. HCV carriers with persistently normal aminotransferase levels: normal does not always mean healthy. J Hepatol 2003;38:529–532.
  5. Castera L, Foucher J, Bertet J, et al. FibroScan and FibroTest to assess liver fibrosis in HCV with normal aminotransferases. Hepatology 2006; 43: 373-4
  6. Puoti C, Bellis L, Guarisco R, et al. HCV carriers with normal alanine aminotransferase levels: healthy persons or severely ill patients? Eur J Intern Med 2010;21:57-61.
  7. Martinot-Peignoux M, Boyer N, Cazals-Hatem D, et al. Perspective study of anti hepatitis C virus-positive patients with persistently normal serum ALT with or without detectable serum HCV RNA. Hepatology 2001;34:1000–1005.
  8. Puoti C, Castellacci R, Montagnese F, et al. Histological and virological features and follow-up of HCV carriers with normal aminotransferase levels: the Italian prospective study of the asymptomatic C carriers (ISACC). J Hepatol 2002;37:117-123
  9. Dienstag JL, McHutchison JG. American Gastroenterological Association [AGA] Medical Position Statement on the Management of Hepatitis C. Gastroenterology 2006;130:225–264.
  10. Puoti C, Bellis L, Martellino F, et al. Occurrence of hepatocellular carcinoma in an apparently ‘healthy’ HCV patient. Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2005;17:1263-1264.
  11. Puoti C, Guido M, Mangia A, et al, for the Italian Association for the Study of the Liver. Clinical management of HCV carriers with normal ALT levels. Committee Digest Liver Dis  2003;35:362–369.
  12. Puoti C, Coppola N, Toti M, et al. Treatment of patients with normal ALT levels. In Practice guidelines for the treatment of hepatitis C: Recommendations from an Expert Opinion Meeting.Digest Liver Dis 2010;42:81-91.
  13. Zeuzem S, Diago M, Gane E, et al. Peginterferon alpha-2a [40KD] and ribavirin in patients with chronic hepatitis C and normal aminotransferase levels. Gastroenterology 2004;127:1724-1732.
  14. Puoti C, Pellicelli A, Romano M, et al. Treatment of hepatitis C virus carriers with persistently normal alanine aminotransferase levels with Peginterferon alfa-2a and ribavirin: a multicentric study. Liver Int 2009;29:1479–1484.
  15. Puoti C, Barbarini G, Picardi A, et al. Rapid virological response as a predictor of sustained response in HCV-infected patients with persistently normal alanine aminotransferase levels: A multicenter study. J Viral Hepat2011 (in press,doi:10.1111/j.1365-2893.2010.01319.x).

Efficacy of Fixed High Dose Radioiodine Therapy for Hyperthyroidism – a 14 year Experience: A focus on Influence of Pre-treatment Factors on Outcomes

Authors
Y Khalid, D M Barton, V Baskar, H Kumar P Jones, T E T West and H N Buch
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a435
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background
Radioiodine therapy (RAI) is commonly used as a definitive treatment for hyperthyroidism. However there is no agreement on the regime or the dose of RAI used and success rate is quite variable. In addition, the literature on the factors governing the success of the initial dose is conflicting.
Objective
We have adopted a standard 550 MBq dose for all patients with hyperthyroidism. The aims of our study were (1) to assess the success rate of this regime in terms of cure of hyperthyroidism and (2) to evaluate the role of pre-treatment factors including age, gender, use of antithyroid medication prior to RAI, aetiology of hyperthyroidism and free thyroxine levels at diagnosis, as predictors of response to RAI. 
Patients and methods
The study is a retrospective analysis of 584 patients treated at this centre over a 14 year period. All patients received a fixed 550MBq dose following withdrawal of antithyroid medication for 7 days. Repeat dose was administered if patients remained hyperthyroid at the end of one year after the initial dose. Success rate in terms of cure of hyperthyroidism was calculated. The association of pre-treatment factors and failure to respond to the first dose of RAI was studied using univariate and multivariate analyses.
Results
Mean age was 56 years (range 20-90 years) with female preponderance (82%). Of the 478 patients in whom the aetiology could be ascertained by the criteria used, 344(72%) patients had Graves’ disease and 134(28%) patientshad toxic nodular disease. At the end of one year 545(93%) patients were either hypothyroid (411(70%)) or euthyroid (134(23%)) and were considered to be cured, while 39(7%) patients remained hyperthyroid and required further doses of RAI. Free thyroxine level at the time of diagnosis was the only pre-treatment factor, which independently influenced post-RAI outcome and a higher free thyroxine level predicted a lower cure rate. 
Conclusion
A standard 550MBq dose of RAI has a low failure rate when used for the treatment of hyperthyroidism. In our experience, only high free thyroxine levels at diagnosis was associated with a lower cure rate.

Introduction

Hyperthyroidism is one of the most frequently encountered conditions in clinical endocrinology.1 The modes of treatment available are antithyroid drugs, surgery and radioiodine (RAI) and although each of these is highly successful in controlling or curing hyperthyroidism none leads to permanent euthyroidism on a consistent basis. 2 Although over the last three decades RAI therapy has replaced surgery as the leading form of definitive treatment 3, 4, 5 there is no universally accepted dose or regime for its use. Previous attempts to individualise the dose of RAI to reduce the rate of post-RAI hyper- or hypothyroidism have been unsuccessful 6, 7. Fixed dose RAI administration has therefore become the most commonly used regime although the actual dose of RAI used varies considerably and ranges between 185MBq to 600MBq 8, 9. For the last two decades we have used a fixed RAI dose of 550MBq for all patients. Others have used this regime with a high success rate 10 and a prospective head to head comparison with the calculated dose method found the fixed dose regimen to be superior for curing Graves’ hyperthyroidism 11.

Conflicting results have been produced in several studies that have attempted to predict outcome following RAI therapy by correlating cure rate with various pre-treatment factors including age, gender, aetiology of hyperthyroidism, goitre size, use of antithyroid drugs, free thyroxine levels at diagnosis and thyroid antibody status. Various forms of calculated or low fixed dose RAI therapy have been used in these studies but no study used a high fixed dose of 550MBq. In this study we have evaluated the overall success rate of high fixed dose RAI therapy and attempted to identify simple clinical predictors of failure to respond the initial RAI dose. 

Patients and Methods

The study is a retrospective analysis of 584 consecutive patients referred to the Shropshire endocrinology service (Princess Royal Hospital and Royal Shrewsbury Hospital) over a 14 year period for the treatment of hyperthyroidism. These patients received RAI therapy at Royal Shrewsbury Hospital, which is the only centre providing facilities for RAI administration in the county of Shropshire and also draws referral from adjoining trusts in Powys, North Wales. Information for this study was obtained from the thyroid database which is maintained on all patients who have received RAI since 1985 at the above hospitals.

RAI was administered both as a primary (53%) and as secondary (47%) treatment. A majority of patients with moderate to severe hyperthyroidism were rendered euthyroid by antithyroid drugs (ATD). Ninety percent (518/584) patients were pre-treated to euthyroidism by antithyroid drugs (carbimazole in 95% and propylthiouracil in 5%) before RAI therapy. Carbimazole was withdrawn one week and propylthiouracil 4 weeks prior to RAI therapy. A standard RAI dose of 550MBq was administered to all patients without a prior uptake study. Thyroid function was measured at 6 weeks and at 3, 6 and 12 months following RAI therapy. ATD drugs were not recommenced routinely following RAI therapy and were reserved for patients who were persistently and significantly hyperthyroid following RAI administration. Patients who developed clinical and biochemical hypothyroidism after the initial 6-8 weeks were commenced on thyroxine. Patients with high free thyroxine level (FT4) and a suppressed thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) level and those on antithyroid medication were defined as being hyperthyroid, those with low FT4 or on thyroxine as hypothyroid and those with normal FT4 and a normal or low TSH as euthyroid. At the end of one year if a patient remained hyperthyroid, another RAI dose of 550MBq was administered. The patient was considered to have been “cured” if euthyroidism or hypothyroidism was achieved during the first year following RAI therapy and “not cured” if patient remained persistent hyperthyroidism at the end of this period.

 Information recorded on the database included age, gender, aetiology, indication (primary or secondary), dose of RAI, number of RAI doses, name and duration of antithyroid drugs used, if any, and FT4 and TSH levels at diagnosis, at the time of RAI therapy and at 6 weeks, 3, 6 and 12 months after RAI therapy. Diagnosis of Graves’ disease was based on the presence of Graves’ ophthalmopathy or a combination of a diffuse goitre and a significant titre of thyroid peroxidase antibodies or if radionuclide scan showed diffuse uptake. Toxic nodular disease was diagnosed on the grounds of a nodular goitre and a focal increase in radionuclide uptake. Patients who could not be classified to either of the groups on clinical grounds and where a radionuclide scan could not be performed for a variety of reasons, were categorised as “unclassified” on aetiological grounds.

Statistical analysis

Continuous random variables were compared using t-tests and association of categorical variables by using chi-squared tests. The effect on outcome (cure of hyperthyroidism) of all variables was assessed by using logistic regression analysis and a step-wise routine was applied to choose the best set of predictors. All analyses were carried out by using NCSS2000.

Results

Data on 584 patients was included with a mean age of 56 years (range 20-90) and a female preponderance (82%). Assessment of the aetiology of hyperthyroidism was made by the above-mentioned criteria. In 110(15%) patients precise aetiological diagnosis could not be made. 344/474 (72%) patients had hyperthyroidism secondary to Graves’ disease and 134/474(28%) had toxic nodular disease. 518 patients received pre-RAI antithyroid medications. Mean free thyroxine level at time of diagnosis was 45.4pmol/L in 259 patients in whom this information was available.  Data for thyroid status at 3, 6, and 12 months post-radioiodine were available in 97, 94 and 100% patients respectively (see Table 1).

Table 1: Thyroid status at 3, 6 and 12 months

  Euthyroid (%) Hypothyroid (%) Hyperthyroid (%)
3 months 308 (54%) 176 (31%) 87 (15%)
6 months 210 (38%) 280 (51%) 59 (11%)
12 months 134 (23%) 411 (70%) 39 (7%)

FT4 values were entered onto the database more recently and this result was available in 259 patients. The group of patients where FT4 data was available was comparable to the group where this information was not available in all respects apart from age (mean age (SD) 54 (±15) vs 58 (±14) years respectively, p<0.02). Similarly, the group of patients in whom the aetiology could not be ascertained was not different from the group where the aetiology could be identified in any respect apart from the age (mean age (SD) 60 (±13) vs 55 (±15) respectively).

Table 2 – Forward Stepwise (Wald) logistic regression analysis to identify factors independently associated with failure to respond to first dose of RAI

Variables P value Adjusted r2; OR (95% CI)
Free T4 at diagnosis 0.005 0.084; 1.04 (1.01-1.07)
Free T4 > 45 pmol/l at diagnosis* 0.02 0.056; 3.43 (1.17-10.04)
Age 0.81 N/A
Gender 0.18 N/A
Aetiology 0.23 N/A
Pre RAI use of anti-thyroid drugs 0.42 N/A

* Regression analysis carried out with free T4 as a continuous variable and separately as a categorical variable at a cut off of 45pmol/l

One year following RAI treatment, 543(93%) patients were either euthyroid (162;28%) or hypothyroid (383;65%) and considered “cured”; 39(7%) patients remained hyperthyroid and required further doses of RAI, with 34(6%) patients requiring two doses and 5(1%)  patients three doses. At 3 months, 484 out of 571 (85%) patients, and at 6 months, 490 out of 549 (89%) patients were “cured” (table 2). On univariate analysis no correlation could be established between the failure to respond to the first dose RAI and age, gender, aetiology or use of antithyroid medication (p = ns for all) although the rate of hypothyroidism was significantly higher at the end of one year in patients with Graves’ disease as compared to those with toxic nodular disease (77.1% vs. 50.3%, p<0.01). These results were not affected by limiting the analyses to any of the following groups: only those patients in whom the aetiological diagnosis could be made (n=478), only those patients in whom FT4 value was available (n=259) or only those patients where both FT4 was available and aetiology could be ascertained (n=209). On univariate analysis FT4 at diagnosis was associated with the outcome when it was used as a continuous variable (p<0.05) or as a categorical variable with the cut off set at mean FT4 value of 45pmol/L (p=0.01) and high values were associated with failure to respond to the first dose of RAI (mean ± SD, 57.28±20.1 v 44.58±16.1 pmol/L, p<0.05). On multivariate analysis with all variables, FT4 was found to be independently associated with outcome and again this association was seen when FT4 was used as a continuous variable (p=0.01) as well as a categorical variable (p=0.02). On using step-wise selection routine only FT4 could be chosen as a predictor when criterion for selection was set at p=0.05 and a value of over 45pmol/L predicted failure to respond to the first dose of RAI.

Discussion

The use of a standard fixed-dose RAI therapy is gaining increasing popularity and several studies have now shown that formal estimation of the required dose based on the thyroid size and iodine kinetics does not lead to a higher cure rate 6,7,10,11 or a lowerhypothyroidism rate 7. For several years we have used 550MBq dose for all patients of hyperthyroidism. The overall success rate with this regime was 93% and only 7% of patients required a repeat RAI dose. These figures are comparable to those from most other centres, which have used a similar dose of RAI 10. In addition to achieving a high cure rate, hyperthyroidism was controlled rapidly with 85% of the patients becoming either euthyroid or hypothyroid within 3 months of treatment. Early onset of hypothyroidism (>70% at 12 months) facilitated institution of thyroxine replacement therapy during the first year during which the patients were being closely followed.

The use of a relatively higher dose of RAI leads to more stringent restrictions to the normal life of patients and these have to be followed for a longer period of time than is the case with the use of a lower dose. Majority of patients accept these restrictions at the prospect of a cure of hyperthyroidism. However, even at this dose, 7% of patients required repeat dosing which in turn led to another restrictive period for these patients. In view of this it is useful to be able to predict failure of the first dose in an individual patient. This would enable us to warn these patients about the higher possibility of requiring repeat dosing, further period of post-RAI restrictions and target them for a closer follow up. To allow us to make this prediction we correlated simple clinical pre-treatment variables to the need for repeat dosing. We found that there was no statistically significant correlation between age, gender, aetiology and the use of anti-thyroid medication prior to RAI and the outcome following RAI therapy although a high free thyroxine level at diagnosis predicted a failure of the first dose to achieve a cure of hyperthyroidism. There are several conflicting reports in the literature on the correlation between these factors and the response to RAI therapy. Most of the studies have failed to show a significant association between the age of the patient and the outcome irrespective of whether the age was used as a continuous or a categorised variable 12-15 although in a study where a standard 150 gray RAI was used age >50 was found to be associated with a higher failure rate 16. In one study, male gender was associated with a lower cure rate following a single dose of RAI in patients with Graves’ disease 12 although others have failed to confirm this association 13,14. Use of antithyroid drugs prior to RAI has been shown to independently reduce the success rate of RAI 17, 18 while other studies have shown such an association with the use of propylthiouracil but not with carbimazole 19, 20. Literature on the association between the aetiology of hyperthyroidism and the outcome is even more confusing. Patients with toxic nodular disease have been considered to be more radio-resistant as compared to patients with Graves’ disease 21 although opposite results have also been noted 22. In other studies no correlation could be established on multivariate analysis between the aetiology and outcome following RAI 14, 18. Our study is the only one which analyses the influence of these factors on the outcome following the use of a standard 550MBq RAI dose and the above studies which have attempted to identify clinical predictors of outcome have either used various forms of the calculated dose regime or a lower fixed-dose RAI regime. We feel that this is the reason for the inconsistencies in the results and when a 550MBq dose RAI is used only FT4 value at diagnosis could predict the failure of RAI therapy to achieve cure. This dose of RAI appears to override the variations in the response induced by the remaining pre-treatment variables studied.

Studies using smaller doses or calculated doses of RAI have shown the outcome to be inversely associated with the thyroid size 14, 16 although this could not be ascertained in our study due to the lack of consistent documentation of the size ofgoitre in the clinical notes. In addition there are several possible confounding factors. Firstly the overall cure rate could have been influenced by the long period of time over which patients have been included (15 years) and the resulting changes in the criteria and threshold for the use of RAI. However if we divide the figures into 3 time periods of 5 years each, the findings remain consistent during each of these periods. Secondly, in over 50% of our patients, RAI was administered as a primary measure and it could be argued that a larger number of patients with milder hyperthyroidism may have been included in our cohort as compared to the patients at other centres where RAI is mainly reserved for patients who fail to respond to ATD. However there was no significant difference in the cure rate between those patients who received RAI as a primary measure and those in whom RAI was administered as a secondary treatment (94% v 93%). Thirdly in 15% of patients the aetiology could not be ascertained by using our well-defined criteria, mainly because of the practical difficulty of performing radionuclide scans in some of the patients where the diagnosis could not be made clinically. We do not feel that our results on the association between the aetiology and the cure rate were affected, as the patients with undefined aetiology were comparable to the remaining patients in all respects apart from age and had similar outcomes. Lastly the information on the FT4 value at diagnosis was available in only 259 patients. To exclude a selection bias this group was compared to the group of patients where this information was not available. Again the only difference between the two groups was the age distribution. In both instances this difference was not large (though statistically significant) and we do not feel it affected the outcome, especially as age does not appear to influence the outcome following RAI therapy. We could not assess the impact of post-RAI use of antithyroid drugs as these were not routinely restarted following RAI therapy at our centre.

 

In conclusion, high fixed dose RAI therapy is a very effective treatment for patients with hyperthyroidism and has a high success rate. Failure to respond to this dose cannot be predicted by most of the pre-treatment variables apart from the severity of the hyperthyroidism as judged by the FT4 value at diagnosis. Patients who present with severe hyperthyroidism should be warned regarding the higher possibility of requiring further doses of radioiodine even when treated with a dose of 550MBq.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Y KHALID, V BASKAR, New Cross Hospital, Wolverhampton, UK. D M BARTON, H KUMAR, T E T WEST, H N BUCH, Princess Royal Hospital, Telford, UK. P JONES, Keele University, Stoke on Trent, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
YASMEEN KHALID, Clinical Fellow, Diabetes and Endocrinology, New Cross Hospital Wednesfield Road, Wolverhampton WV10 0QP
Corresponding Author Email: 
yasmeenkhalid@nhs.net
References
References: 

 

1. Furszyfer J, Kurland LT, McConahey WM et al. Epidemiologic aspects of Hashimoto’s thyroiditis and Graves’ disease in Rochester, Minnesota, 1935-1967. 1972 Metabolism: 21:197-204

2. Douglas S. Ross, M.D.Radioiodine Therapy for Hyperthyroidism, N Engl J Med 2011;364:542-50.

3. Solomon B, Gilinoer D, Lagasse R and Wartofsky L Current trends in the management of Graves’ disease Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 1990. 70:1518-1524

4. Becker DV Choice of therapy for Graves’ disease. New EnglandJournal of Medicine 1984 311: 464-6

5. Farrar JJ, Toft AD.  Iodine –131 treatment of hyperthyroidism: current issues. Clinical Endocrinology(Oxf) 1991; 35: 207-12

6. Jarlov AE, Hegedus L, Kristensen LO, Nygaard B, Hansen JM  Is calculation of the dose in radioiodine therapy of hyperthyroidism worthwhile?Clinical Endocrinology 1995; 43: 325-29

7. Sridama V, McCormick M, Kaplan EL, Fauchet R, DeGroot LJ Long term follow up study of compensated low dose131iodine therapy for Graves’ disease. New EnglandJournal of Medicine 1984; 311: 426-31

8. Sanyal D, Mukhhopadhyay P, Pandit K, Chatterjee J, Raychaudhuri M, Mukherjee S, Chowdhury S. Early treatment with low fixed dose (5 mCi) radioiodine therapy is effective in Indian subjects with Graves' disease J Indian Med Assoc.2008 Jun;106(6):360-1, 372

9. Radioiodine in the management of benign thyroid disease, clinical guidelines Royal College of Physicians 2007.

10. Kendall-Taylor P, Keir M, Ross WM Ablative radioiodine therapy for hyperthyroidism: long-term follow up study. British Medical Journal 1984; 289: 361-3

11. Peters. H, Fischer C., Bogner U, Reiners C, Schleusener H  Radioiodine therapy of Graves’ hyperthyroidism: standard vs. calculated 131iodine activity.     Results from a prospective, randomised, multicentre study. European Journal of Clinical Medicine 1995; 25: 186-93

12. Allahabaida A, Daykin J, Holder R, Sheppard M, Gough SCL, Franklyn JA  Age and gender predict the outcome of treatment for Graves’ hyperthyroidism  Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 2000; 85: 1038-1042

13. Nordyke RA, Gilbert FI Optimal iodine-131 dose for eliminating hyperthyroidism in Graves’ disease. Journal of Nuclear Medicine 1991; 32(3): 411-410

14. Jarlov AE, Christensen E, Hegedus L, Kristensen LO, Nygaard B, Hansen JM Factors associated with recurrence of hyperthyroidism after 131I treatment: the inadvertent influence of antithyroid drug administration after 131I treatment of hyperthyroidism Thyroidol Clin Exp 1997; (9): 55-59

15. Allahabadia A, Daykin J, Sheppard MC, Gough SC, Franklyn JA  Radioiodine treatment of hyperthyroidism-prognostic factors for outcomeJournal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism  2001 86(8):3611-7.

16. Pfeilschifter J, Elser H, Haufe S, Zeigler R, Georgi P. Impact of pre-treatment variables on the outcome of standardised 131I therapy with 150 gray in Graves’ disease. Nuclearmedizin 1997 36(3): 81-86

17. Sabri O, Schulz G, Zimny M et al Determination of factors affecting the therapeutic outcome of radioiodine therapy in patients with Graves’ disease Nuclearmedizin 1998 37(3): 83-89

18. Franklyn JA, Daykin J, Holder R, Sheppard MC Radioiodine therapy compared in patients with toxic nodular or Graves’ hyperthyroidism Quarterly Journal Medicine 1995; 88: 175-180

19. Hancock LD, Tuttle RM, LeMar H, Bauman J, Patience T The effect of propylthiouracil on subsequent radioactive iodine therapy in Graves’ disease. Clinical Endocrinology 1997; 47(4): 425-430

20. Imseis RE, Vanmiddlesworth L, Massie JD, Bush AJ, Vanmiddlesworth NR. Pre-treatment with propyluracil but not methimazole reduces the therapeutic effeicacy of Iodine-131 in hyperthyroidism. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 1998; 83: 685-687

21. Farrar JJ, Toft AD Iodine –131 treatment of hyperthyroidism: current issues. Clinical Endocrinology (Oxf) 1991; 35: 207-12

22. Delgrange E, Weber E, Michel L, DeCoster P, Buysschaert M, Donckier J. Status of three years of hyperthyroidism treatment with iodine 131 Acta Clinica Belgica 1994; 49(5): 200-2007

Use of TAP block in a patient with poor CPEX testing during major abdominal surgery

Authors
A M Sherratt, H Wallace, A Banerjee, S Singh and J Hunter
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a434
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

The transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block provides anaesthesia to the anterior abdominal wall. It can be performed using landmark techniques via the Triangle of Petit or using ultrasound guidance. It is an effective tool in postoperative pain management for patients undergoing anterior abdominal wall surgery. It produces a significant reduction in postoperative pain scores, thereby reducing opioid consumption and the incidence of associated side-effects.

Cardiopulmonary exercise (CPEX) testing provides a non-invasive method of assessing combined pulmonary, cardiac and circulatory function. It quantifies patient’s functional ability to respond to the increased metabolic demands of major surgery and is commonly used to assess mortality risk preoperatively. The use of CPEX testing to predict postoperative complications is not fully defined. We report the case of a patient with poor functional capacity and a CPEX test indicating high risk, who underwent uneventful intra-abdominal surgery with the use of bilateral TAP blocks.

Case report

A 78 year old man was admitted for re-fashioning of a prolapsing colostomy. Nine months previously he had undergone a juxtarenal aortic aneurysm repair complicated by ischaemic colitis, for which he had a sigmoid colectomy and a further laparotomy for refashioning of the stoma.

His past medical history consisted of anaemia, stable angina, superficial bladder cancer, Stage 4 chronic kidney disease, type 2 diabetes mellitus and osteoarthritis. He weighed 77 kg and his exercise tolerance was 100 yards, with the aid of a stick. His medications included doxazosin, quinine sulphate, perindopril, simvastatin, ferrous sulphate, isosorbide mononitrate and aspirin.

On examination, he was apyrexial with a blood pressure of 170/70 mm Hg, a heart rate of 65 bpm, a respiratory rate of 14 bpm and Sa02 of 98% on room air. Serum laboratory tests showed a prothrombin time of 13.4 sec (normal range 9.0 – 13.0 sec), haemoglobin 10.2 g/dL (13.0 – 16.7 g/dl), platelets 131 x109/L (150 – 400 x109/L), sodium 139 mmol/L, potassium 4.2 mmol/L, urea 15.7 mmol/L (2.5 – 7.0 mmol/L), creatinine 196 umol/L (50 – 130 umol/L) and eGFR 29 ml/min/1.73m2 (>60ml/min/1.73m2).

His preoperative pulmonary function tests showed an FVC of 2.78L (93.8% predicted), a reduced FEV1 of 1.66L (75.2% predicted) and FEV/FVC of 59.87%. His ECG showed normal sinus rhythm. A CPEX test taken 12 months previously showed moderately reduced peak aerobic capacity, with a peak V02 of 11 ml/kg/min and an anaerobic threshold (AT) of 7 ml/kg/min.

In the anaesthetic room, the patient was connected to standard monitoring in accordance with AAGBI Guidelines and venous access secured with an 18 g biovalve cannula. Following pre-oxygenation, anaesthesia was induced using fentanyl 200 mcg, midazolam 2 mg, propofol 120 mg and atracurium 50 mg. Tracheal-intubation was achieved (grade 1 view) using an 8.0 mm cuffed endotracheal tube (lo-contour). A TAP block was administered following induction using ultrasound guidance (Sonosite ‘micromax’). A 50 mm insulated Stimi-Plex needle was used to inject a total of 40 ml levobupivacaine 0.375% bilaterally. Anaesthesia was maintained using a mixture of air, oxygen and sevoflurane (1.3 – 2.3 ETAA range). Intravenous (IV) paracetamol 1 g was given intraoperatively. The prolapsing colon was dissected through a circumstomal incision. A 10 cm length of colon was resected after ligation and division of the mesenteric vessels. The new end colostomy was fashioned with interrupted mucocutaneous sutures. Blood loss was minimal and there were no intraoperative complications. The duration of surgery was 1.5 hrs.

The patient spent 30 minutes in the postoperative recovery unit. He was awake, orientated and pain free throughout this period and clinical observations were stable. The patient remained pain-free on the ward and did not require any postoperative opioids. He was medically fit for discharge the following day.

Discussion

There are no previous case reports to our knowledge describing the use of TAP blocks in a patient with such poor CPEX testing preoperatively (AT = 7 ml/kg/min). CPEX testing has been shown to be an independent predictor of morbidity, mortality and length of hospital stay after major abdominal surgery.1 The anaerobic threshold marks the onset of anaerobic metabolism as a result of inadequate oxygen delivery. It is not affected by patient effort and therefore provides a reliable patient specific measurement of functional capacity.2 An AT of at least 11 ml/kg/min is recommended to safely undertake major surgery.2 A combination of an AT of <11 ml/kg/min with ECG evidence of myocardial ischaemia is associated with high mortality and poor outcome. 3One study showed a mortality of 42% in those with ischaemic heart disease (IHD) and an AT <11 ml/kg/min, compared with just 4% in those with no IHD.4

Postoperative morbidity and mortality most often occurs in patients with pre-existing cardiorespiratory disease and a reduced functional capacity, due to their inability to withstand the additional physiological demands placed upon them by major surgery. Many of these patients develop features of organ hypoperfusion due to poor cardiorespiratory reserve.5

Our patient had an AT of 7 ml/kg/min and poor respiratory reserve (exercise tolerance of 100 yards, FEV/FVC 59.87% of predicted) but underwent uneventful intra-abdominal surgery with a good recovery and short length of hospital stay. Contributing factors may have been the anaesthetic technique used, as well as the surgical approach via a parastomal incision. Good intraoperative and postoperative control of cardiovascular parameters, temperature and pain are well known to reduce the surgical stress response and postoperative morbidity, and to improve postoperative outcome.6 Our patient was cardiovascularly stable throughout the perioperative period. His pain was well controlled with no opioid requirements due to the use of bilateral TAP blocks, and this probably contributed to his uneventful recovery, with no critical care requirement.

CPEX testing is not universally accepted as a useful preoperative assessment tool. In studies assessing it as a reliable predictor of outcome, there is heterogeneity in the degree of clinician blinding used. Blinding was used in some studies,1 whilst in other instances, clinicians were aware of the CPEX results and changed their management accordingly. This obscures the true relationship between patient outcome and CPEX-derived measures of risk.7

TAP blocks were first described in 20018 and have been shown to significantly reduce postoperative morphine consumption following abdominal surgery by up to 70%. They reduce pain scores at rest and during mobilisation in the early postoperative period (0-6 hours), and in the first 24 hours.9 The reduced requirement for morphine also leads to a reduction in postoperative nausea, vomiting and sedation.9 It may be possible that the ultrasound guided TAP block confers advantages in procedures with moderate surgical trauma to minimize pain and reduce opioid usage, thereby promoting faster recovery and discharge.8 TAP blocks were the chosen method of analgesia in our patient as they would elicit the least physiological disturbance, but would provide good postoperative analgesia, without opioid-related side effects. This was particularly beneficial, as his pre-existing renal impairment put him at increased risk of opiate toxicity. TAP blocks eliminate somatic pain relating to the surgical incision but do not treat visceral pain. However, our patient tolerated a 10 cm bowel resection with bilateral TAP blocks and intravenous paracetamol. A similar effect has been observed in other studies but the mechanisms behind it are unclear. One theory is that there is an analgesic effect due to high systemic levels of local anaesthetic.10

The use of CPEX testing to determine fitness for surgery should be interpreted with caution as newer anaesthetic and surgical techniques develop. Our patient had IHD and an AT which showed a significantly increased level of risk. However, a combination of regional anaesthesia and a cardio stable general anaesthetic with minimally invasive surgery, allowed a rapid and uneventful recovery with no opioid requirements and a short length of hospital stay.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
Published with informed consent from the patient.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
A M SHERRATT, Physicians Assistant (Anaesthesia) Royal Liverpool University Hospital, Liverpool, UK. H WALLACE, CT2 Anaesthesia, Royal Liverpool University Hospital, Liverpool. A BANERJEE, Consultant Anaesthetist, Royal Liverpool University Hospital, Liverpool, UK. S SINGH, Consultant Anaesthetists, Royal Liverpool University Hospital, Liverpool, UK. J HUNTER, Professor of Anaesthesia, Royal Liverpool University Hospital, Liverpool, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
A M SHERRATT, Physicians Assistant (Anaesthesia) Royal Liverpool University Hospital, Liverpool, UK
Corresponding Author Email: 
annasherratt01@yahoo.co.uk
References
References: 
  1. Snowden SP, Prentis JM, Anderson HL, Roberts DR, Randles D, Renton M, Manas DM. Submaximal cardiopulmonary exercise testing predicts complications and hospital length of stay in patients undergoing major elective surgery. Annals of Surgery 2010; 251 (3): 535-541.
  2. Agnew N. Preoperative cardiopulmonary exercise testing. Continuing education in anaesthesia, critical care & pain 2010; 10 (2): 33-37
  3. Older P, Hall A, Hader R. Cardiopulmonary exercise testing as a screening test for perioperative management of major surgery in the elderly. Chest 1999; 116: 355-362.
  4. Older P, Smith R, Courtney P. Pre-operative evaluation of cardiac failure and ischaemia in elderly patients by cardiopulmonary exercise testing. Chest 1993; 104: 701-704.
  5. Shoemaker WC, Appel PL, Kram HB. Role of oxygen debt in the development of organ failure, sepsis and death in high-risk surgical patients. Chest 1992; 102: 208-215.
  6. Desborough JP. The stress response to trauma and surgery. British Journal of Anaesthesia 2000; 85: 109-17.
  7. Grocott MPW, Pearse RM. Prognostic studies of perioperative risk: robust methodology is needed. British Journal of Anaesthesia 2010; 105 (3): 243-5
  8. Petterson PL, Mathiesen O, Torup H, Dahl JB. The transverses abdominis plane block: a valuable option for postoperative analgesia? A topical review. Acta Anaesthesiologica Scandinavica 2010; 54: 529-535.
  9. McDonnell JG, O’Donnell B, Curley G, Heffernan A, Power C, Laffey JG. The analgesic efficacy of transversus abdominus plane block after abdominal surgery: A prospective randomised controlled trial. Anesth Analg 2007; 104 (1): 193-197.
  10. Kato N, Fujiwara Y, Harato M, Kurukowa S, Shibata Y, Harada J, Komatsu T. Serum concentration of  lidocaine after transversus abdominus plane block. Journal of Anaesthesia 2009; 23: 298-300.

Recent Advances In Management Of Pre-Eclampsia

Authors
Pallab Rudra, Sonela Basak, Dilip Patil and M Y Latoo
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a433

Pre-eclampsia is a multisystem disorder of pregnancy that forms an integral part of the spectrum known as hypertensive diseases of pregnancy. The National High Blood Pressure Education Program (NHBPEP) Working Group1classifies hypertensive diseases in pregnancy into 4 groups:

1)     Gestational hypertension 

·       New onset hypertension in pregnancy presenting after 20 weeks

·       No proteinuria

·       BP returns to normal less than 12 weeks postpartum

·       Final diagnosis made only postpartum                                                                                                                                                            

2)     Chronic hypertension

·       BP >140/90 mm Hg before pregnancy or diagnosed before 20 weeks gestation not attributable to gestational trophoblastic disease
or

·       Hypertension first diagnosed after 20 weeks gestation but persistent after 12 weeks postpartum.

3)     Pre-eclampsia/eclampsia

·       BP > 140/90 mm Hg after 20 weeks gestation in a women with previously normal blood pressure

·       Proteinuria (>0.3 gm urine protein in 24 hr). 

·       Eclampsia is defined as seizures that cannot be attributed to other causes in a woman with pre-eclampsia

4)     Superimposed pre-eclampsia (on chronic hypertension)

·       New onset proteinuria (>300 mg/24 hr) in a woman with hypertension but no proteinuria before 20 weeks gestation

·       A sudden increase in proteinuria or blood pressure, or platelet count less than 100,000 in women with hypertension and proteinuria before 20 weeks gestation

Epidemiology

Pregnancy induced hypertension complicates about 10% of pregnancies, but there is a widespread geographic variation in its incidence.The incidence is higher in developing countries. The highest reported rate of pre-eclampsia is 7.1% (deliveries) from Zimbabwe2, while the incidence is as low as 0.81% (deliveries) in Colombia3. In UK, the incidence of severe pre-eclampsia is 5/1000 maternities4, while the incidence of eclampsia is 4.9/10,000 maternities5. The incidence of severe pre-eclampsia in European countries ranges from 2/1000 (deliveries) in Norway to 6.4/1000 (deliveries) in Belgium and Hungary6.

The 8th Confidential Enquiry into maternal and child heath7 revealed pre-eclampsia and eclampsia as the second leading cause of direct maternal death, thereby contributing to a maternal death rate of 0.83 / 100,000 maternities.

Worldwide studies show that mortality from pre-eclampsia can be as high as 0.4%, while that in eclampsia varies from 6.1% in developing countries to 1.8% in UK 5, 8-9.

Estimates of maternal mortality from the developing countries (in Asia, Africa, Latin America and the Caribbean) suggest that 10-15% of maternal deaths are associated with hypertension in pregnancy, while eclampsia is associated with 10% maternal mortality10.

Severe pre-eclampsia is also associated with significant maternal morbidity, including eclamptic seizures, intracerebral haemorrhage, pulmonary oedema due to capillary leak or heart failure, acute renal failure, liver dysfunction, and coagulation abnormalities.

Fetal complications include abruptio placentae, intrauterine growth restriction, premature delivery, and intrauterine fetal death. The incidence of stillbirths and neonatal deaths in mothers who suffered eclampsia was 22.2/1000 and 34.1/1000, respectively, in the UK with a higher incidence in developing countries5.

More than half a million women die each year from pregnancy related causes across the globe. The Millennium Development Goals have placed maternal health as a basic human right, one that is integral to the core of the fight against poverty and inequality. The high incidence of pre-eclampsia and its complications makes its prevention and effective management important. The following article attempts to outline the pathophysiology and management of pre-eclampsia.

Aetiology & Risk factors

Pre-eclampsia is commonly referred as the “disease of theories” making its prevention and management an ongoing challenge worldwide. Although the aetiology is still largely unknown, there are a few hypotheses regarding the pathophysiology and prediction of pre-eclampsia.

It has been postulated that pre-eclampsia may be autoimmune in nature. Seminal-vesicle-derived transforming growth factor 1 (TGF-1) initiates a post mating inflammatory reaction, which is a type 2 immune response towards paternal antigens resulting in maternal-fetal (paternal) immune maladaptation11. This idea originates from epidemiological studies demonstrating the protective effect of long-term sperm exposure and is supported by the fact that frequency of pre-eclampsia is higher in nulliparous women or multiparous women with a new partner, teenagers, women who conceive after donor insemination or oocyte donation, and women with autoimmune conditions.

Another potential mechanism responsible for pathogenesis of pre-eclampsia is placental hypoperfusion which in turn releases various factors that trigger endothelial activation / dysfunction. Nitric oxide, disordered endothelin metabolism, thromboxane/prostaglandin imbalance, cellular fibronectin, inflammatory cytokines (TNF-α, IL-6, IL-1α, and IL-1β) and otherfactors such as lipid peroxides and reactive oxygen intermediateshave all been implicated in mediating the endothelial cell injury12. This is well-supported by the fact that pre-eclampsia commonly occurs in pre-existing metabolic (diabetes, hypercholesterolemia), renal, vascular disorders (hypertension) and connective tissue disorders that result in poor placental circulation. In cases of multiple gestation or increased placental mass, it is not surprising for the placenta to become underperfused.

However, majority of the pre-eclamptic women do not suffer from any underlying medical conditions. In these women, lack of placental cytotrophoblastic invasion of uterine spiral arterioles and arrest of arteriolar remodelling results from failure of pseudo-vascularisation of the invasive cytotrophoblasts13. Deregulation of angiogenesis-related gene products such as vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), angiopoietin and ephrin family proteins, placental growth factor (PlGF) and their receptors have been implicated in this process14.Shallow placentation leads to reduced placental perfusion and subsequent ischaemia. 

Obese (BMI ≥30 Kg/m2) women are at higher risk for pre-eclampsia compared to lean women (odds ratio = 3.3). The exact mechanism is not completely understood but possible explanations are: increased stress due to the hyperdynamic circulation associated with obesity; dyslipidaemia or increased cytokine-mediated oxidative stress; and direct haemodynamic effects of hyperinsulinaemia15 (increased sympathetic activity and increased tubular sodium resorption).

 On the other hand, smoking actually decreases a woman’s risk of pre-eclampsia. Inhibition of thromboxane A2production by nicotine might explain the decreased risk. However, the adverse effects of smoking on pregnancy significantly outweigh any beneficial effects16.

Epidemiological and clinical risk factors for pre-eclampsia are classified as maternal, paternal, and/or pregnancy-specific2, 17 (Table 1, below).

Table 1: Pre-eclampsia Risk Factors

Maternal Considerations

Inherent

Ø  Age < 20 or 35–40 years

Ø  Nulliparity

Ø  Afro-Caribbean origin

Ø  Prior or family history of PE or cardiovascular disease

Ø  Woman born small for gestational age

Medical conditions

Ø  Obesity

Ø  Chronic hypertension

Ø  Chronic renal disease

Ø  Diabetes mellitus (insulin resistance, type 1, and gestational)

Ø  Antiphospholipid antibody syndrome

Ø  Connective tissue diseases

Ø  Thrombophilia

Ø  Stress

Pregnancy specific

Ø  Multiple gestation

Ø  Oocyte donation

Ø  New partner

Ø  Urinary tract infection

Ø  Congenital conditions affecting the fetus

Ø  Hydatidiform mole

Ø  Hydrops fetalis

Ø  Structural anomalies

Paternal Considerations

Ø  Limited sperm exposure

Ø  Barrier contraception

Ø  First-time father

Ø  Donor insemination

Ø  Partner who fathered a pre-eclamptic pregnancy in another woman

 

What exactly happens in Pre-eclampsia?

The triad of physiological derangements in pre-eclampsia include
1. Vasospasm
2. Plasma volume contraction
3. Local or disseminated intravascular coagulation.

Although the cause of pre-eclampsia is unknown, we have already discussed that the placenta is largely implicated. The sequence of events starts with vasospasm caused by increased production or sensitivity to vasoconstrictors (angiotensin II, serotonin and endothelin) and/or decreased production or sensitivity to vasodilators (prostacyclin and nitric oxide). This is followed by plasma volume contraction, increased capillary permeability and, in severe cases, low plasma oncotic pressures. Redistribution of fluid occurs from the intravascular to interstitial fluid spaces causing peripheral tissue oedema. Along with this, intravascular coagulation may occur due to platelet activation, thrombocytopenia and, often, reduced production of anti-thrombin III.

The net effect is organ hypoperfusion. Commonly affected systems are kidney (manifested by reduced GFR, proteinuria, hyperuricaemia and occasionally oliguria), liver (manifested by elevated transaminases with or without epigastric and right upper quadrant pain), and the brain (manifested by headaches, transient visual disturbances due to occipital lobe ischaemia and rarely convulsions, i.e. eclampsia). This leads to increased maternal morbidity.

 Placental insufficiency resulting from uterine hypoperfusion is characterised by intrauterine fetal growth retardation and less commonly placental abruption or fetal death. Preterm delivery, low birth weight, respiratory distress syndrome, and admission to the neonatal intensive care lead to increased perinatal morbidity.

In spite of major advances in understanding the pathophysiology of the disease in recent years, interventions to prevent hypertensive disorders in pregnancy have had disappointing results, hence early detection, continued surveillance and timely intervention still remains the key towards decreasing the inherent maternal and fetal morbidity and mortality associated with severe pre-eclampsia and eclampsia.

Prevention of pre-eclampsia

Till date there is no well-established measure for prevention of pre-eclampsia in the general population. Calcium is clearly of benefit amongst high risk women in communities where low dietary calcium intake is prevalent. A Cochrane systematic review in 2010 concludes that calcium supplementation approximately halves the risk of pre-eclampsia, reduces the risk of preterm birth and the rare occurrence of the composite outcome 'death or serious morbidity18.

Low dose aspirin (antiplatelet agent) therapyefficiently reduces the development of pre-eclampsia in women with abnormal uterine artery Doppler studies. If started in early gestation (< 16 weeks), it also causes a significant reduction in the incidence of severe pre-eclampsia, gestational hypertension and IUGR19.

Some studies have suggested that prophylactic use of antioxidants (vitamin C, E) may be beneficial as well but this is not routinely recommended20 in practice.

Evidence is also lacking to support lifestyle preventative interventions for pre-eclampsia, such as rest, exercise and reduced dietary salt intake.

The pre-eclampsia community guideline (PRECOG)

This has been developed for screening and detection of onset of pre-eclampsia in the community21. It includes:

  • Initial risk assessment at community booking using pre-determined criteria, to identify factors that predispose women to pre-eclampsia in a given pregnancy. Following this, women are offered referral before 20 weeks gestation for specialist input to their antenatal care plan if they have been identified as high risk: this may be for clarification of risk, necessary investigations, advice on early intervention or pharmacological treatment.
  • Systematic community assessment for onset of pre-eclampsia from 20 weeks gestation. The frequency of assessment is determined by the likelihood of developing pre-eclampsia. Women with no risk factors for pre-eclampsia are offered assessments at weeks 16, 28, 34, 36, 38, 40, and 41 weeks.Women with one risk factor for developing pre-eclampsia (excluding previous pre-eclampsia, multiple pregnancy and underlying medical conditions like hypertension, renal disease, diabetes, antiphospholipid syndrome)  are reviewed in the community at least once every three weeks before 32 weeks, and then at least once every two weeks, until delivery.  At every visit, recommendation is to look for presence of any signs or symptoms like new hypertension, new proteinuria, headache/visual disturbance, or both, epigastric pain/vomiting, or both, reduced fetal movements, small for gestational age infant. In the presence of two such, they are referred for early specialist input, individual assessment, and discussion of obstetric risk.
  • Recommendations have been made within the scope of this guideline for improving accuracy inblood pressure measurement, increasing reliability of proteinuria test with dipstick and community assessment of fetal growth and well being which provide the parameters for referral. Referral is made forstep-up assessment in hospital day unit within 24/48 hoursor admission in accordance with set criteria. All pregnant women are also made aware that pre-eclampsia may develop between antenatal assessments, and they could self-refer at any time.
  • It is recognised that all women benefit from a continuity of care in the community and need midwifery or GP care as part of their individual antenatal care plan, whatever be their obstetric risk.

Management of Pre-eclampsia

Antenatal Care

These patients should be under consultant led care with multidisciplinary input from the anaesthetic and neonatal teams as necessary.

Women with risk factors for developing pre-eclampsia may be considered for uterine artery doppler velocimetry at 20-24 weeks to look for increased impedance to flow (resistance index >95th centile or early diastolic notch), which is predictive of developing pre-eclampsia or IUGR in late gestation, however the specificity and sensitivity varies widely between different studies22-25.

At diagnosis of pre-eclampsia, the best practice is to offer initial hospital admission for assessment and formulation of follow-up care. Assessment of proteinuria should be done by automated reagent strip reading device. Visual assessment of the dipstick is not recommended nowadays because of high error rates26-28. If the automated reagent strip reading of urine yields a result of 1+ or more, this should be followed up with a spot urinary protein:creatinine ratio or a 24 hour urine collection to quantify the proteinuria. Significant proteinuria is diagnosed if the urinary protein:creatinine ratio is more than 30mg/mmol or the validated 24 hr urine sample has more than 300 mg of protein. Baseline blood investigations should include full blood count, liver function (bilirubin and transaminases), electrolytes and kidney function tests. Antihypertensive medications may need to be commenced with the aim of maintaining the systolic blood pressure below 150 mm Hg, and the diastolic pressure between 80 - 100 mm Hg. Labetalol is the first line treatment. However, in patients in whom labetalol cannot be used (e.g. in patients with bronchial asthma), alternatives include nifedipine (contraindicated before 20 weeks of gestation), methyldopa, atenolol and metoprolol. 4-6 hourly blood pressure, daily assessment of proteinuria, along with haematological and biochemical monitoring are also carried out. Inpatient management is required till the blood pressure stabilises.

Following discharge blood pressure can be checked in the community or in antenatal day assessment 2-3 times a week depending on clinical circumstances. Quantification of urinary protein is not necessary after the initial assessment, however, blood tests for full blood count, liver and kidney functions need to be repeated at least twice weekly (thrice weekly if the hypertension is moderate or severe). There is often a rise in serum uric acid level, which has been associated with poor maternal and fetal outcome29, 30. However, there is no evidence to use serum uric acid levels for clinical management.

Fetal monitoring:

Ultrasound assessment of fetal growth and amniotic fluid volume along with umbilical artery doppler velocimetry needs to be done at initial diagnosis of pre-eclampsia to exclude IUGR and then every 2 weeks if the pregnancy is managed conservatively and the results remain normal CTG monitoring is commonly done at diagnosis, along with the ultrasound assessment. If normal, further CTG should be performed weekly unless otherwise clinically indicated.

Delivery

In pre-eclampsia with mild or moderate hypertension, women may be delivered between 34 and 37 weeks of gestation, depending on maternal and fetal condition, presence of risk factors and availability of neonatal intensive care facilities. If severe pre-eclampsia develops, refractory to treatment or fetal wellbeing delivery may need to be done earlier.

Pre-eclampsia is considered to be severe in case of

1)       Severe hypertension with proteinuria or

2)       Mild / moderate hypertension and proteinuria with one or more of the following signs / symptoms:

Ø  Severe headache , not responding to medications

Ø  Visual disturbance (blurring or flashing of light)

Ø  Severe pain in upper abdomen or vomiting

Ø  Papillo-oedema

Ø  Signs of clonus (³ 3 beats)

Ø  Liver tenderness

Ø  HELLP syndrome

Ø  Decrease in platelet count to less than 100 x 109 per litre

Ø  Abnormal liver enzymes (ALT or ASTrising to above 70 iu/litre).

 

HELLP syndrome

HELLP Syndrome (haemolysis, elevated liver enzyme, low platelets) is a form of severe pre-eclampsia that is associated with high maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality and may be present without hypertension or, in some occasions, without proteinuria.

A diagnosis of HELLP syndrome is made after confirmation of haemolysis, either by blood film microscopy showing fragmented red cells or increased serum LDH level. An AST or ALT level of above 70 iu/l is significant while a level more than 150 iu/l is associated with increased morbidity to the mother, though neither of them are independent risk factors for increased maternal morbidity 31.  A low platelet count (less than 100 x 10 6 /ml) supports the diagnosis. 

There is some evidence to suggest that the severity of pre-eclampsia differs according to the time of onset. More severe form occurs with the onset of pre-eclampsia prior to 34 weeks of gestation. This form is associated with abnormal uterine artery blood flow, IUGR and adverse maternal and fetal outcomes32-33.

There may be some difference in the pathophysiology of these two disease types. The early onset disease may be associated with placental abnormalities, while the late onset one is more linked to maternal constitutional factors such as increased BMI34

In severe pre-eclampsia, delivery is appropriate anytime beyond 34 weeks of gestation following corticosteroid administration to achieve fetal lung maturity. Delivery before 34 weeks is only indicated in maternal/fetal compromise or hypertension refractory to treatment35-37. Prolonging pregnancy at early gestation may improve the perinatal outcome but has to be carefully balanced against maternal wellbeing. If conservative management is planned, ultrasound assessment of fetal growth, amniotic fluid volume and umbilical artery doppler flow should be done at admission, and thereafter, every two weeks. In case of normal ultrasound findings, weekly CTG monitoring should suffice, unless clinically indicated otherwise (for e.g. reduced fetal movement, vaginal loss, abdominal pain or deterioration of maternal condition).

Eclampsia

Generalised tonic-clonic seizures, with or without raised blood pressure and proteinuria, occurring during or after pregnancy with no other identifiable cause is classified as eclampsia. The cause is usually multi-factorial including cerebral vasoconstriction, ischaemia, vasogenic oedema, or other pathology. Although it is more likely to occur in women with severe rather than mild pre-eclampsia, there is no convincing test for predicting the onset of eclampsia. Convulsions may occur antepartum (38-53%), intrapartum (18-36%), or postpartum (11-44%)38. Women with a history of previous eclampsia are at increased risk of eclampsia (1-2%) and pre-eclampsia (22-35%) in subsequent pregnancies39.

Intrapartum Care

During labour, hourly blood pressure monitoring in women with mild or moderate hypertension, and continuously in severe hypertension is ideal. Antenatal hypertensive treatment should be continued, with the aim of maintaining the systolic blood pressure below 150 mm Hg, and the diastolic pressure between 80-100 mmHg. If oral medications fail to control the blood pressure, then intravenous anti-hypertensives are indicated to prevent the known risk of vascular damage due to uncontrolled hypertension.

Hydralazine, a peripheral arteriolar vasodilator, has been widely used as the first-line treatment for acute hypertension in pregnancy, in the past.It is administered as bolus doses (5-10 mg) intravenously, every 20 minutes to a maximum dose of 30 mg, with careful monitoring of blood pressure. The side effects include headache, nausea, and vomiting. Importantly, hydralazine may result in maternal hypotension, which may subsequently cause fetal distress. Preloading with 500 ml of crystalloid fluid before or with the first dose of intravenous hydralazine may avoid this40. Labetalol is another antihypertensive that can be given intravenously, either as bolus doses or as an infusion to manage severe hypertension. It is commonly used as the first line drug in many centers in UK. However, it is not suitable for patients with bronchial asthma. Nifedipine may also be used orally to control blood pressure (sublingual administration is not recommended).However, it can interact with magnesium sulphate to produce profound muscle weakness, maternal hypotension and fetal distress41-43. Recent evidence suggests labetalol and nifedipine as better alternatives than hydralazine40. In all cases, the blood pressure should be monitored closely, along with fetal monitoring, as sudden decrease in maternal blood pressure will reduce the utero-placental blood flow, resulting in fetal distress.

Magnesium sulphate isthe agent of choice for treatment of eclampsia. It is also used in women with severe pre-eclampsia for prophylaxis of eclampsia andis usually commenced once delivery decision is made or in immediate postpartum period.  In women with less severe disease the decision will depend on individual case assessment. Evidence shows that magnesium sulphate more than halves the risk of eclamptic seizures44.It has also been shown to reduce maternal morbidity related to pneumonia, mechanical ventilation and intensive care45.However, there is little evidence to suggest that it decreases the risk of stillbirth or neonatal death.Magnesium sulphate is usually continued for 24 hours following delivery or 24 hours after the last seizure, whichever is the later, unless there is a clinical reason to do otherwise. This is based on the findings of the Collaborative Eclampsia Trial, 1995. However, recent evidence suggests that magnesium infusion may be stopped earlier (12 hours postpartum), especially when used in conjunction with other clinical parameters46, 47. Regular assessment of the urine output, deep tendon reflexes, respiratory rate, oxygen saturation and serum concentration is done as long as magnesium sulphate is continued to avoid toxicity. Features of magnesium toxicity include suppression/loss of patellar reflexes, drowsiness and respiratory depression. Intravenous calcium gluconate is used for reversal of magnesium toxicity.

Fluid restriction is the usual practice, unless there is associated maternal haemorrhage, to reduce the chance of fluid overload and pulmonary oedema. As per NICE guidelines, total fluids should be limited to 80 ml/hour in women with severe pre-eclampsia. Strict intake-output chart should be maintained. The regime of fluid restriction should continue until postpartum diuresis commences.

The mode of delivery should be individualised taking into account the gestation, presentation, cervical favourability for induction of labour and well-being of the fetus. Vaginal delivery is generally preferable but in case of extreme prematurity or fetal compromise, caesarean section is more likely.

Haematological and biochemical monitoring needs to be continued in labour and is dictated by the patient condition and need for analgesia/anaesthesia. For those on magnesium sulphate, bloods must be repeated every 6 hours.

Anaesthetic management

The anaesthetic management in pre-eclamptic patients is important, and should start with a detailed pre-anaesthetic assessment. Appropriate history and physical examination are important. Pre-eclamptic patients are at increased risk of oedema of the pharyngolarynx and assessment of airway is vital48-49. Clinical assessment of the cardiopulmonary and fluid status is required, along with laboratory investigations including renal biochemistry and coagulation status.An appropriate understanding of the obstetric interventions such as antihypertensive medications, and magnesium sulphate infusion is required.

Anaesthetic management should include appropriate monitoring, and should include NIBP, pulse oximetry and urine output. Invasive blood pressure monitoring (arterial line) is indicated in patients with poorly controlled blood pressure, or when NIBP is difficult to obtain (e.g. in the obese patients).

Pulmonary oedema is a rare but serious complication of severe pre-eclampsia, which can lead to increased maternal mortality (10%) and perinatal mortality as high as 50%50. Central venous pressure monitoring is indicated in patients with pulmonary oedema, poor urine output or when difficulty in fluid management is anticipated in the peripartum period. Pulmonary arterial catheters are rarely needed. Non-invasive monitoring of cardiac output may be required in patients with difficult fluid management or coexisting cardiac problems.

The safety of regional anaesthesia in pre-eclamptic patients is now well established51. Lumbar epidural may be used for labour analgesia in women with pre-eclampsia if the mothers opt for it. Early epidural should be considered as it helps to diminish the hypertensive responses to pain. Platelet count >75x109/L in the absence of other coagulation abnormalities is not associated with increased likelihood of regional anaesthetic complications in the setting of pre-eclampsia52. The presence of a functioning epidural catheter allows the epidural block to be titrated for LSCS if indicated. If central neuraxial block is contraindicated, then intravenous opioids may be used for labour analgesia53-54. Few studies have mentioned the successful use of remifentanil PCA in these patients55.Regional blockade is currently the preferred mode of anaesthesia for caesarean section. It has long been argued that while titrated epidural blocks are safe, single shot spinal or CSE techniques may produce profound hypotension. However, multiple studies have demonstrated the safety of spinal and CSE in pre-eclamptic patients for LSCS with no adverse effects on mother or fetus56-58. In fact the incidence of hypotension in pre-eclamptic patients following regional anaesthesia is less than that in healthy patients, and is successfully managed by intravenous boluses of ephedrine or phenylephrine59-60.Doses of local anaesthetics in regional anaesthesia remain the same in pre-eclamptic patients as in normal healthy parturients.

Though regional anaesthesia is preferred for LSCS, a general anaesthesia may still be needed if regional anaesthesia is contraindicated (e.g. coagulopathy as in HELLP syndrome), and in emergency situations where the baby has to be delivered as early as possible. General anaesthesia increases the risk of hypertension during induction and emergence, loss of airway due to pharyngolaryngeal oedema, aspiration and transient neonatal depression. Extreme care is to be undertaken to obtund the hypertensive response during induction-intubation, as this has been a significant past cause of maternal mortality61. Several agents (alfentanil, fentanyl, remifentanil, magnesium sulphate, intravenous lignocaine and esmolol) have been suggested for induction, and clinicians should use familiar ones. All opioids rapidly cross the placenta and increase the risk of neonatal depression, and appropriate facilities for neonatal resuscitation must be available. Remifentanil has the advantage as it is rapidly metabolised by the neonate, and any respiratory depression is usually brief62- 63.Maintenance of anaesthesia is done by inhalational anaesthetic agents. Isoflurane is considered to be a good choice, because of its vasodilating properties. Vigilance is also required during emergence from anaesthesia, to prevent hypertension, as well as aspiration.

Anaesthetists must also be aware of the potential drug interactions of agents commonly used in pre-eclampsia. Magnesium sulphate and calcium channel blockers may potentiate the action of muscle relaxants and appropriate monitoring is vital.

Post delivery analgesia

This is maintained by simple analgesics like paracetamol. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents have been used; however, caution must be exercised due to their effect on cyclo-oxygenase pathway, especially those with renal insufficiency and coagulopathy. A few case reports of significant increase in blood pressure in postpartum women have been reported following their use64. Patient controlled analgesia with opioids has been used widely, and is considered to be a safe option.

Use of oxytocic agents

Syntocinon is the drug of choice. Ergometrine should be avoided because of its propensity to cause hypertension. Synthetic prostaglandins such as Carboprost (15 methyl PGF 2 alpha) may be given with caution after considering the risk-benefit ratio, especially because it can aggravate hypertension.

Use of thromboprophylaxis

This should be considered in all patients with pre-eclampsia.

Table 2: Management strategies for chronic hypertension and gestational hypertension

 

Preconception

Antenatal

Delivery

Postpartum

Further follow-up

Chronic Hypertension

Optimise antihypertensives, change ACE inhibitors, diet and lifestyle modification

Continue treatment to maintain BP <150/100. Offer uterine artery dopplers to detect risk of developing pre-eclampsia/IUGR

At 37 weeks, if BP is controlled.

Aim to maintain BP <140/90 with antihypertensives

Medical review at 6-8 weeks

Gestational Hypertension

Assessment of risk factors

Hospital admission if severe hypertension. Antihypertensive if BP > 150/100. Test for proteinuria at each visit, blood tests as indicated

At 37 weeks, if BP <160/110, with/without antihypertensives

Titrate antihypertensives to keep BP <140/90

Medical review at 6-8 weeks, or earlier if need to continue antihypertensives

Pre-eclampsia

Assessment of risk factors.

Hospital admission at diagnosis. Antihypertensives to be started if BP>150/100. Regular blood investigations (2-3/week)

Delivery between 34-37 weeks, depending on maternal/ foetal condition

Initial monitoring as inpatient, to be discharged to the community when BP <149/99 with/without treatment and blood results are stable

Medical review at 2 weeks, if continuing antihypertensives. Otherwise at 6-8 weeks

Postpartum Care

Following childbirth, mobilisation of the extravascular fluid occurs increasing the intravascular volume, and consequently increasing the blood pressure. This fluid shift also increases the risk of pulmonary oedema, cerebral oedema and eclampsia.

Most of the existing guidance focuses on management of blood pressure and its associated problems in the antenatal and intrapartum period but the postpartum phase can often be poorly looked after 65. Regular blood pressure monitoring at an interval of 4-6 hours should be done as an inpatient initially and blood platelet count, transaminases and creatinine should be measured to note any changing trends. The aim is to maintain blood pressure <160/110mmHg, thereby preventing cerebral injury from occurring. In order to achieve this, beta-blockers, calcium-channel blockers and ACE inhibitors can be used in a stepwise manner. Use of methyldopa is usually avoided as it has the potential to cause depression and psychosis in postpartum period. Women are discharged to the community care if they are asymptomatic, blood pressure, with or without treatment, is 149/99 mmHg or lower and blood test results are stable or improving. Blood pressure isthen checked daily/alternate days in the community till 2 weeks postpartum. Antihypertensives should continue till blood pressure falls below 130/80 mm of Hg and the dose adjustments need to be made by the GP. If blood pressure becomes uncontrolled, then women would require urgent referral to the hospital.

In most cases, the hypertension and/or proteinuria resolve within six weeks postpartum. Any women whohad pre-eclampsia complicating their pregnancy, needs to have blood pressure and urine protein checked at 6-8 week postnatal visit at the GP surgery. If still requiring antihypertensive treatment at that stage or persistent proteinuria further assessment is warranted to find out cause for raised blood pressure if any and also identify and advise on risk factors for cardiovascular disease and lifestyle changes.

For all these women preconception counselling should be offered for subsequent pregnancies especially if risk factors are identified so that potentially preventative strategies can be initiated.

Table 2  outlines briefly the management strategies for mothers with chronic hypertension and gestational hypertension. However, a detailed discussion is outside the scope of this article.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
PALLAB RUDRA, Specialist Registrar (Anaesthetics), Addenbrookes Hospital, Cambridge. SONELA BASAK MBBS, MD, MRCOG, Speciality Registrar (Obstetrics & Gynaecology) Bedford Hospital, Bedford. DILIP PATIL MRCOG, Consultant (Obstetrics & Gynaecology) Bedford Hospital, Bedford. M YAKUB LATOO MBBS, FRCA, Consultant (Anaesthesia & Intensive Care) Bedford Hospital, Bedford.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR PALLAB RUDRA, Specialist Registrar (Anaesthetics), Addenbrookes Hospital, Cambridge
Corresponding Author Email: 
pallabrudra@yahoo.co.in
References
References: 

 

1. Report of the National High Blood Pressure Education Program Working Group on High Blood Pressure in Pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol. Jul 2000;183(1):S1-S22. 

2. Crowther CA. Eclampsia at Harare Maternity Hospital. An epidemiological study. S Afr Med J. 1985;68:927-9 

3. Conde-3. Agudelo A, Kafury-Goeta AC. Epidemiology of eclampsia in Colombia. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 1998;61:1-8.

4. Tuffnell DJ, Jankowicz D, Lindow SW, Lyons G, Mason GC, Russell IF, Walker JJ. Outcomes of severe pre-eclampsia/eclampsia in Yorkshire 1999/2003.BJOG 2005;112:875–80.

5. Douglas KA, Redman CW. Eclampsia in the United Kingdom.BMJ 1994;309:1395–400.

6. Centre for Maternal and Child Enquiries (CMACE). Saving Mothers’ Lives: reviewing maternal deaths to make motherhood safer- 2006-2008. The Eighth Report on Confidential Enquiries into Maternal Deaths in the United Kingdom. BJOG 2011; 118:1-203.

7. The Magpie Trial Collaborative Group. Do women with pre-eclampsia, and their babies, benefit from magnesium sulphate? The Magpie Trial: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 359: 1877-1890.

8. Conde-Agudelo A, Kafury-Goeta AC. Epidemiology of eclampsia in Colombia. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 1998 ;61:1-8.

9. Douglas KA, Redman CW. Eclampsia in the United Kingdom.BMJ 1994;309:1395–1400.

10. Duley L. Maternal mortality associated with hypertensive disorders of pregnancy in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. Br J Obstet Gynaecol. 1992; 99:547-53.

11. Robertson SA, Ingman WV, O’Leary S, Sharkey DJ, Tremellen KP. Transforming growth factor beta—a mediator of immune deviation in seminal plasma. J Reprod Immunol 2002; 57: 109–28.

12. Redman CW, Sargent IL. Latest advances in understanding pre-eclampsia.  Science. Jun 10 2005;308:1592-4. 

13. RobertsJM, Redman CW. Pre-eclampsia: more than pregnancy-induced hypertension. Lancet1993; 341: 1447–51

14. Zhou Y, McMaster M, Woo K, Janatpour M, Perry J, Karpanen T, Alitalo K, Damsky C, Fisher SJ: Vascular endothelial growth factor ligands and receptors that regulate human cytotrophoblast survival are dysregulated in severe preeclampsia and hemolysis, elevated liver enzymes, and low platelets syndrome. Am J Pathol 2002; 160: 1405–1423, 2002

15. Dekker GA, Sibai BM, Etiology and pathogenesis of pre-eclampsia: current concepts. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1998; 179: 1359–75.

16. Marcoux S, Brisson J, Fabia J. The effect of cigarette smoking on the risk of preeclampsia and gestational hypertension. Am J. Epidemiol.1989; 130 (5): 950-957. 

17. Dekker G, Sibai B. Primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention of pre-eclampsia. Lancet  2001;357:209–15.

18. Hofmeyr GJ, Lawrie TA, Atallah AN, Duley L. Calcium supplementation during pregnancy for preventing hypertensive disorders and related problems. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010 Aug 4;(8):CD001059.

19. Bujold E, Morency AM, Roberge S, Lacasse Y, Forest JC, Giguère Y.  Acetylsalicylic acid for the prevention of pre-eclampsia and intra-uterine growth restriction in women with abnormal uterine artery Doppler: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Obstet Gynaecol Can. 2009 ;31:818-26

20. Rumbold A, Duley L, Crowther CA, Haslam RR. Antioxidants for preventing pre-eclampsia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2008 Jan 23;(1):CD004227.

21. F. Milne, C. Redman, J Walker et al. The pre-eclampsia community guideline (PRECOG): how to screen for and detect onset of pre-eclampsia in the community. BMJ 2005; 330 : 576

22. Magee LA, Ornstein MP,  von Dadelszen P. Management of hypertension in pregnancy. BMJ 1999; 318 : 1332.

23. Bower S, Schuchter K, Campbell S. Doppler ultrasound screening as part of routine antenatal scanning: prediction of pre-eclampsia and intrauterine growth retardation. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1993;100:989–94

24. Harrington K, Cooper D, Lees C, Hecher K, Campbell S. Doppler ultrasound of the                   uterine arteries: the importance of bilateral notching in the prediction of pre-eclampsia, placental abruption or delivery of a small-for-gestational-age baby. Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 1996;7:182–8

25. Roncaglia N, Crippa I, Locatelli A, Cameroni I, Orsenigo F, Vergani P, Ghidini A. Prediction of superimposed pre-eclampsia using uterine artery Doppler velocimetry in women with chronic hypertension. Prenat Diagn. 2008 ;28:710-4

26. Waugh J, Bell SC,Kilby M,Seed P,Blackwell C,Shennan AH, et al. Optimal bedside urinalysis for the detection of proteinuria in hypertensive proteinuria: a study of diagnostic accuracy? BJOG 2005:112:412–17.

27. Waugh JJ, Clark TJ, Divakaran TG, Khan KS, Kilby MD. Accuracy of urinalysis dipstick techniques in predicting significant proteinuria in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 2004;103:769–77.

28. Phelan LK, Brown MA, Davis GK, Mangos G.A prospective study of the impact of automated dipstick urinalysis on the diagnosis of pre-eclampsia. Hypertens Pregnancy 2004;23: 135–42.

29. Martin JN Jr,May WL, Magann EF,Terrone DA, Rinehart BK, Blake PG. Early risk assessment of severe pre-eclampsia: admission battery of symptoms and laboratory tests to predict likelihood of subsequent significant maternal morbidity. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1999;180:1407–14.

30. Redman CW, Bonnar J. Plasma urate changes in preeclampsia.Br Med J 1978;i(6125):1484–5.

31. Martin JN Jr,May WL, Magann EF, Terrone DA, Rinehart BK, Blake PG. Early risk assessment of severe pre-eclampsia: admission battery of symptoms and laboratory tests to predict likelihood of subsequent significant maternal morbidity. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1999;180:1407–14.

32. Sibai BM, Caritis S, Hauth J. What we have learned about preeclampsia.Semin Perinatol. 2003; 27:239–246.

33. Lindheimer MD, Taler SJ, Cunningham FG. Hypertension in pregnancy. J Am Soc Hypertens.2008; 2:484–494.

34. Valensise H, Vasapollo B, Gagliardi G, Novelli GP. Early and late pre-eclampsia: Two different maternal hemodynamic states in the latent phase of the disease. Hypertension. 2008;52:873–880.

35. Rath W, Fischer T. The diagnosis and treatment of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy: New findings for the antenatal and inpatient care. Dtsch Arztebl Int. 2009;106(45):733–738.

36. Sibai BM, Barton JR. Expectant management of severe pre-eclampsia remote from term: Patient selection, treatment, and delivery indications. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2007;196(6):514.e1–e9.

37. Chammas MF, Nguyen TM, Li MA, et al. Expectant management of severe pre-eclampsia: Is intrauterine growth restriction an indication for immediate delivery? Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2000;183(4):853–858.

38. Turner JA.  Diagnosis and management of pre-eclampsia: an update. Int J Womens Health. 2010 ;2:327-37.

39. Sibai BM. Diagnosis, prevention and management of eclampsia. Obstet Gynecol. 2005 105:402–410

40. Magee LA, Cham C, Waterman EJ, et al. Hydralazine for treatment of severe hypertension in pregnancy: meta-analysis. BMJ.  2003; 327:955-60. 

41. Waisman GD, Mayorga LM, Camera MI, Vignolo CA, Martinotti A. Magnesium plus nifedipine: Potentiation of hypotensive effect in pre-eclampsia. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1988; 159: 308-309

42. Ben-Ami M, Giladi Y, Shaley E. The combination of magnesium sulphate and nifedipine: a cause of neuromuscular blockade. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1994; 101: 262-263

43. Scott W, Snyder MD, Cardwell MS. Neuromuscular blockade with magnesium sulfate and nifedipine. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1989; 161: 3

44. Duley L, Gülmezoglu AM, & Henderson-Smart DJ 2003a, ‘Magnesium sulphate and other anticonvulsants for women with pre-eclampsia’, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Issue 2. Art. No.: CD000025.

45. Duley L & Henderson-Smart D 2003c, ‘Magnesium sulphate versus phenytoin for eclampsia’, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Issue 4. Art. No.: CD000128. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD000128.

46. Ehrenberg HM & Mercer BM .Abbreviated postpartum magnesium sulfate therapy for women with mild pre-eclampsia: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2006;108: 833-8.

47. Isler CM, Barrilleaux PS, Rinehart BK, Magann EF & Martin JN. Postpartum seizure prophylaxis: using maternal clinical parameters to guide therapy. Obstet Gynecol, 2003;101:66-9.

48. Heller PJ, Scheider EP, Marx GF. Pharyngolaryngeal edema as a presenting symptom  in pre-eclampsia. Obstet Gynecol. 1983;62: 523–525.

49. Goldszmidt E. Principles and practices of obstetric airway management. Anesthesiol Clin. 2008;26:109–125.

50. Sibai BM, Mabie BC, Harvey CJ, Gonzalez AR. Pulmonary edema in severe pre-eclampsia-eclampsia: Analysis of thirty-seven consecutive cases. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1987; 156: 1174 –1179.

51. Dyer RA, Piercy JL, Reed AR. The role of the anaesthetist in the management of the pre-eclamptic patient. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol. 2007;20:168-74.

52. Sharma SK, Philip J, Whitten CW, Padakandha UB & Landers DF 1999, ‘Assessment of changes in coagulation in parturients with pre-eclampsia using thromboelastography’, Anesthesiology; 90: 385-90.

53. Head BB, Owen J, Vincent RD, Shih G, Chestnut DH & Hauth JC .A randomized trial of intrapartum analgesia in women with severe pre-eclampsia, Obstet Gynecol. 2002; 99:  452-7.

54. Lucas MJ, Sharma SK, McIntire DD, ‘Wiley J, Sidawi JE, Ramin SM, Leveno KJ & Cunningham FG 2001, ‘A randomized trial of labor analgesia in women with pregnancy-induced hypertension’, Am J Obstet Gynecol, 2001,vol. 185, pp. 970-5.

55. El-Kerdawy H, Farouk A. Labor analgesia in pre-eclampsia: remifentanil patient controlled intravenous analgesia versus epidural analgesia. Middle East J Anesthesiol. 2010; 20: 539 -45.

56. Dyer RA, Els I, Farbas J, Torr GJ, Schoeman LK & James MF 2003, ‘Prospective, randomized trial comparing general with spinal anesthesia for cesarean delivery in preeclamptic patients with a non-reassuring fetal heart trace’, Anesthesiology;99: 561-9.

57. Visalyaputra S, Rodanant O, Somboonviboon W, Tantivitayatan K, Thienthong S, Saengchote W. Spinal versus epidural anesthesia for cesarean delivery in severe pre-eclampsia: A prospective randomized, multicenter study. Anesth Analg. 2005;101:862–868.

58. Santos AC, Birnbach DJ. Spinal anesthesia for cesarean delivery in severely preeclamptic women: Don’t throw out the baby with the bathwater! Anesth Analg. 2005;101:859–861.

59. Aya AG, Mangin R, Vialles N, et al. Patients with severe pre-eclampsia experience less hypotension during spinal anesthesia for elective caesarean delivery than healthy parturients: A prospective cohort comparison.Anesth Analg. 2003;97:867–872

60. Berends N, Teunkens A, Vandermeersch E, Van de Velde M. A randomized trial comparing low-dose combined spinal-epidural anesthesia and conventional epidural anesthesia for cesarean section in severe pre-eclampsia.  Acta Anaesthesiol Belg 2005; 56: 155-62.

61. Lewis  G (ed) 2007. The Confi dential Enquiry into Maternal and Child Health (CEMACH). Saving Mothers’ Lives: reviewing maternal deaths to make motherhood safer- 2003-2005. The Seventh Report on Confidential Enquiries into Maternal Deaths in the United Kingdom. London: CEMACH.

62. Ngan Kee WD, Khaw KS, Ma KC, Wong AS, Lee BB, Ng FF. Maternal and neonatal effects of remifentanil at induction of general anesthesia for cesarean delivery. Anesthesiology. 2006;104:14–20.

63. Yoo KY, Jeong CW, Park BY, et al. Effects of remifentanil on cardiovascular and bispectral index responses to endotracheal intubation in severe pre-eclamptic patients undergoing Cesarean delivery under general anesthesia. Br J Anaesth. 2009;102:812–819.

64. Makris A, Thornton C, Hennessy A. Postpartum hypertension and nonsteroidal analgesia. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 2004; 190: 577-578.

65. Chandiramani M, Shennan A H, Waugh J J S. Modern management of postpartum hypertension. Trends in Urology, Gynaecology & Sexual Health 2007; 12:  37–42

A Comparison of Methods of Producing a Discharge Summary: handwritten vs. electronic documentation

Authors
Claire Pocklington and Loay Al-Dhahir
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a432
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background: It is a compulsory requirement that a hospital produces a discharge summary. This is often the only documentation a GP receives in relation to a recent admission. Traditionally the discharge summary is hand-written and commonly known as the TTA (‘to take away’). Recently the EDS (electronic discharge summary) has been introduced. This audit provides a comparison of the TTA and EDS.

Methods: A random sample of 50 TTAs and 50 EDSs were selected from one ward over a two-month period. Completion rates for criteria of the discharge summary were analysed.

Results: The EDS is a superior form of discharge summary, significantly for documenting diagnosis, co-morbidities, investigations, drug history and instructions for the GP.

Conclusions:Junior doctors should be more aware of the importance of the discharge summary; therefore they should provide clear, complete and concise information. In order to ensure EDSs are completed correctly training on using the computer programme should be more thorough. Documenting co-morbidities has implications on clinical coding. Other healthcare professionals should contribute to the discharge summary.

Keywords: 
discharge summary, TTA, EDS, handover, information

Introduction:

On discharge from hospital, secondary care providers have a duty and obligation to communicate with primary care provides – particularly the general practitioner – to give information regarding the reasons for admission, results of investigations, procedures performed, treatment instigated and importantly follow-up management. Therefore the transition of information between secondary and primary care is vital for care management and hence patients’ safety.

This information is shared in the form of a ‘discharge summary’. It is the responsibility of the secondary care team to provide this. The level of detail given has been found to vary not just between different NHS trusts or hospital but also between different wards and individual doctors completing the discharge summary – this can create many problems as communication plays a pivotal role in patient care.

The information given in the discharge summary is all that a patients’ GP knows in regards to their hospital admission and management. A discharge summary is effectively a form of ‘handover’. A hospital physician may instruct the GP to do certain things in regards to follow-up; for example check blood results, review results of investigations arranged as outpatients or simply review the patient clinically. The more information that is transferred across from secondary to primary care the more awareness the GP has to what has happened and what needs to happen, which leads to better patient care.

A discharge summary can also be a valuable document for when a patient is admitted to hospital; if their notes are not available a past discharge summary will provide useful information (re. past medical history and drug history in particular) to the medical team who may have no prior knowledge of the patient, this is invaluable if it not possible to take a history from a patient and is also useful in directing investigations if a patient has been admitted with the same complaint(s). Of course this depends on the patient having a copy of the discharge summary with them on admission or the ability to access previous discharge summaries electronically.

Good documentation is vital in the healthcare setting. All documentation, no matter in what form, must be clear, accurate and legible. Any type of document is useless if it cannot be read. The GMC and Royal College of Physicians stress the importance of documentation1, 2.

The importance of the discharge summary has been highlighted in the last few years. There has been a move from the traditional hand-written discharge summary – commonly referred to as the TTA (to take away) – to the use of computer software providing an electronic discharge summary (EDS). The latter not only provides more detail but also aims to deliver it to the primary care setting in a timelier manner; for example, in the future, once all EDSs are completed at Barking, Havering and Redbridge University Hospitals NHS Trust there are plans for them to be automatically emailed to a patients GP surgery – currently this scheme is being trailed at certain GP surgeries. This complies with the requirement and recommendations made to secondary care trusts to provide the GP with a discharge summary within 24hrs of a patients’ discharge from hospital – consequently reducing previous financial penalties when not achieved and thus being more cost efficient.

The advent of the EDS has impacted the daily working of the junior doctor, who is commonly, the individual on the secondary care team whose role it is produce the discharge summary. Previously with a TTA a patient could be discharged home without all the constituents on the form being completed and so a GP would be provided with an incomplete discharge summary. At BHR University Hospital NHS Trust in order to produce a finished EDS - and essentially discharge the patient - all constituent sections have to be completed before it can be electronically sent to pharmacy so that the patient sent home with their medications (the discharge summary acts as a prescription). Therefore producing an EDS is more time consuming in comparison to a TTA.  However an EDS does have advantages (see Table 1).

Table 1: Comparison of EDS and TTA

Any form of discharge summary is user dependent; what is written is determined by the individual doctor producing the document therefore there is no guarantee that they have documented everything that occurred during admission.  In the case of the TTA user dependence also refers to the legibility of the writing, the durability of the carbon copies produced, as well as the level of detail of the discharge summary produced.

In 2008 Newham University Hospital Trust introduced the EDS, the trust audited this process and found it to be successful3. 2010 saw the introduction of the EDS at BHR University Hospital NHS Trust. The EDS was piloted on Sunrise B ward of Queen’s Hospital, Romford. The purpose of this audit is to establish if the introduction of the EDS at BHR University Hospital NHS Trust has been successful. The audit aims to determine if the EDS method is superior to that of the traditional TTA – this will be achieved by comparing the completion rates for specific criteria of the discharge summary. This audit also aims to identify areas of improvement and recommendation for the EDS. 

Design and Method:

An opportunistic sample of 50 TTAs and 50 EDSs were selected from the patients admitted to Sunrise B (‘Care of the elderly’) ward, Queen’s Hospital, Romford in a two-month period (January to February 2011). Thus this is a retrospective audit. No exclusion criteria for selection of discharge summaries was set. For each discharge summary completion rates for the different fields of the discharge summary were recorded. Table 2 shows the criteria fields included in each type of discharge summary.

Table 2: Comparison of EDS and TTA criteria

The Royal College of Physicians have published their recommendations for the structure and content of the discharge summary. Section headings include

  • GP details - name, address, practice code
  • Patient details – surname, forename, date of birth, gender, NHS number, address, telephone number
  • Admission details – method of admission, source of admission, hospital site, trust, date of, time of
  • Discharge details – date of, time of, discharge destination, discharging consultant, specialty
  • Clinical information – diagnosis at discharge, operations/procedures, reason for admission/presenting complaint, allergies, investigations and results, treatments, discharge medications, medication changes
  • Advice, recommendations and future plan – hospital/GP/community
  • Person completing summary – doctors name, grade, specialty, signature, date of completion4

This audit establishes which method of discharge summary is more compliant with these recommendations.

Data analysis was mainly descriptive. Data collected was tabulated and represented as percentages. Graphical representation of the data was performed using Microsoft Excel. Due to the nature of the study and data collected more sophisticated statistical analysis, such as that requiring the use of SPSS software, was not warranted.

Results:

Results demonstrate significant differences between the TTA and EDS completion rates for criteria of the discharge summary. Table 2 presents the data as percentages in a tabulated form. Compared to the TTA, the EDS had a higher rate of the following six criteria of the discharge summary documented; diagnosis, co-morbidities, investigations, drug history, discharge destination and instructions for GP.

Table 3: Summary table of data

  •  Patient details and admission date.

The TTA had lower completion rates for these fields than the EDS. The EDS software automatically enters these fields therefore it is not possible for this criterion to be incomplete. The correct patient details ensure continuity of care and patient safety. If patient details – i.e. full name, date of birth, hospital number and address - are not present those with similar names could be mixed up.

Diagnosis.

The TTA performed poorly on documenting diagnosis. The EDS had a completion rate significantly higher than that of the TTA (EDS completion rate = 88%, TTA completion rate = 48%). Figure 1 represents these findings. The main objective of a discharge summary is to inform primary care of the diagnosis to enable healthcare management, therefore it is crucial and pivotal information, for it not to be included in the discharge summary is illogical.

Co-morbidities.

Neither TTAs nor EDSs documented co-morbidities well. However the EDS, yet again, outperformed the TTA. See Figure 1. Documenting co-morbidities has important repercussions for clinical coding and financial incentives (see below).

Investigations.

Coincidently, 62% of TTAs did not document investigations that the patient had had in contrast to 62% of EDSs that did. See Figure 1. There is no guarantee for either discharge method that all investigations are listed; it is dependent upon the doctor who is producing the discharge summary.

Figure 1: Graphical representation of data

Drug history.

As previously mentioned, EDS has to have a completed drug history before the patient can be discharged and hence they have to have a 100% completion rate for this criterion. TTAs only achieved a 64% completion rate as Table 3 demonstrates.

Review of case.

This is not a criteria field on the TTA document. Therefore 86% of TTAs provided no review. 88% of EDSs did provide a case review. Just fewer than 10% of EDSs were incomplete for this item.

Discharge date.

Like the admission date, a discharge date is automatically completed on an EDS thus the completion rate is 100%. However, this date is the date in which the EDS is completed and may not be the actual day the patient leaves hospital because sometimes the EDS is completed (and so the medications dispensed) the day prior to discharge or patient discharge may be delayed. The TTA achieved a 66% completion rate.

Discharge destination.

This is not a criterion present on the TTA and thus 100% of TTAs did not fulfil this requirement. EDSs had a 98% completion rate.

Follow-up arrangements.

The majority of EDSs documented the follow-up plans for a patient (88% in total, 70% specifically for GP follow-up). 46% of TTAs documented patient follow-up required, specifically 44% for hospital follow-up. 54% of TTAs documented no follow-up. In summary, 88% of EDSs documented follow-up in comparison to 46% of TTAs. These findings may be a limitation of the study i.e. patient selection rather than failings in documentation.

Instructions for GP and functional status.

Coincidently, 92% of TTAs did not document ‘instructions for GP’ in contrast to 92% of EDSs that did. ‘Instructions for GP’ is not a criterion on the TTA document.

Functional status.

‘Functional status’ is also not a criterion on the TTA document and so all TTAs were not complete for this. 64% of EDS had a completion rate for documenting ‘functional status’. Functional status indicates a patient’s mobility status, self-care abilities, hearing and sight impairment.

Discussion:

This audit has established that the EDS has a higher completion rate for criteria on the discharge summary, significantly so for documenting diagnosis, co-morbidities, investigations, drug history and instructions for the GP.

One major concern that has been highlighted in performing this audit is the documentation of co-morbidities. Due to variations in training many doctors are unaware of how and where to enter this information on the EDS – there is a specific window that opens on the software program to input this information. Junior doctors were documenting patients’ past medical history under the field of ‘diagnosis’. Co-morbidities should not be listed under ‘diagnosis’ - this infers a new diagnosis - as they are not the acute problem.

The coding of the diagnosis [the acute problem], in context of a patients co-morbidities, results in a condition specific ‘fee’ being paid to secondary care. For example the ‘fee’ received for a patient diagnosed with a respiratory tract infection is different for that when the patient is diagnosed with a respiratory tract infection on the background of dementia. Inaccuracies in diagnosis lead to incorrect coding and measures of incidence. Co-morbidity is ‘any condition which co-exists in conjunction with another disease’. It is a requirement of the discharge summary to document certain co-morbidities – as determined by the Clinical Coding Co-morbidity Working Group (CCCWG)5. Although the discharge summary is not the recommended source documents for use in clinical coding – patients medical notes are used instead – it can help direct and inform those responsible for clinical coding. In should be borne in mind that it is the treating clinicians’ responsibility to document co-morbidities relevant to the current admission. Accurate and correct clinical coding will result in financial gains. Clinical coding has more important purposes other than just financial; it allows the monitoring of health services, epidemiological research, NHS planning of provisions, as well as clinical audit and governance6.

The amount of information documented is user dependent; the level and amount of detail written is subjective.  For example there is no guarantee that all the investigations that a patient had are documented. One doctor may provide a whole paragraph to summaries [‘review of case’] whereas another may just write one sentence. Educating those whose task it is to complete the discharge summary about how vital and important it is, along with the role it serves in healthcare management, may influence the effort and time dedicated to producing an EDS. The principles of clear, complete and concise documentation should be applied to both the patients’ discharge summary and their medical notes.  

Other healthcare professionals should also contribute to producing the discharge summary, in particular occupational therapists and physiotherapists who are more aware of a patients ‘functional status’ than the doctors. More accurate completion of this item could be achieved with their input. 

At the moment with the EDS software system used at BHR University Hospital Trust once an EDS has been printed there is no means of changing any of the information. It cannot be re-accessed to document new or change existing details. Often an EDS will be finalized and so printed for a patient to be discharged home on that day for the discharge then to be delayed. The discharge date document on the EDS should be the actual date the patient is discharged from hospital. Therefore it should be possible to be able to re-access and change details on the EDS.

The results of this audit show that the EDS system used at BHR University Hospital Trust is better then the EDS system audited at Newham in 2008. The Newham audit did not focus on all the criteria fields of the discharge summary or compare with a hand-written discharge summary method, however there is place for comparison with the results of this audit.

Table 4: Comparison of results with findings of Newham audit

This audit has established that the EDS method provides a discharge summary more compliant with the Royal College of Physician’s recommendations on the structure and content of discharge summary in comparison to the TTA.

The EDS will inevitably replace the TTA in time. However it should be remembered that there is still a place for the TTA in clinical practice e.g. locums do not have passwords to access the software programme, if computers are not working, fail or are unavailable. At the end of the day, a discharge summary is better than no discharge summary.

Conclusion:

The findings of this audit show that the EDS is a far superior method of producing a discharge summary than the TTA. The EDS provides a more informative and detailed discharge summary, which is always legible. The discharge summary is often the only source of information a GP is given in regards to a hospital admission and therefore secondary care providers have an obligation to provide clear, complete and concise information.

This audit does highlight that there are areas for improvement and recommendation:

  • The importance of a discharge summary should be highlighted to all individuals whose responsibility it is to complete them. This could promote better compliance at completing all items and completing them more thoroughly.
  • EDS training should make users aware of the ‘co-morbidity’ section. Past medical history should not be listed under new diagnosis. This should be a compulsory part that has to be completed before an EDS can be finished.
  • Occupational therapists and physiotherapists should be able to complete the ‘functional status’ criterion. This should be expanded to give more information and details to primary care providers.
  • The documentation of certain co-morbidities (those determined by the CCCWG) should be done by ‘tick list’ selection therefore it will not rely upon the individual doctor to remember to document such co-morbidities. All the co-morbidities that should be documented could be listed and the user selects those that the patient has. This will improve the trusts performance in regards to the financial rewards linked to discharge summaries.
  • The audit should be performed again in 12 months to access if EDS are maintaining high completion rates, to identify further improvement in completion rates and identify any further areas for improvement or recommendation.
  • Discussion of both TTA and EDS could be a part of the regular weekly supervision of junior medical staff by their prospective consultants.
  • A discharge summary should also be checked by nursing or clerical staff prior to letting the patient leave the ward to see if all components are completed.
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None Declared
Details of Authors: 
CLAIRE POCKLINGTON, FY1, Queen’s Hospital, Romford. LOAY AL-DHAHIR, Consultant Stroke and General Medical Physician, Queen’s Hospital, Romford
Corresponding Author Details: 
CLAIRE POCKINGTON, FY1, Queen’s Hospital, Romford,
Corresponding Author Email: 
cpocklington@doctors.org.uk
References
References: 
  1. GMC (2006). Good Medical Practice. London: GMC. 8, para 3.
  2. Royal College of Physicians (2008). A clinician’s guide to record standards – Part 1: why standardise the structure and content of medical records? London: Royal College of Physicians. 3-11.
  3. Kazmi, S. M. B. (2008). Quality of Electronic Discharge Summaries at Newham University Hospital: An Audit. London: British Journal of Medical Practitioners. 2008: 1(1) 30-32.
  4. Royal College of Physicians (2008). A clinician’s guide to record standards – Part 2: Standards for the structure and content of medical records and communications when patients are admitted to hospital. London: Royal College of Physicians. 3-11.
  5. NHS Classifications Service (NCS) (March 2010). Coding Clinic. London. 6:6
  6. Royal College of Physicians (2007). Top ten tips for coding – a guide for clinical staff. Health Informatics Unit. Royal College of Physicians.

Painful legs and moving toes – Case report and Review of literature

Authors
Roy Liu, Mohammed Moizuddin and Serena Hung
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a431
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Objective: Painful legs and moving toes (PLMT) is a syndrome consisting of pain in the lower legs with involuntary movements of the toes or feet. Its incidence and prevalence remain largely unknown since it is still a relatively rare disorder. We are reporting a case of PLMT along with the first review of literature on all previously reported cases and a discussion on its clinical management.

Methods: A review of published literature on PLMT was done using MEDLINE and PubMed databases. Searches were conducted to find articles from 1971 – 2010. Medical subject headings used to search the databases included PLMT with subheadings of painful legs/moving toes, electromyography, polysomnography, as well as keyword search using “PLMT”. Single author reviewed titles and abstracts of potentially relevant articles.

Results: We reviewed approximately 19 PLMT articles that have been published to date, with a total of 72 patients: 30.5% males and 69.5% females (median age 55 & 64 yrs, respectively). The most common predisposing conditions were neuropathy and radiculopathy. Numerous treatments including antiepileptics, benzodiazepines, antispasmodic agents, and antidepressants have been tried with little success. GABAergic agents such as gabapentin and pregabalin were the most effective in attenuating the pain and the movements, possibly via both central and peripheral mechanisms.

Conclusion: Physicians should be aware of this rare debilitating condition. Though much progress has been made in elucidating its etiology, the exact mechanism still remains a mystery. It is important to consider PLMT in a patient with painful legs and/or restless leg syndrome without any significant history of neurological disease or trauma. Diagnosis is essentially clinical and treatment is complex, which includes different combinations of medications and invasive techniques that generally produce a poor outcome.

Keywords: 
Painful legs, Moving toes, GABA agonists, Peripheral Neuropathy

Introduction

First described in 1971 by Spillane et al.1, painful legs and moving toes (PLMT) is a syndrome consisting of pain in lower legs with involuntary movements of the toes or feet. Pain varies from moderate discomfort to diffuse and deep and usually precedes movements by days to years. The movements themselves are often irregular and range from flexion/extension, abduction/adduction to clawing/straightening and fanning/ circular movements of the toes.1,2 This syndrome may affect one leg or spread to involve both legs.3

PMLT incidence and prevalence remain largely unknown since it is still a relatively rare disorder worldwide. Age of onset is between the second and seventh decades of life. It has been postulated that lesions of the peripheral or central nervous system after nerve or tissue damage might lead to impulse generation that subsequently causes the symptoms seen in PLMT.4 We report a case of PMLT that presented to our Neurology Movement Disorder Clinic along with a discussion on the pathophysiology, differential diagnosis and clinical management of this rare debilitating condition.

Case report

63 year old, morbidly obese (BMI 41.7) Caucasian male patient with past medical history of stroke 10 years ago, on long term anticoagulation, hypertension, type II controlled diabetes mellitus, asbestos exposure, bilateral hip and knee osteoarthritis, left total knee replacement 2 years ago, and non-traumatic ruptured Achilles tendon; presented with complaints of involuntary movements in both legs over the last 8-10 years. He had unprovoked flexion and extension of the toes along with feet movement at all times with no diurnal variation. He admitted to having a constant severe pain described as 'twisting a rubber band' with 10/10 intensity that radiated up to his calf accompanied by numbness and dorsal swelling of both feet for many months. He claimed to have partial relief whilst walking but had difficulty walking without a cane as he ‘“could not balance with constantly moving [his] feet”’. Tylenol 500mg as required and amitriptyline 20mg at night prescribed by his primary care physician provided no relief.

He also has a history of snoring, daytime fatigue, and non-restorative sleep with frequent nocturnal awakenings due to bilateral feet pain. He recalled having a stroke with transient confusion and focal hand weakness along with visual problems about 10 years previously. All laboratory and radiological investigations were negative and he recovered fully. He had previously served with the US armed forces and had been exposed to ‘Agent Orange’ in Vietnam.

He had no medical allergies and his current medications include amitriptyline 25mg at night, hydrochlorothiazide 25mg once daily, lisinopril 10mg once daily, loradatine 10mg once daily, metoprolol tartrate 20mg twice daily, simvastatin 20mg once daily, vitamin B complex one tablet once daily and warfarin once daily. He denied any history of alcohol, tobacco, or recreational drug abuse in the past. His mother had a history of hypertension and chronic low back pain; no members of his family had any neurological or movement disorders.

Physical examination revealed an alert, awake, and well oriented male with bilateral lower extremity varicose veins. He was observed to have semi-rhythmic flexion-extension and occasionally abduction movements of the phalanges, especially in the great toes. There was a profound decrease in vibration sense below both knees and it was almost absent on both feet, decreased reflexes in both feet, and absent proprioception in the phalangeal joints. He was also observed to have decreased pinprick and monofilament sensation in both legs below the knee. Bilateral ankle reflexes were diminished with negative Babinski sign. Both lower extremity dorsalis pedis and posterior tibial pulsations were palpable. He did not have any cerebellar signs. He did have pitting oedema up to his shins in both lower extremities, extending from his feet to upper one third of the legs. There were no abnormalities noted on the bilateral lower extremity EMG and there was no electrodiagnostic evidence of large-fiber neuropathy.

He was diagnosed with painful legs and moving toes syndrome and started on a trial of gabapentin 300mg at night. He was advised to increase it to 1200mg and to continue taking his amitriptyline 25mg at night. Scheduled MRI of the brain could not be done due to his morbid obesity. He was arranged follow up in three months in the clinic.

Methods

A review of published literature on PLMT was done using MEDLINE and PubMed databases. Searches were conducted to find articles from 1971 – 2010. Medical subject headings used to search the databases included PLMT with subheadings of Movement disorder, Electromyography, and Polysomnography as well as keyword search using ‘PLMT’. Single author reviewed titles and abstracts of potentially relevant articles.

Review of current literature

We reviewed approximately 19 PLMT articles that have been published to date with a total of 72 patients: 30.5% males, 69.5% females (median age 55 & 64 years,

respectively). Clinical presentations in the majority of the cases were burning pain in lower extremities and involuntary movements of the toes. The most common predisposing conditions were neuropathy and radiculopathy (see Table 1).

Table 1 - Painful Legs & Moving Toes Syndrome ~ Review of Literature (1971- 2010)

Author Year Sex/
Subjects
Subject age # of cases Clinical presentation
Spillane et al 1971 M (4)
F (2)
51, 52, 52, 53
66, 68
6 Burning/throbbing LE pain followed by writhing/clawing and flexion/extension movements of the toes
Dressler et al 1994 M (4)
F (16)
28, 36, 54, 73
28-76
20 Pain in LE followed by involuntary flexion/extension and abducion/adduction of the toes
Shime et al 1998 F (1) 63 1 Involuntary flexion/extension of the toes bilaterally and aching/crampy pain in both feet
Schott et al 1981 M (1)
F (4)
66
56, 57, 69, 77
5 Crushing pain in both feet followed by involuntary writhing and flexion/extension of the toes; burning pain in foot followed by writhing toe movements
Montagna et al 1983 M (1)
F (2)
57
74, 76
3 Burning pain in one or both LE followed by involuntary flexion/extension, abduction/adduction, and fanning/clawing of the toes
Shime et al 1998 F (1) 63 1 Involuntary flexion/extension of the toes bilaterally and aching/crampy pain in both feet
Villarejo et al 2004 M (1) 66 1 Paresthesias/burning pain in both feet followed by involuntary flexion/extension and abduction/adduction of the toes
Aizawa et al 2007 F (1) 73 1 Tingling pain in both feet followed by involuntary abduction/adduction of the toes
Guimaraes et al 2007 M (1) 60 1 Wringing-like pain in in L foot and R leg followed by flexion/extension and abduction/adduction of the toes
Eisa et al 2008 M (1)
F (1)
62
76
2 Burning pain in bilateral LE followed by semirhythmic flexsion/extension of the toes
Alvarez et al 2008 M (6)
F (8)
25-84 (mean 69) 14 Burning pain of LE followed by involuntary flexion/extension, abduction/adduction, fanning, or clawing of the toes
Tan et al 1996 F (1) 57 1 Severe burning pain in both LE followed by involuntary flexion/extension and abduction of the toes
Dressler et al 1994 M (4)
F (16)
28, 36, 54, 73
28-76
20 Pain in LE followed by involuntary flexion/extension and abducion/adduction of the toes
Yoon et al 2001 F (1) 56 1 Burning pain in R foot with flexion and lateral deviation of the toes
Miyakawa et al 2010 M (1)
F (1)
36
26
2 Burning pain in R arm followed by involuntary flexion/extension of R thumb; pain in L leg accompanied by flexion/extension and abduction/adduction of L toes
Schoenen et al 1984 M (2)
F (4)
49, 74
68, 69, 71, 80
6 Burning/aching pain in LE followed by involuntary flexion/extension and writhing of the toes
Sanders et al 1999 F (1) 76 1 Deep/throbbing pain in L leg followed by invloluntary flexion/extension and abduction/adduction of L toes
Ikeda et al 2004 F (1) 75 1 Involuntary flexion/extension of the toes bilaterally followed by pain in both legs
Kwon et al 2008 F (1) 75 1 Painless wriggling movements of the toes in both feet

Total Number of articles reviewed = 19
Total Number of Cases: Male = 22 (Median Age = 55 years); Female = 50 (Median Age = 64 years)
Author/Article References in chronological order (Top to below): 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 16, 17, 23, 24, 25, 29, 31, 32, 33

In 1981 Schott GD et al reported that in 3 PLMT patients the EMG revealed evidence of denervation in the affected muscles. Montagna et al of the University of Bologna, Italy reported 3 cases of PLMT that exhibited evidence of peripheral neuropathy on EMG. Polysomnography (PSG) studies on these patients showed reduced movements during sleep with increase in slow wave or rapid eye movement sleep.5 This suggested the movements could have arisen centrally.

Guimaraes et al of the Universidade Nova Lisboa, Portugal reported one patient with a history of Hashimoto’s disease whose lower extremity EMG showed spontaneous arrhythmic bursts of the affected muscles during wakefulness which disappeared during sleep6. Both suggested the movements could have arisen centrally.

Alvarez et al of the Mayo Clinic described 14 cases of PLMT in 2008 in which burning pain often preceded the movements. PSG studies confirmed these movements would also persist in light stages of sleep which pointed to a central origin.7 Eisa et al of Yale University School of Medicine, Connecticut described 2 cases of PLMT in which one patient had a past history of lumbosacral root injury and the other systemic lupus erythematosus with peripheral neuropathy on EMG.8 Interestingly, in the latter patient her pain occurred years after the onset of involuntary toe movements.8

Discussion

Spinal cord and cauda equina diseases, neuropathies, radiculopathies, drugs and other systemic diseases are the main cause of this syndrome although many cases are still idiopathic. The most common predisposing conditions were neuropathy (i.e. polyneuropathy from alcoholism, hypertrophic mononeuritis, or tarsal tunnel syndrome) and radiculopathy.7 Other etiologies include nerve root lesions, peripheral nerve trauma, spinal ganglia lesions, cauda equina lesion, Wilson’s disease, herpes zoster myelitis, HIV, neuroleptics, and chemotherapeutic agents.9-19

The involuntary movements appeared bilaterally in the toes in our patient, which suggests that central reorganization (especially in the spinal level) is the cause of PLMT. EMG and nerve conduction studies have proven helpful in demonstrating spontaneous arrhythmic bursts of affected muscles and underlying neuropathy in some patients. Although the exact mechanism remains elusive, it has been proposed that impulses generated in lesioned peripheral nerve, posterior nerve root/ganglion, or afferent fibers pass into the spinal cord - some to higher areas to cause pain, while others into the local interneuron and motor neurons to generate involuntary movements of the toes.5

In patients with clinical or electrophysiological evidence of peripheral nerve or root problem, these lesions can initiate or even alter afferent input to the spinal cord and cause subsequent central and efferent motor reorganization, which may explain the limited

success these patients had with nerve blocks or lumbar sympathetic blockade.2 Similarly, some have suggested that even though the radiation of pain following local trauma seemed to resemble causalgia,20 there was a lack of hyperpathia and changes in the soft tissue, bones, and blood vessels as well as a poor response to sympathetic blockade, thus making clinical features of PLMT inconsistent with known radicular disorders.3

Interestingly, some believed that the central nervous system played an essential role in PLMT via a central oscillator.21 It has also been proposed that hyper-excitability of the damaged peripheral nerves could cause symptoms of PLMT by way of the sympathetic nervous system. More specifically, the sympathetic nervous system could potentially serve as a bridge between injured afferent fibers and sympathetic nerve fibers,22 allowing abnormal afferent impulse to travel to efferent fibers and ultimately leading to continuous pain with involuntary movements. This was evident in the fact that lumbar sympathetic ganglion blockade provided moderate symptomatic relief for some patients even though it was short-lived.4 Interestingly, one of the explanations put forth was the possibility of spinal/supraspinal reorganization,23 which coincided with the hypothesis of central reorganization mentioned above.

Clinical Management

Numerous treatments including antiepileptics, benzodiazepines, antispasmodic agents, and antidepressants have been tried with little success.1,2,24,25 However, temporary success was observed with local anesthetic nerve blocks, epidural blocks, sympathectomy/sympathetic blockade, neurectomies, botulinum toxin type A injection, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, vibratory stimulation, and epidural spinal cord stimulation.1,2,15,26,27 Analgesics, steroids, anti-inflammatory agents, vitamin B12 injections, propranolol, quinine sulphate, and local anesthetics only offered temporary relief as well.3 GABAergic agents such as gabapentin and pregabalin were the most effective in attenuating the pain and the movements, possibly via both central and peripheral mechanisms.7,24,25 It has been reported that gabapentin as high as 600mg three times daily could control symptoms of PLMT long-term.25

Treatment of PLMT has also been attempted with botulinum toxin A at the level of lumbosacral roots and peripheral nerves with moderate relief of symptoms, although toe movements did return after a few months.8 It was suggested that botulinum toxin A might have acted via reduction of muscle spindle discharge leading to decreased central sensitization, as well as antisympathetic, antiglutamergic, or anti-inflammatory effects.28

Differential Diagnosis

The syndrome of PLMT exhibits certain features similar to the restless leg syndrome (RLS). In RLS the sensation in the legs could be burning, creeping, or tingling coupled with an urge to move them, especially early in the night. Movements such as walking or stretching relieve the symptoms whereas rest makes them worse. However, in PLMT pain is severe, constant, unrelated to the sleep-wake cycle, and is not relieved by

movements or walking.23 In addition, its involuntary movements of the toes or feet also differ from the myoclonic jerks of RLS.

In conditions such as thalamic syndrome and limb pain with myoclonus, patients may experience pain and involuntary movements as well but they often occur simultaneously as opposed to in PLMT where pain often precedes the movements.17 In disorders such as Parkinson’s disease and dystonia, sustained involuntary movements in the feet can be present and pain can be an associated feature. But the movements are typically sustained muscle contractions, which are different from the typical movements associated with PLMT.

Prognosis

PLMT is a newly discovered syndrome and since there has not been a systematic study following these patients long-term, it is currently quite difficult to predict the outcome of this syndrome and its effect on lifespan, though there has yet been a report of a patient actually dying from this syndrome. However, it is known that PLMT is a debilitating condition that greatly reduces patients’ quality of life.

Conclusion

Since Spillane et al first described it in 1971, there have been more reported cases of PLMT and its variants over the years. Though much progress has been made in elucidating its etiology, its exact mechanism still remains a mystery. Similarly, even though EMG and nerve conduction studies have proven helpful in demonstrating spontaneous arrhythmic bursts of affected muscles and underlying neuropathy in some patients, diagnosis of PLMT remains largely on history and clinical presentation.

Physicians should be aware of this rare debilitating condition. It is important to consider PLMT in a patient with painful legs and/or restless leg syndrome without any significant history of neurological disease or trauma. Treatments such as different combinations of medications and invasive techniques are complex and generally lead to a poor outcome.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
No sources of funding were used to assist in the preparation of this case report. Dr Serena Hung is a full time employee of Biogen Idec and owns stock in the company. The authors have no conflict of interests that are directly relevant to the content of this case report and review of literature.
Details of Authors: 
ROY LIU, MOHAMMED MOIZUDDIN, MD FACP Department of Sleep Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Wisconsin. SERENA HUNG, MD. Biogen Idec, Inc. Cambridge, MA
Corresponding Author Details: 
MOHAMMED MOIZUDDIN, MD FACP, Department of Sleep Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, 8701 West Watertown Plank Road, Milwaukee, WI 53226-3548
Corresponding Author Email: 
drmoizuddin@yahoo.com
References
References: 

 

1. Spillane JD, Nathan PW, Kelly RE, Marsden CD. Painful legs and moving toes. Brain. 1971; 94(3): 541-556. 2. Dressler D, Thompson PD, Gledhill RF, Marsden CD. The syndrome of painful legs and moving toes. Mov Disord. 1994; 9(1): 13-21.3. Schott GD. "Painful legs and moving toes": The role of trauma. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 1981; 44(4): 344-346.4. Shime N, Sugimoto E. Lumbar sympathetic ganglion block in a patient with painful legs and moving toes syndrome. Anesth Analg. 1998; 86(5): 1056-1057.5. Montagna P, Cirignotta F, Sacquegna T, Martinelli P, Ambrosetto G, Lugaresi E. "Painful legs and moving toes" associated with polyneuropathy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 1983; 46(5): 399-403.6.  Guimaraes J, Santos L, Bugalho P. Painful legs and moving toes syndrome associated with hashimoto's disease. Eur J Neurol. 2007; 14(3): 343-345.7. Alvarez MV, Driver-Dunckley EE, Caviness JN, Adler CH, Evidente VG. Case series of painful legs and moving toes: Clinical and electrophysiologic observations. Mov Disord. 2008; 23(14): 2062-2066.8. Eisa M, Singer C, Sengun C, Russel A, Jabbari B, Papapetropoulos S. Treatment of painful limbs/moving extremities with botulinum toxin type A injections. Eur Neurol. 2008; 60(2): 104-1069. Schott GD. "Painful legs and moving toes": The role of trauma. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 1981; 44(4): 344-34610. Gastaut JL. Painful legs and moving toes. A drug-induced case. Rev Neurol (Paris). 1986; 142(6-7): 641-642. 11. Ikeda K, Deguchi K, Touge T, et al. Painful legs and moving toes syndrome associated with herpes zoster myelitis. J Neurol Sci. 2004; 219(1-2): 147-150. 12. Malapert D, Degos JD. Painful legs and moving toes. neuropathy caused by cytarabine. Rev Neurol (Paris). 1989; 145(12): 869-871. 13. Mattos JP, Rosso AL, Correa RB, Novis SA. Movement disorders in 28 HIV-infected patients. Arq Neuropsiquiatr. 2002; 60(3-A): 525-530. 14. Mitsumoto H, Levin KH, Wilbourn AJ, Chou SM. Hypertrophic mononeuritis clinically presenting with painful legs and moving toes. Muscle Nerve. 1990; 13(3): 215-221.15. Okuda Y, Suzuki K, Kitajima T, Masuda R, Asai T. Lumbar epidural block for 'painful legs and moving toes' syndrome: A report of three cases. Pain. 1998; 78(2): 145-147.16.  Pla ME, Dillingham TR, Spellman NT, Colon E, Jabbari B. Painful legs and moving toes associates with tarsal tunnel syndrome and accessory soleus muscle. Mov Disord. 1996; 11(1): 82-86. 317.  Sanders et al. An ‘annoying’ foot: unilateral painful legs and moving toes syndrome. Pain Vol 82 (1), 1999; 103-10418. Sandyk R. Neuroleptic-induced "painful legs and moving toes" syndrome: Successful treatment with clonazepam and baclofen. Ital J Neurol Sci. 1990; 11(6): 573-576.19. Touge T, Ishibashi T, Kamoda M, Tsukaguchi M, Takeuchi H. "Painful legs and moving toes" and muscle cramps spreading to the bilateral legs in a patient with alcoholic polyneuropathy. Rinsho Shinkeigaku. 1998; 38(8): 762-766. 20. Sunderland S. Pain mechanisms in causalgia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 1976; 39(5): 471-480.21. Jabbari B, Molloy FM, Erickson M, Floeter MK. Bilateral painful hand-moving fingers: Electrophysiological assessment of the central nervous system oscillator. Mov Disord. 2000; 15(6): 1259-1263.22. Seltzer Z, Devor M. Ephaptic transmission in chronically damaged peripheral nerves. Neurology. 1979; 29(7): 1061-1064.23. Miyakawa T et al. Case Reports: Painful limbs/Moving Extremities. Clin Ortho & Related Research 2010 Vol 468 (12); 3419-342524.  Aizawa H. Gabapentin for painful legs and moving toes syndrome. Intern Med. 2007; 46(23): 1937. 25. Villarejo A, Porta-Etessam J, Camacho A, Gonzalez De La Aleja J, Martinez-Salio A, Penas M. Gabapentin for painful legs and moving toes syndrome. Eur Neurol. 2004; 51(3): 180-181.26. Nathan PW. Painful legs and moving toes: Evidence on the site of the lesion. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 1978; 41(10): 934-93927. Takahashi H, Saitoh C, Iwata O, Nanbu T, Takada S, Morita S. Epidural spinal cord stimulation for the treatment of painful legs and moving toes syndrome. Pain. 2002; 96(3): 343-345.28. Lang AM. Considerations for the use of botulinum toxin in pain management. Lippincotts Case Manag. 2006; 11(5): 279-282.29. Verhagen WI, Horstink MW, Notermans SL. Painful arm and moving fingers. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 1985; 48(4): 384-385. 30. Yoon et al. Syndrome of painful legs and moving toes. Journal of Amer Podiatric Med Assoc Vol. 91 (7), 2001; 361-36431. Schoenen J, Gonce M, Delwaide PJ. Painful legs and moving toes: a syndrome with different pathophysiologic mechanisms. Neurology. 1984; 34:1108–111232.  Tan AK, Tan CB. The Syndrome of painful legs and moving toes – case report. Singapore Med J 1996 Aug; 37 (4): 446-733. Seon-Joo Kwon, MD, Jong-Min Kim, MD, and Beom S. Jeon, MD: A case report of painless moving toes syndrome. J Clin Neurology 2008; 4(1): 33-35

Thyrotoxic Periodic Paralysis

Authors
M Suresh Babu, H Basavanna Gowdappa, M R Aiyappa and Sasidharan Sameer
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a430
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Thyrotoxic periodic paralysis (TPP) is an alarming and potentially lethal complication of hyperthyroidism characterised by muscle paralysis and hypokalaemia. It is often not recognised when first seen because of lack of familiarity with the disorder and partly due to the subtleness of thyrotoxicosis. Early diagnosis and treatment can prevent severe cardiopulmonary complications. We hereby report a male patient who was evaluated and diagnosed to have TPP.

Keywords: 
Thyrotoxic Periodic Paralysis, hypokalaemia, thyrotoxicosis

Introduction

Thyrotoxic periodic paralysis (TPP) is an uncommon disorder characterised by simultaneous thyrotoxicosis, hypokalaemia, and paralysis that occurs primarily in males of South Asian descent.1 Many affected patients do not have obvious symptoms and signs of hyperthyroidism and hence may be misdiagnosed or overlooked on presentation.2 We hereby report a male patient who presented to us with weakness of all four limbs. The patient was evaluated and diagnosed to be having TPP.

Case History

A 30-year-old male patient, who was an agriculturist by profession, presented with weakness of all four limbs of one-day duration. The weakness first appeared in his lower limbs and then in the upper limbs. There were no sensory symptoms or bladder involvement. He was not a known hypertensive, diabetic or thyrotoxic patient. He was not on any medication for any significant illness.

On general physical examination, there was no pallor, icterus, cyanosis, clubbing, lymphadenopathy or pedal oedema. Multinodular goitre was noted on thyroid examination. There was no exopthalmos, lid lag, pretibial myxoedema or other signs of thyrotoxicosis.  Thyroid bruit was absent.  Pulse rate was 96/minute, blood pressure of 140/80mmHg, and respiratory rate 18/minute. On central nervous system examination, the higher mental functions and cranial nerve examination were within normal limits. Motor system examination showed the presence of flaccid quadriparesis with areflexia. Sensory system examination was within normal limits. Cardiovascular and respiratory system examination were normal.

Investigations revealed: haemoglobin (Hb) -13.1 gm%, total count (TC) - 11,400/cmm, platelet count - 49,000/cmm, random blood sugar (RBS) - 110mg/dl, blood urea - 29 mg/dl, serum creatinine - 0.8 mg/dl. Serum electrolyte profile showed sodium - 143 mEq/L, potassium - 2.2mEq/L, chloride - 112mEq/L. Serum calcium and magnesium levels were within normal limits. Electrocardiogram (ECG) was normal. Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) ELISA was non reactive. Bone marrow biopsy and ultrasonography of abdomen were normal. Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology (FNAC) of thyroid showed features of hyperplastic colloid goitre. Ultrasonography of thyroid showed hyperechoic small nodules in both lobes as well as isthmus suggestive of multinodular goitre. Thyroid profile was: total T3 - 2.34 (normal: 0.60 - 1.81ng/ml), total T4 - 13.9 (normal: 4.5 - 10.9 mcg/dl), thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) - 0.01 (normal: 0.35 - 5.5IU/ml). Antithyroid antibodies and antiplatelet antibodies were negative. Nerve conduction study was normal. A final diagnosis of TPP with idiopathic thrombocytopenia was made.

The patient was administered 40mmol potassium chloride intravenously.  He was treated with tablet carbimazole 10mg three times a day and tablet propanolol 10mg twice a day. The patient’s weakness in all four limbs improved dramatically within an hour after potassium chloride administration. As he had persistent thrombocytopenia during his stay in hospital, he was commenced on tablet prednisolone (1mg/kg body weight). His platelet count normalized in one month after which the steroid dose was tapered and stopped.

Discussion

TPP is an uncommon disorder characterised by simultaneous thyrotoxicosis, hypokalaemia and paralysis that occurs primarily in males of South Asian descent. The overall incidence of TPP in Chinese and Japanese thyrotoxic patients is 1.8% and 1.9% respectively.3, 4 Sporadic cases have been reported in non-Asian populations such as Caucasians, Afro-Americans, American Indians and Hispanics. With population mobility and admixture, TPP is becoming more common in Western countries. Many affected patients are in the age group of 20 - 40 years and do not have obvious symptoms and signs of hyperthyroidism.5 The attack is characterised by recurrent, transient episodes of muscle weakness that range from mild weakness to complete flaccid paralysis. The proximal muscles are affected more severely than distal muscles.  Attacks usually first involve the lower limbs, and progress to the girdle muscles and subsequently the upper limbs. Sensory function is not affected. Although patients can present with quadriparesis that resembles Guillain-Barre Syndrome or transverse myelitis, the bladder and bowel functions are never affected. Patient may experience recurrent episodes of weakness that last from a few hours up to 72 hours with complete recovery between the attacks. In the majority of patients, deep tendon jerks are markedly diminished or absent although some patients may have normal jerks.

Patients with TPP usually experience the attacks a few hours after a heavy meal or in the early morning hours upon waking. More than two-thirds present to the emergency department between 2100 and 0900 hours; hence it was initially described as nocturnal palsy or night palsy.6 It has been shown that plasma glucose and insulin responses to meals are markedly higher in the evening than in the morning in control subjects. Such a phenomenon suggests a possible mechanism for the nocturnal preponderance of TPP. Another explanation could be the circadian rhythmicity of many hormones reaching their peak levels during sleep. Hypokalaemia is considered to be the most consistent electrolyte abnormality in TPP and a hallmark of the syndrome along with hyperthyroidism. It has been demonstrated that hypokalaemia is a result of potassium shift into cells and that it is not caused by total body potassium depletion.7 Patients with thyrotoxic periodic paralysis have an underlying predisposition for activation of Na+/K+-ATPase activity either directly by thyroid hormones or indirectly via adrenergic stimulation, insulin or exercise. Increased Na+-K+ ATPase activity is postulated to contribute to hypokalaemia.8

The majority of cases of hyperthyroidism associated with thyrotoxic periodic paralysis are due to Graves disease although other conditions including thyroiditis, toxic multinodular goitre, toxic adenoma, TSH secreting pituitary tumour, ingestion of T4 and inadvertent iodine excess have also been implicated.9 Assaying of thyroid function in patients with hypokalaemic paralysis distinguishes thyrotoxic periodic paralysis from other forms of hypokalaemic periodic paralysis. Thyrotoxic periodic paralysis occurs only in the presence of hyperthyroidism and is abolished when thyroid hormones are normalised.

Immediate therapy with potassium supplementation and beta-adrenergic blockers can prevent serious cardiopulmonary complications and may hasten recovery of periodic paralysis.10 Potassium chloride is given intravenously and/or orally. Regular potassium supplementation as prophylaxis against further paralysis when the patient has normal serum potassium level is ineffective. Effective control of hyperthyroidism is indicated to prevent recurrence of paralysis.

Conclusion

To conclude, although the association of thyrotoxicosis and periodic paralysis has been well known, TPP is often not recognised when first seen because of lack of familiarity with the disorder and partly because of the subtleness of thyrotoxicosis. When a young male of South Asian descent is initially seen with severe lower limb weakness or paralysis, TPP should be considered in the differential diagnosis and investigated for its presence since it is a curable disorder that resolves when euthyroid state is achieved.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
M SURESH BABU, M.D., F.C.C.P. Associate Professor of Internal Medicine, J.S.S.Medical College, Mysore, India.. H BASAVANNA GOWDAPPA, M.D.,F.I.C.C., Principal & Professor of Internal Medicine, J.S.S.Medical College, Mysore, India.. M R.AIYAPPA, M.B.B.S. Resident, Internal Medicine, J.S.S.Medical College, Mysore, India. SASIDHARAN SAMEER, Intern, Internal Medicine, J.S.S.Medical College, Mysore, India.
Corresponding Author Details: 
M. Suresh Babu, M.D., F.C.C.P. Associate Professor of Internal Medicine. J.S.S.Medical College, J.S.S.University, Mysore, Karnataka, India.
Corresponding Author Email: 
drmsureshbabu@yahoo.co.in
References
References: 

 

1. Pooja Pothivala, Steven N Levine. Analytic Review: Thyrotoxic Periodic paralysis:

A Review. J Intensive Care Med 2010;25:71-77.

2. Mariam Arakian Manoukian, Julie A Foote, Lawrence M Crapo. Clinical and Metabolic features of thyrotoxic periodic paralysis in 24 episodes. Arch Intern Med 1999;159:601-06.

3. McFadzean AJS, Yeung R. Periodic paralysis complicating thyrotoxicosis in Chinese. Br Med J 1967;1:451-455.

4. Okinaka S, Shizume K, Lino S et al. The association of periodic paralysis and hyperthyroidism in Japan. J Clin Endocrinol Metab1957;17:1454-1459.

5. Kung AW. Clinical review: Thyrotoxic Periodic paralysis: a diagnostic challenge. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2006; 91(7):2490-5.

6. Talbott JH. Periodic Paralysis. Medicine 1941;20:85-142.

7. Feely J. Potassium shift in thyrotoxic periodic paralysis. Postgrad Med J. 1981;57:238–39.

8. Chan A, Shinde R, Chow CC et al. Invivo and invitro sodium pump activity in subjects with thyrotoxic periodic paralysis. Br Med J 1991;303:1096–99.

9. Yeo PPB, O’Neill WC. Thyrotoxicosis and periodic paralysis. Med Grand Rounds 1984;3:10–25.

10. Fisher J. Thyrotoxic periodic paralysis with ventricular fibrillation. Arch Intern Med 1982;142:1362–64.

Prevalence and Pattern of Self Medication use in coastal regions of South India

Authors
Balamurugan E and Ganesh K
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a428
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aim:Self medication (SM) is proportionately increasing in both urban and rural communities. The prevalence and pattern of SM use is not well established, hence a cross sectional survey was undertaken which recruited a sample size of 200 participants randomly from the coastal regions of south India.
Method: Each participant underwent a face to face interview with the help of a structured questionnaire; data collected was analyzed using descriptive and inferential statics in SPSS.
Result: SM use was reported by 71% of the subjects, which ranged from a frequency of at least one time to a maximum of 5 times and above. Lack of time (41.5%), minor illness (10.5%) and quick relief (10%) was cited as the most common reason for SM use. The majority of the participants (93.5%) were not aware about the side effects of SM. Findings revealed females and people living in urban areas are more likely to use SM than males and people in rural areas (P<0.001). 
Conclusion: there maybe a larger role for a training programme to empower people about safety and side effects of SM use, to achieve a greater sense of self control

Keywords: 
Self-medication, Rural, Urban, over the counter drug, Medicines

Introduction

William Osler has said that "A desire to take medicine is perhaps the great feature which distinguishes man from animals" This desire, however may play havoc when a person starts taking medicines on their own (i.e. self-medicating), forgetting that all drugs are toxic and their justifiable use in therapy is based on a calculable risk 1.

Self-medication (SM) can be defined as obtaining and consuming drugs without the advice of a physician2. There is a lot of public and professional concern about the irrational use of drugs in SM. In developing countries like India, easy availability of a wide range of drugs coupled with inadequate health services result in increased proportions of drugs used as SM compared to prescribed drugs2. Although, over-the-counter (OTC) drugs are meant for SM and are of proved efficacy and safety, their improper use due to lack of knowledge of their side effects and interactions could have serious implications, especially in extremes of ages (children and old age) and special physiological conditions like pregnancy and lactation 3, 4. There is always a risk of interaction between active ingredients of hidden preparations of OTC drugs and prescription medicines, as well as increased risk of worsening of existing disease pathology 5 . As very few studies have been published in our community regarding usage of self medication we conducted this cross-sectional study in the coastal region of Pudhucherry, South India, t assess the prevalence and pattern of SM use.

Materials and methods:

The present study was a cross-sectional survey conducted in coastal region of pudhucherry, south India. For this study we recruited 200 patients randomly from both urban and rural communities (100 each) for a period of six months during 2009. Patients who were = 18 years of age and who were able to read and write the local language (Tamil) or English were included in the study after informed consent explaining the purpose of the study. Participants with intellectual, psychiatric and emotional disturbances that could affect the reliability of their responses were excluded from the study. To collect data regarding SM usage a structured questionnaire was prepared, after an extensive literature review.. The structured questionnaire contained 25 items in the form of closed and open ended questions. Initially the tool was validated by a panel of experts in the field of public health for the appropriateness of each item and assessment of content validity (0.91) and re-test reliability coefficient (0.89). Approval to conduct the study was granted by the Institute ethics committee prior to data collection. Each participant underwent a face to face interview to collect data followed by an informal educational counseling about potential adverse effects of consuming common SM. Data collected was analyzed using SPSS for windows statistical software version 14 (SPSS Inc., Chicago, Il, USA). Data was presented using descriptive statistics (i.e. numbers, percentage) and inferential statistics (i.e. Chi-square). A probability value of < 0.05 was considered to be significant.

Results

Basic demographic details:

The majority of the participants were female (56%). Most of the participants (60%) were between 26-45 years of age. There were an equal number of participants from the rural and urban community. Among the total 200 participants 70% were literate.

Findings related to usage of SM:

Overall, out of 200 participants, 71 % of them reported that they have used SM in the past. The frequency of SM use varied among the subjects with a minimum of at least one time to maximum of 5 times and above See Figure 1. When the participants were asked about the reasons for SM use, the majority of them - 41.5% - stated lack of time to visit a doctor as the main reason followed by minor illness and quick relief. See Table 1.   The major source through which the participants learned to use SM were as follows, directly from pharmacist (57.3%), prescription of previous illness (21.5%), friends (12.5%), television (5.5%) and books (3%).See Table 2. The main indications for SM use were fever (36%), headache (35%), then cough/cold/sore throat (20%). See Table 3 for detailed data.

Figure 1: Frequency of self medication Use

Table 1: Reasons for Self Medication Use

Reasons Number (%)
Lack of time 41.5
Minor illness 10.5
Economical 14
Quick relief 10
Learning opportunity 2
Ease and convenience 10.5
Avoiding crowd in visiting doctor 6
Unavailability of doctor 5.5

Table 2: Sources of Self Medication Use

Sources for self medication use Number (%)
Directly from pharmacy without prescription 57.3
Prescription of previous illness 21.5
Friends prescription 12.5
Television media 5.5
Book 3

Table 3: Indications for Self Medication Use

Indications for self medication use Number (%)
Headache 35
Stomach ache 3
Vomiting 1
Eye symptoms 0.73
Diarrhoea 2
Cough, cold, sore throat 20
Fever 36
Skin symptoms 0.27
Ear symptoms 2

While calculating chi-square to find out the association between usage of SM and selected demographic variables we found an association between residence (i.e. rural or urban) and gender; urban people were more likely to use SM than rural people (urban, 60/100 vs. rural 82/100, p value = .006). In relation to gender females were more likely to use SM in comparison to males (female, 78/112 vs. 43/88, p value= .002). Other variables were not significantly associated with SM use. Finally, when the subjects were asked about the side effects of their used self medications 93.5% of them said that they are not aware of the side effects and only the remaining 6.5% of them said they are aware of the side effects.

Discussion 

The current study examined the prevalence and pattern of SM use in a coastal region of South India. The study findings revealed 71% of the people reporting SM use in the past,  this prevalence rate in our study is consistent with previous finding3,6,7,8,9,10,11 The figure of participants who use SM is very high, which requires immediate attention. The frequency of self medication use in our study ranged from a minimum of one time to a maximum of 5 times and above, this finding was in line with the findings of a study by Nalini (2010)12.

Participants cited multiple reasons for use of SM like lack of time , quick relief from illness and ease and convenience, a similar reasons were cited  in an another Indian study13. In the current study participants reported SM use in a variety of conditions like headache, stomach ache, cough and fever, this these finding are comparable with those of Sontakke et al (2011) 14. The reason for SM use may be mufti-factorial, in our study an association was found between gender and residence, i.e. female and rural people reporting more  SM use, this finding was similar to two previous studies15,16 To establish the reasons why requires further research. One potential limitation of this study is the limited sample size, which we tried to overcome by adopting a random sampling method so as to generalize findings.

Conclusion

Factors influencing SM include patient satisfaction with the healthcare provider, cost of the drugs, educational level, socioeconomic factors, age and gender 17. Interactions between prescribed drugs and the drugs taken for SM is an important risk factor of which healthcare providers must be aware of.17,2

Easy availability of wide range of drugs without a prescription is the major factor responsible for irrational use of drugs in SM as, thus resulting in impending health problems (antimicrobial resistance, increased load of mortality and morbidity) and economic loss. The need for promoting appropriate use of drugs in the health care system is not only for financial reasons, with which policy makers and manager are usually most concerned, but also for health and medical care of patients and the community. There is need for authorities to strengthen existing laws regarding OTC drugs to ensure their rational sale and use. Also, specific pharmacovigilance is needed and the patient, pharmacist and physician must be encouraged to report any adverse events. Periodic studies on the knowledge, attitude about and practice of SM may give insight into the changing pattern of drug use in societies.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
The author is grateful to all study participants who willingly participated in the study.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
BALAMURUGAN E. (R.N, R.M, M.Sc.), Research Scholar, College of Nursing, All India Institute of Medical Science, New Delhi, India. GANESH K. (R.N, R.M, M.Sc), Research Scholar, College of Nursing, All India Institute of Medical Science, New Delhi, India
Corresponding Author Details: 
Balamurugan E., Research Scholar, College of Nursing, All India Institute of Medical Science, Ansari Nagar, New Delhi -110029, India
Corresponding Author Email: 
bmbalanursing@gmail.com
References
References: 

 

  1. Phalke VD, Phalke DB, Durgawale PM. Self-medication practices in rural Maharashtra. Indian J Community Med .2006; 31:34-5.
  2. Montastruc JL, Bagheri H, Geraud T, Lapeyre MM. Pharmacovigilance of self-medication. Therapie 1997;52:105-10
  3. Shankar PR, Partha P, Shenoy N. Self-medication and non-doctor prescription practices in Pokhara valley, Western Nepal; a questionnaire based study. BMC Fam Pract. 2002;3:17
  4. Murray MD, Callahan CM. Improving medication use for older Adults: An integrated research agenda. Ann Intern Med 2003;139:2425-9
  5. Choonara I, Gill A, Nunn A. Drug toxicity and surveillance in children. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 1996;42:407-10
  6. Sharma R, Verma U, Sharma CL, Kapoor B. Self-medication among urban population of Jammu city. Indian J Pharmacol. 2005;37:40-3
  7. Kasilo OJ, Nhachi CF, Mutangadura EF. Epidemiology of household medications in urban Gweru and Harare. Cent Afr J Med. 1991;37:167-71
  8. Awad A, Eltayeb I, Matowe L, Thalib L. Self-medication with antibiotics and antimalarials in the community of Khartoum State, Sudan. J Pharm Pharm Sci. 2005 Aug 12;8(2):326-31.
  9. Al-Azzam SI, Al-Husein BA, Alzoubi F, Masadeh MM, Al-Horani MA. Self-medication with antibiotics in Jordanian population. Int J Occup Med Environ Health. 2007;20(4):373-80.
  10. Richman PB, Garra G, Eskin B, Nashed AH, Cody R. Oral antibiotic use without consulting a physician: a survey of ED patients. Am J Emerg Med. 2001 Jan;19(1):57-60.
  11. Cagri Buke A, Ermertcan S, Hosgor-Limoncu M, Ciceklioglu M, Eren S. Rational antibiotic use and academic staff. Int J Antimicrob Agents. 2003 Jan;21(1):63-6.
  12. Berzanskyte A, Valinteliene R, Haaijer-Ruskamp FM, Gurevicius R, Grigoryan L. Self-medication with antibiotics in Lithuania. Int J Occup Med Environ Health. 2006;19(4):246-53.
  13. Nalini GK. Self Medication Use Among allopathic Medical Doctors in Karnataka, India. British Journal of Medical Practioner. 2010; 3(2):325.
  14. Kayalvizhi S, Senapathi R. International Journal of Enterprise and Innovation Management Studies.2010; 1(3): 40-44.
  15. Sontakke SD , Bajait CS , Pimpalkhute SA, Jaiswal KM, Jaiswal SR. International Journal of Biological & Medical Research. Int J Biol Med Res. 2011; 2(2): 561-564
  16. Figueiras A, Caamano F, Gestal OJJ. Sociodemographic factors related to self-medication in Spain. Eur J Epidemiol. 2000;16:19–26
  17. Hebeeb GE, Gearhart JG. Common patient symptoms: patterns of self-treatment and prevention. J Miss State Med Assoc. 1993; 34:179–181.

‘Well the doctors should check the side-effects shouldn’t they?’ A case of Nitrofurantoin-induced liver injury

Authors
Louise Macdougall, Kate Armitage, Richard Thomson and Robert Stirling
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a429
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

This case report discusses an interesting case of drug- induced autoimmune hepatitis following the long term use of nitrofurantoin for recurrent urinary tract infections (UTIs).  Recurrent UTIs are common and the evidence for long term antibiotics are discussed along with the difficulty in deciding whether drugs are implicated as the cause of deranged liver function tests. 

An 80-year old lady was referred to a gastroenterology clinic in August 2009 with deranged liver function tests; alkaline phosphatase 180 IU/L (35-120), alanine transferase 147 IU/L (<40), gamma glutamyl transferase 384 IU/L (<45) and globulins 45 g/L (20-35).  She had initially presented to her general practitioner with symptoms of lethargy and malaise four months previously. She denied any symptoms of obstructive jaundice and there were no risk factors for hepatitis; she seldom consumed alcohol. 

Past medical history included osteoarthritis, migraines and recurrent urinary tract infections; these had been investigated by urology and the patient had undergone cystoscopy and urethral dilatation in September 2003; despite this she continued to experience urinary tract infections and was therefore commenced on prophylactic nitrofurantion by her General Practitioner with approval by the Urologist.  This was initially commenced at 50mg at night.  This regime was continued for approximately three years however during this time she had a further three treatment courses of nitrofurantoin.  In October 2005 her prophylactic dose was therefore increased to 100mg at night. Other medication included lansoprazole 30mg daily, pizotifen 500 micrograms at night, metoprolol 100mg twice daily, simvastatin 10mg at night, senna 15mg at night and furosemide 40mg daily.

On examination there was evidence of palmar erythema and Dupuytren’s contractures but no other stigmata of chronic liver disease.  The liver was tender and palpable 4 cm below the costal margin. A liver ultrasound was performed which was normal.  Liver screen and autoimmune profile are shown in table 1; notably a positive nuclear antibody was found (1 in 1280 IgG) with Hep 2 cell staining showing a homogenous (ANA) pattern at 1:320 IgG, and a nuclear lamin pattern at 1:1280 IgG;.  Due to the positive ANA and raised globulins a suspected diagnosis of nitrofurantoin-induced autoimmune hepatitis was made and a liver biopsy performed.

Test Result
Hepatitis C antibody Negative
Hepatitis B surface antigen Negative
Ferritin 85 ug/L (15-300)
Caeruloplasmin 0.33g/L (0.19-0.71)
Double-stranded DNA antibody 4.44 IU/ml (<10)
Nuclear antibody 1 in 1280 IgG
Mitochondrial antibody Negative
Smooth muscle antibody Negative
Reticulin antibody Negative
ENA- Ro/La/RNP/Sm/Jo-1/Scl-70 Negative
Liver kidney microsomal antibody Negative
Soluble liver antigen antibody Borderline
Liver cytosol antibody Negative

Table 1: liver screen and autoimmune profile
 

Figure 1a. Liver biopsy showing portal-based interface hepatitis
 

 

Figure 1b. Liver biopsy showing portal-based interface hepatitis
 

Figure 2. Serial LFTs over time

Liver biopsy (figure 1) indicated a moderate hepatitis which was mainly portal based with multifocal interface hepatitis; these morphological appearances were consistent with those of an autoimmune hepatitis. The patient was advised to immediately stop nitrofurantoin and was commenced on prednisolone 30mg which caused a rapid improvement in LFTs (figure 2). This improvement was maintained following a step-wise reduction in steroid dose and prednisolone was discontinued after eight months of treatment. LFTs are currently normal one month following cessation of steroids

Discussion

This case raises two points of discussion.   The first is whether the long term use of nitrofurantoin as prophylaxis for urinary tract infections is appropriate and based on solid evidence. Nitrofurantoin has many side effects and is well documented to cause liver derangement1,2,3. The patient described in this case had been taking nitrofurantoin for seven years and had received a large cumulative dose, on the basis that this was effective prophylaxis. The continuous, long term use of antibiotics as prophylaxis for urinary tract infections is debatable.  Madersbacher et al4 recommend the use of prophylactic antibiotics  but only after or alongside additional measures including behavioural change, the use of topical oestrogens and the use of alternative therapies; this view is supported by the European Association of Urology5.A Cochrane Review6  in 2004 found that antibiotic use did decrease the number of urinary tract infections compared to placebo but only for the duration of treatment; antibiotics  do not alter the natural history of the underlying condition7. There is no clear evidence for duration of treatment and any trials have only been continued for six or twelve months6.  It has been noted that all antibiotics had a worse adverse event profile compared to placebo. There was no consensus as to which antibiotic should be used although nitrofurantoin has been associated with a greater withdrawal rate6. One study8 comparing nitrofurantoin and trimethoprim revealed no significant difference in recurrence rates or side effects between the two antibiotics, although this involved a lower dose of nitrofurantoin than was used in this case, and a treatment duration of just 6 months. We would argue that due to the side effect profile of nitrofurantoin and the evidence base available, it is not appropriate to continue it for a duration beyond 6 months.

The second discussion point is whether nitrofurantoin was actually the cause for liver derangement in this case. As documented in a recent review article on the diagnosis of drug-induced liver injury, establishing with any certainty whether liver injury is drug induced can be very difficult3.   The key issues are whether there is a temporal relationship between the drug and the onset of liver injury, and whether other causes have been excluded.  In this case the patient had negative viral serology and a normal ferritin and caeruloplasmin but her positive autoantibodies raise the possibility of autoimmune hepatitis.  Guidelines from the American Association for Liver Diseases9 suggests that the diagnosis of autoimmune hepatitis should be made on the following criteria

  • laboratory abnormalities (serum AST or ALT,  and increased serum total IgG or gamma-globulins)
  • positive serological markers including ANA,SMA, anti-LKM1 or anti- LC1
  • histological changes consistent with autoimmune hepatitis i.e. interface hepatitis

This case meets these above criteria for autoimmune hepatitis however the presence of nitrofurantoin does confound the issue. Other case reports10  have reported nitrofurantoin to have caused autoimmune hepatitis based on the relationship between the timing of the drug and the onset of biochemical abnormalities.  Bjornsson et al11 performed a comparative study of patients with autoimmune hepatitis and found drugs, particularly nitrofurantoin and minocycline were causally implicated in 9% of cases.  When they compared the two groups no significant differences were found in the diagnostic parameters of biochemical, serological and histological abnormalities.  In fact the only difference was that no drug-induced cases relapsed on withdrawal of steroids whereas nearly two third of those with non-drug-induced hepatitis relapsed. Bjornsson et al therefore argue in favour of autoimmune immune hepatitis being induced by drugs such as nitrofurantoin; rather than particular drugs simply unmasking sporadic cases based on these management differences. 

The patient in this case so far has shown no signs of relapse following steroid withdrawal.  We believe that this case does represent one of nitrofurantoin-induced autoimmune hepatitis. In view of the above we would urge readers to consider their use of nitrofurantoin for recurrent urinary-tract infection prophylaxis.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
LOUISE MACDOUGALL, Teaching and Research Fellow, North Tyneside General Hospital, UK. KATE ARMITAGE, Teaching and Education Fellow, North Tyneside General Hospital, UK. RICHARD THOMSON, Consultant Gastroenterologist and Clinical Subdean, North Tyneside General Hospital, UK. ROBERT STIRLING, Consultant Histopathologist, North Tyneside General Hospital, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
LOUISE MACDOUGALL, Teaching and Research Fellow, Northumbria Healthcare NHS Trust, North Tyneside General Hospital, Rake Lane, North Shields, Tyne and Wear, NE29 8NH
Corresponding Author Email: 
lmacdougall@doctors.org.uk
References
References: 
  1. Haukekeete ML Hepatoxicity of antibiotics. Act Gastroenterologica Belgica 2003 ; 58 (3): 290-6
  2. Chalasani N, Fontana R. Causes, clinical features and outcomes from a prospectve study of drug-induced liver injury in the United States 2008;135:1924-34
  3. Verma S, Kaplowitz Diagnosis, management and prevention of drug-induced liver injury 2009;58: 1555-1564
  4. Madersbacher S, Thalhammerb F and Marbergera MPathogenesis and management of recurrent urinary tract infection in women Current opinion in Urology 2000; 10:29-33
  5. Grabe M., Bjerkland-Johansen T.E., Botto H. Guidelines on Urological Infections. European Association of Urology 2010.  Available at http://www.uroweb.org/gls/pdf/Urological%20Infections%202010.pdf(Accessed December 2010)
  6. Albert X, Huertas I, Pereiro II et al. Antibiotics for preventing recurrent urinary tract infection in non-pregnant women. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2004(3):CD001209
  7. Madersbacher S, Thalhammerb F and Marbergera MPathogenesis and management of recurrent urinary tract infection in women Current opinion in Urology 2000; 10:29-33
  8. Vahlensick W Jr, Westenfelder M Nitrofurantoin versus trimethoprim for low dose long-term prophlaxis in patients with recurrent urinary tract infections.  A prospective randomized study. International Journal of Urology and Nephrology 1992; 24(1): 3-10
  9. Manns M.P., Czaja A.J., Gorham J.D. et al Diagnosis and Management of Autoimmune Hepatitis. Hepatology 2010; 51(6): 1-31
  10. Koulaouzidis A., Bhat S., Moshos J. et al. Nitrofurantoin-induced lung and hepatotoxicity. Annals of Hepatology 2007; 6(2): 119-121
  11. Bjornsson E., Talwalkar J, Treeprasertsuk S. et al Drug-induced autoimmune hepatitis: clinical characteristics and prognosis. Hepatology 2010; 51 (6): 2040-8

Diagnosis and Management of Stable COPD

Authors
Katerina M Achilleos and Duncan J Powrie
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a427

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is a debilitating condition resulting in significant morbidity and mortality. It is the fifth leading cause of death in the UK 1, estimated to be the third by 2020 2.

Definition:

  1. COPD is a preventable and treatable disease with some extra-pulmonary effects that may contribute to the severity in individual patients Its pulmonary component is characterised by airflow limitation that is progressive and not fully reversible. There is an abnormal inflammatory response of the lung to noxious gases and particles, most commonly cigarette smoke 3.
  2. Airflow obstruction is defined as post-bronchodilator FEV1/FVC ratio (where FEV1 is the forced expiratory volume in one second and FVC is the forced vital capacity) of less than 0.7 If FEV1 is ≥ 80% predicted, a diagnosis of COPD should only be made in the presence of respiratory symptoms 4.

Incidence/ Prevalence:

Within the UK it is estimated that 3 million people are affected with COPD 4. However, only 900,000 are diagnosed -4An estimated two million people who have COPD remain undiagnosed 4.

Causes:

90% of cases are smoking related 4, particularly those with >20 pack year smoking histories 5. Environmental and occupational factors can also play a role, including exposure to biomass fuels such as: coal, straw, animal dung, wood and crop residue which are used to cook in some countries and heat poorly ventilated homes COPD occurs in 10-20% of smokers, suggesting there is an element of genetic susceptibility 2-3, 5.

Diagnosis:

To make a diagnosis of COPD an obstructive deficit must be demonstrated on spirometry in patients over the age of 35 years with risk factors (mainly smoking) and signs and symptoms of the disease 4.

Signs and Symptoms:

  1. Progressive dyspnoea on exertion
  2. Chronic cough
  3. Chronic sputum production
  4. Wheeze
  5. Frequency of exacerbations – particularly during winter months 4
  6. Functional status – bearing in mind gradual progression of disability, effort intolerance and fatigue.
  7. Features suggestive of Cor pulmonale 5:
    1. Peripheral oedema
    2. Elevated jugular venous pressure
    3. Hepatomegaly
    4. Right ventricular heave
    5. Tricuspid regurgitation

Investigations/ Tests to consider:

  1. Post-bronchodilator Spirometry – essential in confirming the diagnosis of COPD.
    1. Demonstrating an obstructive picture.
    2. FEV1 is used to assess the progression and severity of COPD, but correlates poorly with the degree of dyspnoea 3-6. (Table 1)
  1. Pulmonary functions tests – Markers suggesting the presence of emphysema include:
    1. Reduced TLCO and KCO due to a reduced surface area for gaseous exchange 5.
    2. Raised Total lung capacity, residual volume and functional residual capacity due to air trapping 5.
  1. Chest radiograph – Is not required for the diagnosis, but is recommended to exclude other conditions such as interstitial lung disease, pleural effusions or pneumothorax. It may demonstrate features of the condition, such as 3, 5:
    1. Hyperinflated lung fields
    2. Flattened diaphragms
    3. Bullous changes, particularly at the apices
  1. BODE index prognostic indicator – This is grading system shown to be better than FEV1 at predicting the risk of hospitalisation and death in patients with COPD. Patients are scored between 0 and 10, with higher scores having an increased risk of death. It encompasses 3, 5-7: (Table 2)
    1. BMI
    2. Airflow Obstruction – taking into account the FEV1
    3. Dyspnoea – in accordance with the Medical Research Council (MRC) scale 5.
    4. Exercise capacity – measured by the distance walked in 6 minutes. (Table 3)

Table 1. Severity of airflow obstruction 4

Stage Severity post-bronchodilator FEV1 (%) Predicted Comments
1 Mild ≥ 80% Only diagnosed in the presence of symptoms
2 Moderate 50- 79% Managed within the community
3 Severe 30-49% TLCO usually Low
Hospitalization may be needed only with exacerbations
4 Very Severe <30% Or FEV1 <50% with respiratory failure

Table 2. BODE Index 3, 5-8

  1 2 3  
FEV1 Predicted (%) ≥ 65 50- 64 36- 49 ≤ 35
Distance walked in 6 minutes (meters) ≥ 350 250- 349 150- 249 ≤ 149
MRC dyspnoea scale 0-1 2 3 4
BMI ≥ 21 ≤ 21    

Table 3. Medical research council (MRC) Dyspnoea scale 5, 8

1 Dyspnoeic only on strenuous activity
2 Dyspnoeic on walking up a slight incline or when hurrying
3 Walks slower than contemporaries on the flat, or has to stop for breath, or has to stop for breath when walking at own pace
4 Stops for breath on walking 100m or after a few minutes on walking on the flat
5 Breathless on minimal exertion e.g. dressing/ undressing. To breathless to leave the house

Differential Diagnosis:

  1. Asthma – the most important differential diagnosis to consider.
    1. This is steroid and bronchodilator responsive
    2. Indicative of reversible airway obstruction.
    3. It is not associated with smoking.
    4. Patients with asthma may exhibit 3, 9: chronic non-productive cough, variability in breathlessness, diurnal /day-to-day variation, nocturnal wheeze and dyspnoea
    5. However both conditions may coexist creating diagnostic uncertainty.
  1. Alpha1 antitrypsin deficiency is an autosomal dominant condition associated with an increased risk of developing emphysema at an early age 3, 5, 9.
    1. It can occur in non-smokers
    2. Can be asymptomatic and thus under-diagnosed with an estimated 1 in 2000-5000 individuals being affected 5.
    3. The disease is worse in smokers
    4. COPD can develop in patients < 35years of age
    5. It is associated with liver cirrhosis.
    6. All patients with COPD should be screened.
    7. Emphasis should be made to avoid smoking, including passive smoking.
  1. Other conditions to consider include:
    1. Bronchiectasis
    2. Interstitial lung disease
    3. Cardiac failure.

Treatment:

Goals of management include:

  1. Early and accurate diagnosis
  2. Improve symptoms and quality of life
  3. Reduce the number of exacerbations
  4. Improve mortality

Non-pharmacological management:

  1. Smoking cessation – an accurate smoking history should be obtained, including the number of pack years smoked. All current smokers with COPD should be encouraged to stop at every opportunity, and offered smoking cessation advice. Advising the patient alone will help a certain proportion to stop, whilst referral to smoking cessation services has been shown to further increase in quit rates. There are a range of nicotine and other pharmacological therapies available such as Bupropion (Zyban®) and Varenicline (Champix®) 3-4, 7, 8.
  2. Vaccinations – A once off Pneumococcal and annual Influenza vaccine should be offered.
  3. Pulmonary rehabilitation – Should be offered to patients who have had a recent exacerbation requiring hospitalisation and those that have an MRC score of ≥ 3, but are still able to mobilise and thus have the potential for further rehabilitation. It is not suitable for those patients that are immobile or limited in their mobility due to symptoms of unstable angina or a recent cardiac event. Benefits are seen in terms of reduced hospital admission, improved quality of life and exercise tolerance Commitment to the programme should be relayed to the patient, and each programme should be tailored to their individual needs. This usually includes 3-5:
    1. Disease education – which can improve the ability to manage their illness.
    2. Exercise – tailored programmes to prevent de-conditioning and improve functional exercise capacity, dyspnoea and quality of life 4. This includes strength and endurance training of upper limbs and respiratory muscles Benefits may be seen even after 6 months.
    3. Physiotherapy – to teach active cycle breathing techniques or to use positive expiratory pressure masks in patients with excessive sputum production.
    4. Nutritional support – in the form of supplementation or dietician advice in patients with a suboptimal BMI. A low BMI is associated with increased mortality as it is associated with poor exercise capacity, reduced diaphragmatic mass and impaired pulmonary status. Alternatively, weight loss is recommended in patients who are in the obese range.
    5. Psychological – Assessment for support at home, introduction of patients to day centres, assessing for features of depression and anxiety, and aiding in the obtainment of a car disability badges may require referral to occupational therapy and social services.
  1. Travel advice – Patients who are planning air travel and have FEV1 <50%, Sa02 < 93%, or are on long term oxygen therapy (LTOT) should undergo formal assessment -4Patients with bullous disease should be informed that they are at increased risk of pneumothorax during high altitude flights 4.

Pharmacological management:

  1. Bronchodilators – Provide long term benefit in reducing dyspnoea. This is not reflected in improvements in FEV1 as it may not show reversibility 4.
    1. Start with an inhaled SABA (short-acting beta2-agonist) or a SAMA (short-acting muscarinic antagonist) on an as required basis for symptomatic relief. If symptoms remain despite regular SABA therapy (i.e. four times a day), then treatment will need to be stepped up.
    2. If symptoms persist or if the patient is having recurrent exacerbations add in a LABA (long-acting beta2 agonist) or a LAMA (long acting muscarinic antagonist).
    3. If symptoms continue, add in a LAMA if already on a LABA (or vice versa).
    4. If FEV1 <50% add in an inhaled corticosteroid (ICS). This can be offered as a combination inhaler.

Inhaled therapy should offer sufficient bronchodilator response. A spacer can be used for those with poor technique. Nebulisers are reserved for patients who demonstrate respiratory distress despite maximal inhaled therapy, and for those that show an improvement in symptoms or exertional capacity 4.

Diagram 1: Summary of step-by-step management 4

  1. Corticosteroids – A short course of oral steroids may be used during exacerbations. A maintenance course however is not recommended Any patients on long term steroids should be weaned off.
  2. Mucolytic agents – May be considered in patients with a chronic cough who have difficulty expectorating. They should only be continued if symptomatic benefit is evident, otherwise they can be stopped. There is no evidence to show that they reduce the exacerbation frequency.
  3. Theophylline – Should only be offered in people that are unable to use inhaled therapy or after trials of SA and LA bronchodilators 4. The same generic brand should be prescribed as individual brands will have different efficacy. It is usually used as an adjunct to beta2-agonists and muscarinic antagonists. Interactions with macrolides and fluroquinolones and other drugs are also common, and as such the theophylline dose should be reduced if interactions are known. Caution should be taken in prescribing theophylline in the polypharmacy patient 3, 5. Little evidence has been shown to support theophylline usage in COPD (compared to asthma), however it is used for its anti-inflammatory effects As such levels are only performed if toxicity is suspected and should not be adjusted if in the sub-therapeutic range.
  4. Oxygen therapy – Patients should be assessed for long-term oxygen therapy (LTOT) if they exhibit 4:
    1. Severe airflow obstruction
    2. Features of Cor pulmonale
    3. Hypoxaemia (Sa02 ≤ 90%)
    4. Cyanosis
    5. Polycythaemia

Patients with stable COPD who are receiving maximum medical therapy are assessed by measuring arterial blood gases taken on two separate occasions at least 3 weeks apart. To meet the criteria patients must have 4:

  1. A Pa02 < 7.3 kPa when stable, or
  2. A Pa02 >7.3 but < 8.0 kPa when stable and:
    1. Pulmonary hypertension or
    2. Peripheral oedema or
    3. Secondary polycythaemia or
    4. Nocturnal hypoxaemia

LTOT should be used for a minimum of 15L per day, including during sleep 3-4.

Patients who continue to smoke should be made aware of the serious risk of facial injuries due to the highly flammable nature of oxygen.

When to refer:

Referrals for specialist advice or specialist investigations may be appropriate at any stage of the disease.

Other possible reasons for referral 4

§ Diagnostic uncertainty § Suspected severe COPD
§ Onset of Cor pulmonale § Rapid decline in FEV1
§ Assessment for LTOT, home nebulisers or oral corticosteroid therapy § Symptoms that do not correlate to lung function deficit
§ Pulmonary rehabilitation assessment § Frequent infective exacerbations
§ Family history of alpha-1-antitrypsin deficiency § Haemoptysis
§ Onset of symptoms < 40 years § Bullous lung disease
§ Assessment for lung volume reduction surgery/ lung transplantation § Dysfunctional breathing

Follow-up:

Patients with stable mild-moderate COPD should be reviewed by their general practitioner at least once a year and those with severe COPD twice yearly.

At each visit 4:

  1. An opportunity should be taken to ask about their current smoking status and the desire to stop.
  2. Assessment of adequate control of symptom: dyspnoea, exercise tolerance and the estimated number of exacerbations per year.
  3. Assessment of inhaler technique.
  4. To assess the effects/side effects of each drug treatment.
  5. The need for pulmonary rehabilitation.

For those patients with very severe airflow obstruction (FEV1 < 30%), the above still remains, in addition to the assessment of 4:

  1. Features of Cor pulmonale
  2. Nutritional status
  3. The need for LTOT
  4. Signs of depression
  5. The need for occupational therapy and social services input
  6. Referral to specialist and their services
  7. Measurements of:
    1. FEV1 and FVC
    2. BMI
    3. MRC dyspnoea scale
    4. Sa02 via pulse oximetry

Those patients requiring long term non-invasive ventilation will be reviewed by a specialist on a regular basis.

Patient Information:

§ www.patient.co.uk/health/Chronic-Obstructive-Pulmonary-Disease.htm
§ www.lunguk.org/you-and-your-lungs/conditions-and-diseases/copd
§ http://smokefree.nhs.uk/ways-to-quit

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
KATERINA M ACHILLEOS, MBBS BSc (Hons), Southend University Hospital, Prittlewell chase, Westcliff-on-sea, SS0 0RY DUNCAN J POWRIE, MB ChB, Consultant Respiratory Physician, Heart and chest clinic, Southend University Hospital, Prittlewell chase, Westcliff-on-sea, SS0 0RY
Corresponding Author Details: 
KATERINA M ACHILLEOS, ST1 Respiratory Medicine, Southend University Hospital, Prittlewell chase, Westcliff-on-sea, SS0 0RY
Corresponding Author Email: 
katerina.achilleos@southend.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1.      National statistics (2006) Health Statistics Quarterly 29.

2.      European Respiratory society (2003) European White Lung Book.

3.      Global Strategy for Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of COPD.  Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) guidelines 2010.

4.      Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Management of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in adults in primary and secondary care. NICE guidelines 2010.

5.      Chapman S, Robinson G, Straddling J, West S. Oxford handbook of  respiratory medicine, 2e, Oxford university press, 2009

6.      Celli BR.  Update on the management of COPD. Chest 2008;133:1451-1462.

7.      Celli BR, et al. The Body-Mass Index, Airflow Obstruction, Dyspnea, and Exercise Capacity Index in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. NEJM 2004; 350: 1005-12.

8.      Todd DC et al. Approach to chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in primary care. Can Fam Physician 2008; 54:706-11.

9.      Celli BR, MacNee W et al. Standards for the diagnosis and treatment of patients with COPD. A summary of the ATS/ESR position paper.Eur Respir J 2004; 23: 932–946

10.  Barnes PJ. Theophylline for COPD. Thorax 2006; 61: 742-743.

Interview with Doris-Eva Bamiou

Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a426

Doris-Eva Bamiou is a Department of Health HEFCE funded Senior Lecturer at the UCL Ear Institute, and Consultant in Audiovestibular Medicine at the National Hospital for Neurology and Neurosurgery. She is also  Honorary Consultant at the RNTNE Hospital and Great Ormond Street Hospital. She sees both adults, with vertigo, hearing problems or auditory processing disorders, and children with auditory processing disorders and complex communication needs in her clinics. She works in an academic, multidisciplinary environment.

After completing specialty training in ENT in Greece, Ms Bamiou trained in Audiological Medicine in the UK. During her training, she spent a three-month fellowship in Professor Musiek’s department in the States (on a stipendium from Professor Musiek and a grant from the TWJ foundation), where she trained in the diagnosis and management of patients with auditory processing disorders. Her PhD degree is onauditory processing in patients with structural brain lesions.

She is Director of the MSc in Audiovestibular Medicine at UCL. In addition, she has been Director and Organiser of the Current Trends in Auditory Processing Disorders instructional courses for the past several years. She is immediate past Secretaryof the British Society of Audiology (BSA), and Chair of the Auditory Processing Disorders Special Interest Group of the same Society. She is adviser in Audiology to the JLO, and in the Editorial Board of the Audiological Medicine journal.

She has a keen interest in research. Interests include the aetiology of hearing loss, auditory processing disorders in the presence of other neurological conditions as well as in the normal population, auditory neuropathy, vestibular rehabilitation and overlap between psychiatric and vestibular disorders.

How long have you been working in your speciality?

I first became interested as an ENT trainee in Greece, in 1993. At the time I was at a paediatric hospital, and we did a lot of paediatric testing (distraction and ABR). In 1994 I moved to an adult hospital, where I came across and learned to test and manage adult patients with vertigo and hearing loss.

Which aspect of your work do you find most satisfying?

Solving clinical problems, teaching postgraduate students, designing research projects and interpreting research results give me equal satisfaction – I enjoy equally the patient/doctor or student/teacher interaction and the intellectual challenges.

What achievements are you most proud of in your medical career?

I set up the first adult clinic for patients with auditory processing disorders at the National Hospital for Neurology, and the first multidisciplinary clinic in this field, again at the same hospital.

Which part of your job do you enjoy the least?

Administration and form filling exercises.

What are your views about the current status of medical training in your country and what do you think needs to change?

I wonder whether trainees get enough proper training in their very early days on and whether the length of the training is sufficient for them to be able to function independently by the end of their training.

How would you encourage more medical students into entering your speciality?

We do Audiovestibular Medicine Taster days, and we encourage them to come and “shadow” us to see what it is really like.

What qualities do you think a good trainee should possess?

He/she should be kind, hard working, highly motivated to learn and able to develop independent thinking.

What is the most important advice you could offer to a new trainee?

It may be hard work training as a Doctor, but it’s all worth it!

What qualities do you think a good trainer should possess?

Amongst many other things, empathy, and the ability to teach each trainee at their own level.

Do you think doctors are over-regulated compared with other professions?

Not more than is required.

Is there any aspect of current health policies in your country that are de-professionalising doctors? If yes what shouldbe done to counter this trend?

I think it is difficult to reconcile managerial activities with a doctor’s role.

Which scientific paper/publication has influenced you the most?

Several. I tend to read a lot of papers for lectures etc so this changes every few weeks!

What single area of medical research in your speciality should be given priority?

I could not separate one more than others.

What is the most challenging area in your speciality that needs further development?

Rehabilitation (auditory and vestibular) of the patient with complex needs.

Which changes would substantially improve the quality of healthcare in your country?

More funding and more rationalized use of free NHS services, depending on the patient’s income.

Do you think doctors can make a valuable contribution to healthcare management?  If so how?

Yes, by working closely and by educating managers.

How has the political environment affected your work?

Not at all.

What are your interests outside of work?    

I read a lot of books of every kind, I go to the theatre and to art exhibitions.

If you were not a doctor, what would you do?

This will sound very boring. I would still like to be a doctor!

Ethical Debate: Ethics of xeno-transplantation

Authors
Murali Krishna and Peter Lepping
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(3):a425

Interest in cross-species transplantation has recently been rekindled1. This is due to many developments including the shortage of donor organs, advances in transplant medicine, investment in biotechnology research, and the non-availability of more ethically suitable alternatives to human organs. Increasing success rates in allotransplantations (organs from different member of the same species) has increased the demand on donor organs1, 2. Other types of transplantation include autotransplants (a person’s own organs or tissues are used for transplantation) and isotransplants (organs from one person are transplanted into another genetically identical person, like an identical twin). These options are limited in terms of body parts used and numbers.

Good facts inform good ethics. It is therefore obligatory to look into the current research knowledge about xenotransplants (organs from one species to another, for example animal to human) in more detail. The advocates of xenotransplantation argue that it could provide organs “relatively quickly” and hence save more lives.  If animal organs were easily available for transplantation most eligible recipients would receive the transplantation much earlier on in their illness. It is argued that this may decrease distress and suffering. Whilst xenotransplantation may theoretically increase the survival time, it is unclear, however, whether the negative impact on recipients’ quality of life due to long-term immunosuppressant therapy and the risk of zoonotic infections would in fact worsen the overall long-term outcome3. Recent research suggests that xenotransplantation may be associated with the transmission of pig microorganisms including viruses, bacteria, fungi, and parasites. Because of the recipient’s likely immunosuppressed state, infection and pathologic consequences may be more pronounced. Transmission of most microorganisms with the exception of the porcine endogenous retroviruses may be prevented by screening the donor pig and qualified pathogen-free breeding. However, porcine endogenous retroviruses represent a special risk as they are present in the genome of all pigs and infect human cells in vitro. Until now, no porcine endogenous retrovirus transmission was observed in experimental and clinical xenotransplantations as well as in numerous infection experiments4. Nevertheless, strategies need to be developed to prevent their transmission to humans. It is equally possible that many eligible recipients may be denied having a trial of xenotransplantation by doctors who believe that there is an unfavourable risk-benefit ratio. The limited long-term data on outcomes of xenotransplants thus renders ethical analysis difficult.

There is some evidence to suggest that the recipients of animal organ donation may develop a different self image with possible consequences for their identity5,6.  This happens with human organs at times, but may be a more significant problem with animal organs, as the recipient knows that they have been given a non-human organ. Loss of identity jeopardises the core principle of autonomy, which underpins all medical treatment.

The risk of zoonosis to the recipient and to the wider society cannot be accurately estimated7. Hence there is a requirement for vigilant post-operative monitoring5 with a possibility of engaging article5 and 8 of the European Convention of Human Rights (for England and Wales: Human Rights Act 1998). Article 12 may also be engaged as the recipients may be restricted from having physical relationships, carrying out their routine day to day activities and socialisation. This is because the prevention of possible risk to the wider public from zoonosis may require the recipient to be put under restrictions with regard to their engagement with others. This may include restrictions to go out, which can result into de facto temporary detentions at home. Hence consenting to xeno-transplantation would be “binding and contractual” over a long period of time. The subject may not have the right to withdraw. This is entering into a de facto contract with potential restrictions or even deprivation of human rights. This would restrict the ability to give informed consent even for a well informed patient, as it is difficult to be fully appreciative of future restrictions of one’s liberty.

Autonomous decision making and thus informed consent may also be put at risk by other factors surrounding xenotransplantation. The decision to embark on xenotransplantation may be primarily driven by an instinctual wish to survive due to a lack of other viable alternatives. Patients in these circumstances may have little or no consideration to medium and long-term effects on themselves and society. However, it is the consideration of such long-term consequences that make a truly autonomous decision, and differentiate it from a decision that is purely based on immediate instinct. Whilst the wish to survive is legitimate it is difficult to make decisions free of the pressure to survive when there is a lack of alternatives.

It also brings up an even more important question: Can any person ever consent to a future restriction or deprivation of their liberty or other human rights? Even if there were an option to define acceptable future restrictions it would be likely that patients could still challenge the legality of any such agreements. They could quite reasonably argue that they have agreed to the restrictions under duress because of a lack of viable alternatives to their xeno-transplants.

Xenotransplantation touches questions of utilitarianism (greatest good for the greatest numbers) and public protection2. Utilitarianism takes into account the reasonable interests of society in good outcomes, fairness in the distribution of resources, and the prevention of harm to others. The Nuffield council on bio-ethics embraces a utilitarian approach. However, there are limits to the utilitarian argument for xenotransplants. Even if they were widely available, the treatment would be immensely expensive. Production of a pathogen free donor organ would involve rearing animals in strictly controlled environments, subjecting them to rigorous standards of examination and surveillance. The additional costs of developing a sustainable work force to provide transplantation and post-transplant surveillance of the patient and the community would be high.  The insurance providers may not cover expenses of a xenotransplant. Public health care providers may decline to provide this treatment as it may not be recommended by expert groups as cost effective. Xenotransplantation may commence in the developing world where the regulations are lax and the poor can be more easily exploited8. Patients who would potentially benefit from xenotransplantation may not be able to afford it due to its cost with serious implications for fairness.

Xenotransplantation also raises other ethical questions in relation to the wider community.  We have seen that consent of an individual to a xenotransplant has significant bearing on the protection of society7. Should the members of a community therefore be consulted if there were any xeno-transplantation experiments in their region? The risk is primarily due to the risk of zoonotic infections, the need for surveillance, and possible quarantine of contacts7,9.  In addition, if health authorities were to fund expensive experimental interventions like xenotransplantation, other routine treatments of greater potential benefits to society may be jeopardised. Society may also have views about particular animals being used as donor animals10.  For example religions like Islam and Judaism may feel that pigs are ‘ritually unclean’. They may therefore not approve of certain animals to be used for donation, and more worryingly may fail to socially accept recipients with such ‘unclean’ transplants11.

From a deontological perspective (this judges the morality of an action based on the action's adherence to a ruleor principle) some authors assert that animals have rights similar to those considered appropriate for humans12,13. The protection of animals has legal status in many countries. Consequentialists may view the suffering and death of an animal as acceptable for the betterment of a human patient, as they would judge the morality of an action primarily by its end result. They would argue that potential benefits and improvement in human welfare arising from xenotransplantation may justify the loss of animal life. However, this will never satisfy the animal rights lobby; especially as whilst minimising the risk of acquired infections, the animals have to forgo greater suffering in the form of isolation, monitoring and investigations. Furthermore, genetic modification can have both immediate and long-term negative effects on animals.

In summary, xenotransplantation has significant ethical consequences. On an individual level, there are the questions of pressure to consent that may negate autonomy and the validity of that consent as well as the difficulties that arise when patients are asked to consent to future restrictions of their human rights. On a societal level there are questions of cost and benefit analysis as well as risks from zoonotic infections. In addition, questions of animal rights need to be addressed before any programs are likely to go ahead.

Appendix of articles of the Human Rights Act.

  • Article 8 of the Human Rights Act 1998 (The right to respect for private and family life, home and correspondence)
  • Article 5 (The right to liberty).
  • Article 12 (The right to marry and found a family)

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None Declared
Details of Authors: 
MURALI KRISHNA MBBS MRPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist, CSI Holdsworth Memorial Hospital, Mysore, India; Associate Tutor, University of Edge Hill, St Helens Road Omskirk UK L39 4QP. PROF PETER LEPPING, Consultant Psychiatrist, Associate Medical Director, Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board, Wrexham; Visiting Professor in Psychiatry, Glyndŵr University, Wrexham, North Wales.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR MURALI KRISHNA MBBS MRPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist, CSI Holdsworth Memorial Hospital, Mysore, India
Corresponding Author Email: 
muralidoc@hotmail.com
References
References: 

 

1.Advisory Group on the Ethics of Xenotransplantation:  Animal Tissues into Humans.  London, Stationery Office, 19972.Nuffield Council on Bioethics-Animal-to-Human Transplants:  The ethics of xenotransplantation.  London, Nuffield Council on Bioethics, 19963.Chapman, LE.E., Folks, T.M., Salomon, D.R., Paterson, A.P., Eggerman, T.E., Noguchi, P.D.:  Xenotransplantation and xenogeneic infections.  N.  Engl.  J. Med. 333: 1498, 19954.Denner J.: Infectious risk in xenotransplantation - what post-transplant screening for the human recipient? Xenotransplantation. 2011 May;18(3):151-75.Fanklin, P.:  Psychological aspects of kidney transplantation and organ donation.  In Kidney Transplantation, Principles and practice (4th ed.), P.J. Morris, editor,  Philadelphia, Saunders, pp. 532-541, 19946.Nature Biotechnology Editorial P403, 19967.Public Health Service:  Draft guidelines on infectious disease issues in xenotransplantation:  Fed. Register 61:49919, 19968.Oman Daily Observer:  Organ transplant doctor held.  January 11, 19979.Witt, C.J., Meslin, F-X., Heymann, D.: Emerging and other Communicable Disease Surveillance and Control (EMC).  Draft WHO Recommendations on Xenotransplantation and Infectious Disease Prevention.  Geneva, world Health organization, 199710.Institute of Medicine:  Xenotransplantation:  Science, Ethics and Public Policy.  Washington, DC, National Academy Press, 199611.Daar A.S: Xenotransplantation and Religion:  The major mono theistic religions, Xenotransplantation 2(4): 61, 199412.Singer, P.:  Animal Liberation.  New York, Random House, 197513. Regan, T.:  The case for animal rights.  University of California Press, Los Angeles, 1983

BJMP June 2011 Volume 4 Number 2

 

BJMP June 2011 Volume 4 Number 2

Full Issue Booklet
 
  PDF

Editorial

Dabigatran: A look before we leap
Naseer A Masoodi and Bilal Ahmad
Full Text PDF

Research Articles

Sedation by Surgeons: Is patient safety being compromised by non-anaesthetists?
Priyan R Landham, Umer Butt, Aabid Sanaullah, Hester C Taekema and Ahmed Shawky Eid
Full Text PDF
The Association of NCF1 Gene with the Severity of Malaria
Shakirullah, Muhammad Arshad, Sohail Afzal, Bahadar Zaib and Saba Haq
Full Text PDF

Review Articles

Oesophageal dysfunction and disease in obesity
Zakir K Mohamed and Stephen E Attwood
Full Text PDF

Case Reports/Series

An unusual case of Lactic Acidosis
Muhammad Badar Ganaie and Rodney Hughes
Full Text PDF
Tumefactive Multiple sclerosis
Potjana Jitawatanarat, Bhatraphol Tingpej and Paul Deringer
Full Text PDF
Malignant Hypertension Masquerading as Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura
Muhammad Zohaib Bawany, Zeeshan Tariq, Thomas Sodeman and Anand Mutgi
Full Text PDF

Clinical Practice

Paediatric Gastro-Oesophageal Reflux Disease
Harween Dogra, Bhavini Lad and Dinesh Sirisena
Full Text PDF

Viewpoint

Medical Images

Perineal Necrotising Fasciitis
Stephen O’Neill, Syed Imran Hussain Andrabi and Michael Whiteside
Full Text PDF

 

Response Predictors in ECT: A discussion about Seizure Threshold

Authors
Madhavan Seshadri and Nadeem Z Mazi-Kotwal
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a424
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Electroconvulsive Therapy (ECT) has been in use since 1938 and remains one of the most important and controversial treatments. The National Institute of Clinical Excellence in UK specifically recommends considering ECT as an option in treatment of severe depression (when life threatening and a rapid response is needed or when other treatments have failed), moderate depression (not responding to multiple treatments), catatonia and a prolonged and severe manic episode. For ECT to have a therapeutic response, it is now recognised that a generalised tonic-clonic seizure is essential. The degree by which the stimulus intensity exceeds the seizure threshold is an important determinant of both therapeutic effectiveness and cognitive side effects. This article attempts to discuss the significance of estimating the seizure threshold and the practical ways of lowering it, to reduce the side effects during the course of the treatment.

Abbreviations: 
ECT: Electroconvulsive Therapy
Keywords: 
ECT, Electroconvulsive Therapy, Seizure Threshold

Introduction

The use of convulsive therapy for psychiatric conditions evolved after its first use by Meduna using camphor in 1934, and by 1938, Cerletti and Bini had documented the use of electricity to induce convulsions and therapeutic benefit. The technique has been extensively modified by the addition of muscle relaxants and general anaesthesia. Electroconvulsive Therapy is now an important and effective treatment option for certain severe neuropsychiatric disorders.

Most developments and changes in the practice of ECT have been driven to reduce the adverse effects and not by the need to make it more efficacious. The aim is to induce a generalised tonic-clonic seizure with a sufficient dose to maximise efficacy but not too high to reduce cognitive side effects. The newer brief-pulse, constant-current, square-wave machines are more efficient in inducing seizure than the older sine-wave, constant-voltage machines.

Between January and March 2002, there were nearly 12800 ECT administrations in England to 2300 individuals 1. The National Institute of Clinical Excellence currently recommends that ECT is only used to achieve rapid and short term improvement of severe symptoms after an adequate trial of other treatment options have proved inefficient and/or when the condition is life threatening as in people with severe depression, catatonia or prolonged/severe manic episode2. The newer guidelines on depression suggest that ECT be considered as a treatment option in moderate depression when it has failed to respond to multiple treatments15. It has been noted from the observation of the users experiences that the cognitive impairment often outweighed their perception of any benefit after ECT treatment.

It has been recognised that the induction of a generalised tonic-clonic seizure is necessary to achieve a therapeutic response and a number of studies demonstrate superiority of ECT over Sham ECT. It is also noted that administration of an electrical stimulus that fails to induce a seizure and immediate termination of a seizure after induction does not result in clinical improvement. Stimulus which just about produces a generalised tonic-clonic seizure may not ensure therapeutic potency, but the degree to which the stimulus intensity exceeds the Seizure Threshold is an important determinant of the therapeutic effectiveness. Unfortunately, this also corresponds to the cognitive side effects3.

Seizure Threshold

Seizure Threshold is empherically defined as the minimal electrical dose that induces generalised tonic clonic seizure activity. Boylan et alfound that greater that 40% of individuals had an initial seizure threshold of less than 50mC with unilateral electrode placement4 and Scott and Dykes and Sakheim concluded that for bilateral ECT, this was around 7%5,9.

Standard fixed doses continue to be used in UK, and this can result in a dose which is several times the seizure threshold, contributing to acute and long term cognitive side effects without any additional benefits of clinical efficacy. It is also associated with a greater risk of missed or partial seizures that have no therapeutic effect.

 

 

There is a great deal of variability between seizure thresholds in different individuals. Many factors influence it and Box 1 summarises them. Seizure threshold is generally higher in older men than younger women. Electrolyte imbalances, particularly, hyponatremia and hypocalcaemia can lower the seizure threshold. It is important for the clinician to consider these before starting the course of ECT.

 

 

Box 1: Factors influencing Seizure Threshold

  • Individual characteristics

Increases with age

Higher in men

Increases with increase in skull density

Higher for bilateral electrode placement

Electrolyte imbalances

  • Seizure Threshold increases during course of ECT
  • Medication increasing Seizure Threshold

Anticonvulsants, Benzodiazepines, Hypnotics, Anti-arrhythmics

  • Medication decreasing Seizure Threshold

Antidepressants, Antipsychotic, Lithium, Theophylline

  • Anaesthetic Induction agent

Increased: Propofol & Barbiturates

Decreased/minimal effect: Methohexital, Etomidate, Ketamine

  • Machine characteristics

Brief-pulse, constant-current, square-wave output better

Initiation of a course of Electroconvulsive Therapy treatment should routinely involve the estimation of the seizure threshold by gradual dose titration (Stimulus dosing) and then treatment by using the supra threshold doses. Once seizure threshold is determined a dose of 1.5 to 2 times the seizure threshold for bilateral ECT and at least 2.5 to 3 times the seizure threshold for unilateral ECT may provide the best balance of clinical efficacy and cognitive side effects3. This is supposed to be a better practice compared to the fixed dose method used to initiate the ECT treatment.6

Missed Seizure

An adequate electrical dose will manifest as generalised tonic, followed by clonic activity of skeletal muscle, accompanied by a typical seizure pattern on EEG. The absence of both is deemed a missed seizure7.Pippard’s audit of ECT practice showed that in nearly 22% of ECT treatments, there was either no seizure or a brief seizure.

Box 2: Causes for Missed Seizure

  • Low stimulus intensity
  • Excess impedance
  • Premature stimulus termination
  • Excess Anaesthetic Agent
  • Increase of seizure threshold by ECT
  • Other factors increasing seizure threshold

The causes of Missed Seizures are summarised in Box 2. Missed seizures may be due to faulty technique leading to insufficient stimulus intensity, excess impedance or premature stimulus termination. Individual patient factors such as electrolyte imbalances, particularly dehydration and hypercarbia can lead to missed seizures. A common reason for raised seizure threshold is the administration of high dose of anaesthetic induction agent 5. Propofol, the most commonly used agent for ECT increases seizure threshold and also decreases the seizure duration. Use of alternatives like Methohexital, Etomidate or Ketamine may be successful as they either have minimal or no effect on seizure threshold and may increase the seizure duration.

During the course of treatment seizure threshold usually rises and this may lead to missed seizures. In addition to delaying the improvement, missed seizures cause more irritability and restlessness10. By measuring the seizure duration during the course of ECT missed seizure could be anticipated and appropriate steps can be taken. Some of the effects of a missed seizure are listed in Box 3.

Box 3: Consequences of Missed Seizure

  • Anxiety
  • Headache
  • Confusion
  • Lethargy
  • Tiredness 

A missed seizure should prompt monitoring and correction of electrolyte imbalance if any. Seizure activity during the ECT procedure is affected by medication as well. Administration of seizure threshold increasing drugs should be reviewed and where possible stopped or reduced. If the treatment is for depression, consider using tricyclic drugs which lower the seizure threshold and augment ECT.

The maximum dose deliverable by the ECT machines is restricted in some countries and this may be inadequate due to very high seizure threshold in a few individuals. The US Food and Drug Administration restrict the maximum output of ECT machines to 576 millicoulombs compared to the Royal College of Psychiatrists which has recommendeda maximum output charge of 1200millicoulombs8. While higher electric doses may be able to induce generalised seizure activity, the cognitive side effects are also increased11. Therefore attempts must be made to decrease the seizure threshold to minimise these side effects.

Seizure Threshold Lowering Techniques

The aim of ECT treatment is to induce a generalised seizure activity; failure to do so makes the treatment session ineffective and of no therapeutic benefit. If a patient does not have generalised tonic-clonic seizure after a stimulus it is important to wait for at least 20 seconds after a non-seizure and at least 45 seconds after a partial/focal seizure prior to restimulating. Using appropriate techniques to avoid like low stimulus intensity, inappropriate application of electrodes, premature stimulus termination, etc are important6.

Charter and Simpson established the use of hyperventilation immediately before the application of the electrical stimulus and it has been shown to enhance seizure duration12. Sleep deprivation safely reduces the seizure threshold and also increases the seizure duration13. Caffeine prolongs the seizure duration, but has no effect on the seizure threshold14.

Conclusions

ECT remains the most maligned and misunderstood of psychiatric treatments. Whilst it has no doubt, successfully saved many lives and provided relief from the abyss of depression, proving its efficacy, the thrust of recent developments have been towards minimising the side effects. Adequate training and supervision of trainee psychiatrists will be essential to raise the standards of ECT administration techniques and skills.

Being aware of the significance of seizure threshold and ways to lower it, as an alternative to electric dose increase may address to some extent, the concerns about cognitive difficulties.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MADHAVAN SESHADRI MBBS, DPM, MRCPsych, ST4 Registrar in General Adult Psychiatry, South Essex Partnership NHS Trust, Weller Wing, Kempston Road, Bedford, UK NADEEM MAZI-KOTWAL, MBBS, MRCPsych, Consultant in Old Age Psychiatry, South Essex Partnership NHS Trust, Weller Wing, Kempston Road, Bedford, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
MADHAVAN SESHADRI, ST4 Registrar in General Adult Psychiatry, Weller Wing, Kempston Road, Bedford, UK, MK42 9DJ
Corresponding Author Email: 
seshmadhavan@doctors.org.uk
References
References: 

1. England. Department of Health. Electro Convulsive Therapy: Survey covering the period from January 2002 to March 2002, p1: 2003

2. Guidance on the use of Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT): National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence; 2003 Apr. p5: Technology appraisal 59.

3. Sackeim H A., Prudic J., et al. Effects of stimulus intensity and electrode placement on the efficacy and cognitive effects of ECT. NEJM. 1993; 328: 839-846. 

4. Boylan L S, Haskett R F, et al. Determinants of seizure threshold in ECT, benzodiazepine use, anaesthetic dosage, and other factors. Journal of ECT. 2000;16:3-18.

5. Sackeim H A, Devanand D P, Prudic J. Stimulus intensity, seizure threshold and seizure duration: impact on the efficacy and safety of ECT. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 1991;14: 803-843.

6. Scott A I F Editor, The ECT Handbook, second edition; The third Report of the Royal College of Psychiatrists’ Special Committee on ECT. CR128, 2004.

7. Pippard J. Audit of electroconvulsive treatment in two National Health Service regions. British Journal of Psychiatry. 1992;160: 621–637.

8. Lisanby  Sarah H.; Devanand  D P ; Nobler Mitchell S.; Prudic Joan; Mullen Linda; Sackeim Harold A. Exceptionally High Seizure threshold: ECT device limitations. Convulsive Therapy, 1996; 12, 156-164.

9. Scott A I F & Dykes S. Initial seizure threshold in the clinical practice of bilateral electroconvulsive therapy in Edinburgh, Scotland. Journal of ECT, 1999; 15: 118–124

10. Scott A I F & Boddy H. The effect of repeated bilateral electroconvulsive therapy on seizure threshold. Journal of ECT. 2000;16: 244–251.

11. Weiner R D, Rogers H J, Davidson J R, et al (1986) Effects of stimulus parameters on cognitive side effects. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. 1986: 462, 315–325.

12. Chater S N, & Simpson K H., Effect of passive hyperventilation on seizure duration in patients undergoing ECT. British Journal of Anaesthesia. 1988: 60: 70–73.

13. Gilabert E; Rojo E, Vallejo J. Augmentation of Electroconvulsive Therapy Seizures with Sleep Deprivation. Journal of ECT. 2004; 20: 242-247

14. McCall W V, Reid S, Rosenquist P, Kiesow-Webb N. A reappraisal of the role of caffeine in ECT. American Journal of Psychiatry. 1993; 150: 1543–1545.

15. Depression: The Management and Treatment of Depression in Adults: National Institute of Clinical Excellance, Clinical Guideline 90 (CG90), May 2010

Dabigatran: A look before we leap

Authors
Naseer A Masoodi and Bilal Ahmad
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a423

Warfarin is the most commonly used oral anticoagulant and has established efficacy for more than 50 years for the prevention of thromboembolic events, but its use is limited by fear of bleeding, drug-drug and drug-food interactions, and routine monitoring of international normalized ratio (INR). In patients with atrial fibrillation (AF), warfarin prevents 64% of strokes in research studies but the real-world effectiveness drops to 35% because of various factors leading to its suboptimal use.1 In October 2010 the United States (US) Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved Pradaxa capsules (dabigatran etexilate) as the first new agent to prevent stroke and systemic emboli in patients with non-valvular AF. In this article we will discuss some of the evidence for and against the use of dabigatran.

In the RE-LY study2 (Randomized Evaluation of Long-term Anticoagulant Therapy), high-dose dabigatran (150mg twice a day) was found to be superior to warfarin for the prevention of stroke and systemic emboli, required no routine INR monitoring, and had few food and drug interactions. James Freeman and colleagues,3 using data from the RE-LY trial, found that high-dose dabigatran (150mg twice a day) was the most efficacious and cost-effective strategy compared with adjusted-dose warfarin among adults older than 65 with AF.

Dabigatran has been shown to specifically and reversibly inhibit thrombin, the key enzyme in the coagulation cascade. Studies in healthy volunteers4 and in patients undergoing orthopaedic surgery have indicated that dabigatran has a predictable pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic profile, allowing for a fixed-dose regimen. Peak plasma concentrations of dabigatran are reached approximately two hours after oral administration in healthy volunteers, with no unexpected accumulation of drug concentrations upon multiple dosing. Excretion is predominantly via the renal route as unchanged drug. Dabigatran is not metabolized by cytochrome P450 isoenzymes. Though use of dabigatran for non-valvular AF and venous thromboembolism (VTE) is gaining practice,5 it remains far from being the standard of care. 

What are the concerns with use of dabigatran? In the RE-LY study the INR control was relatively poor (64% TTR (time in the therapeutic range)) but, probably more importantly, the relationship between events and individual’s INR control was not reported. The use of centre’s time in therapeutic range (cTTR) in the RE-LY study as a surrogate for INR control may not truly reflect TTRs for individual patients. Also in RE-LY study, randomization was stratified for centre and by the centre-based analyses, and the quality of oral anticoagulant services was the basis for the comparisons in this report. A subgroup analysis6 concluded that relative effectiveness of dabigatran versus warfarin was mainly seen at centres with poorer INR control. For example, Swedish centres had good TTR and the relative effectiveness and safety of dabigatran was virtually the same as with warfarin; thus, it is only the price difference that counts. It also highlights how local standards of care affect the benefits of use of new treatment alternatives and hence further limits the generalizability of any ‘overall average’ cost-effectiveness of dabigatran,  raising the question that if an intervention does not do more, why should a payer pay more for it? There are several other factors that could impact on the cost-effectiveness7 of dabigatran such as patient medication adherence, dosing frequency, and the potential effect of new efficient methods of warfarin management improving INR control by patient self-testing.

The other shortcomings of dabigatran include lack of antidotes when patients do bleed and lack of any alert to physicians that patients are not compliant with dabigatran (INR serves this purpose for warfarin). Additionally, in the RE-LY trial, dabigatran was used twice daily thus raising compliance issues compared to once daily warfarin (the rates of discontinuation of dabigatran were higher at 15% and 21% at one and two years, respectively); 11.3% reported dyspepsia (twice the rate of warfarin group); high rate of gastrointestinal bleed compared with warfarin; patients in the dabigatran cohort were at slightly higher risk of myocardial infarction (not sure how it will translate in real world practice); and contraindication of dabigatran in severe renal dysfunction raises some more questions about its use and cost effectiveness. In addition, the RE-LY trial excluded patients who had: contraindications to anticoagulation, severe heart-valve disorder, stroke within 14 days or severe stroke within six months before screening, a condition that increased risk of haemorrhage, creatinine clearance of less than 30ml per minute, active liver disease, and pregnancy.  Clinicians will need to use their judgement to weigh and balance the risk for bleeding with this new agent in a setting of an acute stroke versus the risk of having another ischaemic stroke in someone with AF if not given anti-coagulation therapy immediately. Safety and efficacy at extremes of body weight is not well established with current FDA approved doses of dabigatran either.

In summary dabigatran is a very exciting new agent with significant advantages over warfarin. However, in view of dabigatran’s higher non-adherence rate and greater risk of non-haemorrhagic side effects, patients already taking warfarin with excellent INR control have little to gain by switching to dabigatran.1 Until more studies and post-marketing data become widely available, we should advocate tight INR control for which there is a wealth of evidence for benefits, and promote strategies to improve the management of therapy with warfarin.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None Declared
Details of Authors: 
NASSEER A MASOODI MD, MBA, FACP, CMD, CPE, Associate Professor Clinical Sciences, FSU College of Medicine, Tallahassee, FL-32060, USA; Medical Director Health Services, ACV Inc., Dowling Park, FL-USA BILAL AHMAD MD, Clinical Instructor, Internal Medicine/Geriatrics, Wake Forest University School of Medicine, Medical Center Blvd., Winston-Salem, NC 27157, USA
Corresponding Author Details: 
NASSEER A MASOODI, Associate Professor Clinical Sciences, FSU College of Medicine, Tallahassee, FL-32060, USA
References
References: 

 

  1. Gage BF. Can we rely on RE-LY? N Engl J Med. 2009; 361:1200-1202.
  2. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S et al; RE-LY Steering Committee and Investigators. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2009; 361:1139-1151.
  3. Freeman JV, Zhu RP , Owens DK , Garber AM , Hutton DW , Go AS , Wang PJ , Turakhia MP. Ann Intern Med. 2011 Jan 4;154(1):1-11.
  4. Stangier J, Rathgen K et al. The pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and tolerability of dabigatran etexilate, a new oral direct thrombin inhibitor, in healthy male subjects. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2007 September; 64(3):292-303.
  5. Clayville LR, Anderson KV et al. New options in anticoagulation for the prevention of venous thromboembolism and stroke. P T. 2011 February; 36(2):86-88, 93-99.
  6. Wallentin L, Yusuf S, Ezekowitz MD et al; RE-LY investigators. Efficacy and safety of dabigatran compared with warfarin at different levels of international normalized ratio control for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation: an analysis of the RE-LY trial. Lancet. 2010; 376:975-83.
  7. Masoodi NA. Compared with warfarin, high-dose dabigatran might be cost-effective for preventing stroke in older patients with nonvalvular AF (Comment). ACP Journal Club. 2011 Jun 21; 154:JC6-12.

Why I want to be a Doctor

Authors
Asif Rajah
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a422

“The more we care for the happiness of others, the greater our own sense of well being becomes.”  The Medicine of Altruism: Dalai Lama

Introduction

The fundamental mission of any medical school is to select those individuals who possess the qualities and personality traits best suited to becoming a good doctor. The first part of this article takes a critical look at how United Kingdom (UK) medical schools select doctors, which can vary considerably, and asks whether it can be improved. The qualities needed to be a good doctor are discussed and asks whether work experience illustrates at least some of these personal qualities and should therefore be an essential prerequisite for applying to medical school. Such experience helps the student to make an informed career choice and exploring it at interview can reflect student motivation to study medicine. My experience in Ghana gave me the opportunity to find out at first hand if I had what it takes to become a doctor. The trip was totally inspirational. It made me realise that medicine is much more than being master of all sciences. In Ghana I saw many of the qualities one needs to be a doctor, how this contrasts with the current selection criteria in the UK, and made me wonder whether the UK system offers our society the best practice available.

Critique of UK medical school selection           

Applying to medical school has become increasingly competitive. Selection into medical schools is not an exact science but one assumes that best available evidence is being used. The present system almost certainly turns away students who would make good doctors and accepts some who are mediocre or poor or even drop out of medicine altogether. The selection criteria for entry into medicine have to be accurate. However, no system is fool proof and the number of drop-outs in UK training stands at 6.8 – 12%.1,2,3 I believe that better selection criteria would reduce the drop-out rate and save personal distress among those who made an unwise choice. This makes economic sense. There is widespread agreement that we should select medical students on wider criteria than scores of academic success,4, 5 though in practice many medical schools have valued academic scores at the expense of other considerations.6, 7 A Levels alone should not be sufficient to gain a place at medical school. True communication calls for some shared life experiences and empathy with others. I believe that students who are totally absorbed in their studies to the exclusion of almost everything else are less likely to make good doctors. In one study, a ten-year follow-up after entry into medical school showed no correlation between academic score at entry and drop-out rate, but significant correlation between low interview scores and later drop-out.8 Reasons for drop-out were a variety of personal reasons including lack of motivation for study or for medicine. In a medical school that carefully evaluates applicants, empathy and motivation to be doctors were found to be particularly important in predicting both clinical and academic success.9

Another major study, looking at the dropping out from medical schools in the UK over a ten year period (1990-2000), 10 showed that drop-out rates increased during this period and concluded that the probability of dropping out of medical school is 20% lower for students with a parent who is a doctor. The authors comment that this may be the result of greater commitment or better preparation and insight before starting the course. Ethnic background of students was recorded only between 1998-2000. The study found that Indian females were around 1.9% less likely to drop out compared with white females, whereas Indian males were no different from white males. Other ethnic groups were less likely to drop-out by around 0.8%.  A concerning fact in this paper was the degree to which drop-out rates varied between different medical schools. No study to date has been done to find the reasons for these differences. Surely potential applicants need to be aware of these results. The differences could be accounted for by variable selection processes among the medical schools.11 Some medical schools shortlist for interview only on predicted academic performance or the number of A* GCSEs or decide by the UK Clinical Aptitude Test (UKCAT) / BioMedical Admissions Test (BMAT) scores. Some use information presented in the candidate’s personal statement and referee’s report while others ignore this because of concern over bias. In some cases candidates fill in a supplementary questionnaire. Interviews vary in terms of length, panel composition, structure, content, and scoring methods. Some schools do not interview.

The commonest reasons cited in many papers for dropping out of medical school were because it is not for them, they found it boring, they did not like patients, the work environment was not what they want to spend their time on, or they did not like responsibility.12 Essentially they had realised too late that Medicine was not for them. They had failed to find out what they were letting themselves in for before applying and the medical school had failed to pick this up. There is a strong argument for pooling resources so that applicants get one good assessment instead of four poor ones.                  

A levels, used for medical selection, do not indicate any personality attributes of the candidate and are affected by socio-economic bias. The UKCAT was introduced to level the playing fields. This test doesn’t examine acquired knowledge and candidates can’t be coached to pass, so in theory it should provide a fairer assessment of aptitude than A level grades. It was also thought that the various components of the UKCAT, namely verbal reasoning, quantitative reasoning, abstract reasoning, and decision making, could help to pick the students who have the personality attributes to make good doctors. Unfortunately, a recent paper suggests that the UKCAT does not provide any more assessment of aptitude than A levels.13 However, an inherent favourable bias towards students from well-off backgrounds or from grammar and independent schools was also found. Moreover the test does not compensate for talented candidates whose education has been affected by attending a poor school. Another paper looked at the predictive validity of the UKCAT.14 This showed that UKCAT scores did not predict Year 1 performance at two medical schools. Although early prediction is not the primary aim of the UKCAT, there is some cause for concern that the test failed to show even the small-to-moderate predictive power demonstrated by similar admission tools.   

There is no doubt that potential doctors must have enough intellectual capacity to do the job but they must also possess other important traits (Table 1):

Table 1: Personality traits potential doctors ought to possess
Concern for people Committed to self-learning
Sense of responsibility Emotionally stable
Professionalism Good judgement and perception
Good communication skills Good listener
Highly motivated An enquiring mind
Honesty Well organised
Integrity Patience
Ability to handle pressure Mental strength
Confident Resilience
Determination Respect for other people
Perseverance Respect for confidentiality
Decisiveness Tolerance
Conscientious Hard working
Team player An open mind
Leadership qualities A rational approach to problems
Humility Critical reasoning
Flexible and adaptable to change Separate important points from detail
Logical thinking Recognise limits of professional competence

What patients rate highly among the qualities of a good doctor are high levels of empathy and interpersonal skills.15 Personality traits such as conscientiousness have been positively associated with pre-clinical performance.16 

The criteria being used more and more by admission tutors include the candidate’s insight into medicine including as evidenced from work experience.17Surprisingly, very little has been written on work experience and the value placed on it varies considerably between medical schools. Many would regard this experience as a prerequisite for entry into medical school. It enables a student to experience at first hand what he/she is letting him/herself in for. Some find the experience fascinating and challenging while others may find it is not for them. Work experience should not be seen as a hurdle to climb, but part of the decision-making process in determining whether medicine really is for you. I fear that another contributing factor to the increase in drop-out rates from medical schools is the increasing difficulty in obtaining work experience. Gone are the days when students could join theatre staff and watch an exciting operation or shadow doctors in Accident and Emergency (A&E). Useful work experience is so important and it is becoming harder and harder to get, but is still possible. Therefore considerable desire, commitment and motivation by the student are required to obtain it. The work does not need to be medically related, but work experience in any care setting is essential. These placements can be used to illustrate at least some of the personal qualities that are sought after in a good doctor including: appreciation of the communication skills required of a doctor; a thorough awareness of the realities of medicine and the National Health Service (NHS); an understanding of teamwork; an ability to balance commitments; and observation of the caring and compassionate nature of the doctors. Furthermore, as demonstrated in general practice,18 personal experiences can have a highly positive influence on an individual’s attitude to a particular speciality. Encouraging school students to experience general practice would therefore not only increase their awareness of the life to which they are about to commit, but could aid recruitment to general practice as a speciality.

My Ghana Experience

I decided that, as part of my work experience, I would go to Ghana with a charity organisation (Motec UK Life). The reason was not to impress medical admissions tutors, but to discover if I had what it takes to become a doctor. I realised how comfortably we live in our small bubble, with little appreciation of what goes on in the rest of the world. Ghana is a third world country, which not only has great poverty and malnutrition but also has many deadly diseases such as Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)/Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), malaria, hepatitis, typhoid and sickle cell disease. My trip was demanding as I was stripped of my luxuries and removed from my comfort zone, but it helped me to understand the real values in life through helping the most needy and vulnerable people. I felt the suffering and the pain they went through, day in and day out, but knew that making even the slightest difference to their lives motivated me and enabled me to persevere through my time there.

One of the hospitals we stayedwas Nkawkaw, which was in the middle of a shantytown with houses made of metal sheets. Yet, despite the presence of great poverty and disease, I did not find a single person who was not extremely kind and welcoming and always smiling. It made me think of the contrasting situation back home in the UK where people were relatively well off, and yet so unhappy. I spoke to as many people as possible, not realising that I was developing my people- and communication-skills. I played football with the children and made them smile. I was able to visit the AIDS/HIV clinic and gained a first-hand account of how this devastating disease was controlled and dealt with in a third-world country. The pain, grief and suffering were immense and difficult to comprehend unless one was actually there witnessing it. AIDS here hurts everyone, but children are always the most vulnerable. The children were born with HIV from their mothers, or infected through breast milk, or in the past infected by unsafe medical treatments. They were often orphaned and destitute, having to build their own homes, grow their own food, and care for younger brothers and sisters. That is the cruel reality.

Equally heartbreaking was seeing so many people in the HIV clinic who could

not afford the anti-retroviral drug that would improve the quality and duration of life. This feeling of helplessness motivated me even further to pursue a career in medicine in order to help people at their most vulnerable. On this trip I was greatly impressed by the dedication, commitment and professionalism shown by the doctors in difficult situations. I saw doctors working with little supervision and little equipment, and yet they seemed confident, well organised, and adapted themselves well to the conditions. Their enthusiasm and compassion never waned despite working long hours.

I saw many types of operation being performed including joint replacements, hernia repairs and caesarean sections. On one particular day, I observed the team performing many knee and hip joint replacements. The deformities of the joints were much more severe than seen in the UK. I enjoyed and appreciated the skills of the orthopaedic surgeons in carrying out these operations, which were being done under spinal anaesthesia, and so I was able to talk to the patients and comfort them. Throughout the day, after seeing many operations, I did not flinch or feel queasy at the sight, and this further encouraged me to believe that I could handle a career in medicine. On watching the caesarean sections, the excitement of bringing new life into the world was overwhelming. Seeing another baby being born with severe hydrocephalus marred this. No treatment facilities for this condition were available for hundreds of miles and the baby was too ill to be transferred such a large distance. I witnessed the doctors conveying the heartbreaking news to the family with compassion. It became clear to me that there are negative aspects to this career. There is a great deal of emotion and stress to cope with in such circumstances but I believe that, given training, I would be mentally stronger to take control of these situations.

I was always allowed to follow the doctors on their ward rounds, and was encouraged to ask questions and make comments, so that I often felt that I was being treated as a medical student, which was strange in some ways but also very gratifying. On this trip I was involved in teaching and in helping to set up a workshop, which lasted for a whole day for doctors from all over Ghana. This involved lectures as well as demonstrating the latest surgical and theatre equipment. I was impressed by the teamwork and organisation shown by the group. The communication skills of the group had to be of the highest quality in order to get the message across. I found that teaching about the devastating effects of HIV, in a local school in Ghana, was particularly challenging as some of the students before me were sufferers and so I found it difficult to look them in the eye, knowing that although they were being taught the safety precautions, many did not have much of a future. This reinforced my feeling of helplessness but, although this situation was heartbreaking, I remained enthusiastic for the children, to keep their morale high in order to prepare them for their inevitable future.

Conclusion    

My trip was totally inspirational. It made me realise that medicine is much more than being a master of all sciences. In Ghana I observed in doctors the real passion and drive needed for medicine as well as many other essential qualities I believed doctors needed. This contrasts with the current selection criteria in the UK; sadly we are missing out on too many good doctors because of our obsession with grades rather than looking for real qualities that are going to make a difference to our patients.I discovered that seeing the immense suffering, and the close bond of doctors and patients in an entirely different social and economic context, helped me to evaluate and shape my own emotions and personal values. My motivation in wanting to become a doctor has increased tremendously since this trip. My trip to Ghana also inspired me to create a medical journal in my school as a fund-raising initiative. I brought together a group of fellow students to write articles about common teenage problems (teenage drinking, anorexia, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), stress, smoking, sexually transmitted diseases (STDs)) as well as articles on euthanasia and assisted suicide, stem cell research and the NHS. I wrote about my personal experiences in Ghana in addition to editing and publishing the school journal. All the funds raised from the school medical journal will be going to the HIV victims in Ghana.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
ASIf RAJAH, Sixth Form Student, St Albans School, Abbey Gateway, St Albans, Hertfordshire, AL3 4HB.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Asif Rajah, 41 Prospect Lane, Harpenden, Hertfordshire, AL5 2PL.
References
References: 
  1. Parkhouse J. Intake, output, and drop out in United Kingdom medical       schools. Br Med J. 1996; 312: 885.
  2. McManus IC. Drop out rate from medical schools seems reasonable. Br Med J.1996; 313(7050): 173.
  3. Wallace M, Berlin A. ‘Dropouts’ from London medical schools: A comparison with the rest of the United Kingdom. Health Trends. 29: 106-8.
  4. Bligh J. More medical students for England. Med Ed. 2001; 35: 712- 713.
  5. McManus IC, Smithers E, Partidge P et al. A levels and intelligence as predictors of medical careers in UK doctors: 20 year prospective study. Br Med J.2003; 327: 139–142.
  6. Collins JP, White GR, Kennedy JA. Entry to medical school: an audit of                                                                              traditional selection requirements. Med Ed. 1995: 22-6.
  7. Whitehouse C.  Pre-medicine and selection of medical students. Med Ed.1997; 31(suppl. 1): 3-12.
  8. Powis D, Neame RLB, Bristow T, Murphy LB. The objective structured interview for medical student selection. Br Med J. 1988; 296: 765. 
  9.  Powis D, Waring TC, Bristow T, O’Connell DL. The structured interview as a tool for predicting premature withdrawal from medical school. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Medicine.1992; 22: 669-698.
  10. Arulampalam W, Naylor RA, Smith JP. Dropping out of medical school in the UK: explaining changes over 10 years. Med Ed. 41 (No. 4): 385-394.
  11. Parry J, Mathers J, Stevens A, Parsons A, Lilford R, Spurgeon P. Admission process for five-year medical courses at English Schools: Review. Br Med J. 2006; 332(7548) 1005-8.
  12. Powis D. Selecting medical students. Med Ed. 1994; 28: 443-469.
  13. James D, Yates J, Nicholson S. Comparison of A level and UKCAT performance in students applying to UK medical and Dental schools in 2006: cohort study. Br Med J. Feb 2010; 16:1.
  14.  Lynch B, Mackenzie R, Dowell J, Cleland J, Prescott G. Does the UKCAT predict Year 1 performance in medical school? Med Ed. 2009, 43(12): 1203-
  15. Greengross S. What patients want from their doctors? In: Allen I, Brown     P, Hughes P, Eds. Choosing Tomorrow's Doctors. London: Policy Studies Institute, 1997: 12-19.      
  16. Ferguson E, James D, O'Hehir F, Sanders A. Pilot study of the roles of
  17. Personality, references and personal statements in relation to performance
  18. Over the five years of a medical degree. Br Med J. 2003; 326:429-431.
  19. Park J, Philipp R, Hughes A. Do we value work experience before medical School. British Journal of General Practice. 2005 March 1; 55(512): 242-243.    
  20. Henderson E, Berlin A, Fuller J. Attitude of medical students towards general practice and general practitioner. British Journal of General Practice. 2002; 52: 359–363.

 

Sedation by Surgeons: Is patient safety being compromised by non-anaesthetists?

Authors
Priyan R Landham, Umer Butt, Aabid Sanaullah, Hester C Taekema and Ahmed Shawky Eid
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a421
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Introduction: Sedation is frequently administered by non-anaesthetic doctors in the emergency department whilst minor procedures are carried out.  Guidelines and protocols exist but are non-anaesthetic doctors familiar with them? 
Methods: A questionnaire survey of 53 orthopaedic surgeons (registrars) in Bristol and Cardiff was carried out to ascertain their current clinical practice, knowledge, and training with regards to sedation.
Results: Sedation had been administered by all the orthopaedic doctors surveyed at some stage in their careers to facilitate fracture or joint reduction or to apply traction in settings outside the operating room.  Forty-five percent of respondents had read the sedation protocol for their hospital but fewer respondents ensured monitoring data forms were completed during and after the procedure (21% and 23% respectively). Morphine and other opioids were the most commonly used sedative medication.  The pharmacology section of the questionnaire revealed a reasonable knowledge base for most trainees with a mean score of 4.29 out of 7.  Whilst the majority of respondents had undergone Advanced Life Support training (89%), only 30% of respondents had undergone formal training regarding sedation techniques.
Conclusion: Sedation for minor procedures is widely performed by orthopaedic doctors.  There is the potential for significant morbidity and mortality, so doctors need to be aware of and follow sedation guidelines.  Adequate training needs to be incorporated into postgraduate training speciality programmes to ensure safe sedation practices.

Introduction

Sedation is frequently administered outside of the operating theatre by non-anaesthetic doctors to facilitate minor procedures.  This can be in both primary care including dental surgeries as well as in hospital departments such as radiology, endoscopy and the emergency department.  Clinical practice including medication and monitoring equipment available and the personnel involved, varies not only between hospitals and regions but also between departments.

In the emergency department sedation is often performed in a busy clinical setting by junior doctors.  This enables minor procedures to be carried out with subsequent discharge home reducing admission rates and the requirement for general anaesthesia.  Other advantages include less workload pressure on the anaesthetic team and a significant improvement in the patient experience.  Sedation is not without risk and significant morbidity and mortality is still associated with its use, particularly in the elderly and in combination with other medication1,2.  Guidelines and protocols do exist to ensure safe practice but often it is only anaesthetic doctors who are aware of them3-7.  A recent study by Fanning highlighted discrepancies in practice, skills and knowledge of doctors of various specialities and grades who administered sedation8.  Anecdotal reports from orthopaedic colleagues suggested the variability in competence of doctors with clear implications for patient safety.  We therefore sought to ascertain the current clinical practice, knowledge and prior training in sedation techniques of specialist registrars in orthopaedic and trauma surgery in our region.

Materials and Methods

A questionnaire based survey of 53 specialist registrars in orthopaedic and trauma surgery in the neighbouring Severn and South Wales regions was carried out.  The questionnaire was modified from that developed by Fanning8 and circulated for completion at regional teaching sessions in Swansea and Bristol (Appendix 1).  Each respondent had 15 minutes to complete the questionnaire based on their own experience, practice and knowledge. Respondents were not allowed to confer and full confidentiality was assured.  The questionnaire was split into several sections that ascertained the respondents’ clinical practice including the procedures that sedation was used for, prior training, awareness of protocols and safety issues.  Knowledge of the basic pharmacology of commonly used sedative agents was also tested.  The final section asked respondents whether they had ever encountered any adverse events, the nature of the adverse event and whether assistance was required from the anaesthetic department.      

Results

Orthopaedic specialist registrars (post basic surgical training) who were in higher surgical training completed 53 questionnaires.  Sedation was performed in the emergency department by all respondents for manipulating fractures, reducing dislocated joints and for applying traction.  Twenty-four respondents (45%) had read the sedation protocol for their hospital/emergency department.  Thirteen respondents (25%) completed pre-sedation assessment forms, whilst only eleven (21%) completed the during-procedure monitoring data forms and twelve (23%) filled the after-procedure forms (Figure 1).  Twenty-eight (53%) respondents ensured that either they or an assistant provided the patient with discharge advice.

 


Figure 1The percentage of respondents who had read the departmental protocol, completed monitoring forms and given advice prior to discharge.

Table 1:  Sedative agents used.

 Medication/Sedative Agent

No of Respondents

Diazepam

31

Pethidine

1

Midazolam

35

Propofol

15

Fentanyl

3

Morphine

44

Opiates with BDZs

12

Local anaesthesia with sedation

17

 

Almost all (98%) respondents administered sedation in the presence of an assistant.  Forty-seven (89%) checked their medication with another healthcare professional.  All fifty-three respondents supplied patients with concurrent oxygen whilst fifty-two ensured that resuscitation equipment was available nearby.  In terms of specific training, forty-seven (89%) registrars had undergone Advanced Life Support training (ALS) but this qualification was only valid (within three years) for thirty-six (68%).  Sixteen registrars (30%) stated they had undergone formal training or teaching regarding sedation (Figure 2).  With regards to monitoring of patients, thirty-six (68%) respondents used pulse oximetry, fourteen (26%) used electrocardiogram (ECG) monitoring and twenty-eight (53%) measured blood pressure. 

 


Figure 2
The proportion of respondents who had received training in administering sedation

Morphine and other opioids were the most commonly used sedative medication (44 responses), followed by midazolam (35 responses), diazepam (31 responses) and propofol (15 responses).  Twelve respondents combined opiates and benzodiazepines, whilst seventeen combined local anaesthesia with sedation (Table 1).  Two-thirds of respondents (35 out of 53, 66%) administered sedation in boluses rather than calculating the correct dose per kilogram.  The pharmacology questions devised by Fanning8 tested knowledge of metabolic pathways, duration of action and side effects. Overall, each question was answered correctly by over 50% of respondents (Figure 3).  The mean score was 4.29 out of 7.

 

Figure 3The percentage of correct answers for each of the seven pharmacology questions.

Eighty percent of surveyed orthopaedic doctors (43 respondents) reported an adverse event after administering sedation.   Twenty-nine respondents had at some stage contacted the anaesthetic department for assistance in managing a patient following sedation (Table 2).

 

Table 2:  Adverse Events reported.

 Adverse Effects

No of Respondents

Hypoxia

20

Respiratory Depression

13

Loss of consciousness

7

Hypotension

14

Prolonged Sedation

13

Nausea and Vomiting

14

Discussion

Non-anaesthetic doctors are permitted and often required to administer sedation to perform procedures in settings outside of the operating theatre.  There are various published guidelines that detail the level of care and monitoring that should be provided when sedation is given3-7.  It has been recommended that the same standards of monitoring apply to procedures under sedation or local anaesthesia as to procedures under general anaesthesia, and are irrespective of the location of the procedure3.

The report by an intercollegiate working party led by the Royal College of Anaesthetists summarised the key aspects of administering sedation based on existing guidelines6.  Patients should be first assessed before the procedure by attendant staff, risk factors noted and further examination or investigations performed as necessary.  Drug administration technique should be “one defined by a relevant specialty organisation”6 and doses adjusted to individual patient requirements.  Combinations of drugs should be “employed with particular caution” especially sedatives and opioids.  The opioids should be administered first and given time to be maximally effective before any sedative is given.  The patient should be monitored during the procedure by a suitably trained individual recording pulse oximetry, blood pressure and electrocardiography. High flow oxygen should also be available. Doctors administering sedation should be able to control an airway using basic manoeuvres or airway adjuncts.

There is significant morbidity and mortality associated with sedation1,2.  It is difficult to know the true incidence of cardio-respiratory complications after sedation, as this is often related to the procedure and patient factors.  An audit of 14,000 endoscopic procedures reported a 30-day mortality of 1 in 20009 and there are several anecdotal reports of death following sedation10,11.

It is apparent that not all doctors are aware of or follow sedation guidelines.  In the study by Fanning8, 42% of respondents completed a pre-procedure assessment form and 70% completed monitoring data sheets.  In this study, whilst 45% of respondents had read departmental protocols, only 25% completed a dedicated pre-assessment of the patient and an equally low number recorded monitoring data forms during (21%) and after the procedure (25%).  These low numbers are of potential concern.  Time and resource constraints may play a part, particularly in a busy emergency department.  Also, as junior doctors frequently rotate between hospitals, they may not be aware of departmental policies in each unit.  It is understandably impractical to perform a procedure and concurrently complete a data monitoring form.  This role should be delegated to an assistant.

Knowledge of basic pharmacology amongst respondents seemed reasonable and indeed better scores were achieved than in Fanning’s original paper.  It would appear that a large number of respondents (n=29) have contacted anaesthetic colleagues for help following adverse events.  This may simply reflect an acknowledgement of limited anaesthetic capabilities amongst respondents and a pre-emptive call for assistance rather than an anaesthetic “bail out” after cardio-respiratory compromise.

Whilst the questionnaire used is neither a formal assessment tool of clinical competence nor an accurate log of experience, it serves to highlight the potential limitations of current training.  A clear issue is the low number of respondents who claim to have received formal teaching or training with regards to sedation.  This may be due to the fact that little or no postgraduate training is provided in hospital specialities that require sedation. This is an area that needs to be addressed.  The issues raised by this study are not new.  In fact, a similar survey by Hewitt and Hartley in 1994 had similar findings and suggested that “sedation techniques should be included in induction teaching for A&E and orthopaedic juniors” and that all doctors administering sedation should have the “opportunity of resuscitation refresher courses”12

Conclusion

Sedation is widely administered by non-anaesthetic doctors including orthopaedic surgeons in order to perform basic procedures outside of the operating theatres, mainly in the Accident and Emergency department.  Whilst this study only involves 53 doctors in one speciality across two regions, it does give an insight into the self-reported clinical practice, knowledge and experience of a group of surgical doctors who are often required to administer sedation.  Significantly, the majority of doctors surveyed reported they had not received any formal training.  It is also apparent that departmental guidelines are not always known or followed.  Due to the inherent risks of sedation, it is important that doctors are aware of and follow available guidelines.  It is crucial that adequate training should be given to non-anaesthetic doctors to ensure they have the knowledge and skills to safely administer sedation. Otherwise a medical doctor, perhaps a registrar level from the Accident and Emergency department, should be present for patient assessment and management of airway compromise or any arising complication.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
PRIYAN R LANDHAM MBBS, MRCS Registrar Trauma & Orthopaedics, Royal United Hospital, Bath, UK UMER BUTT MBBS, MRCS Registrar Trauma & Orthopaedics, Yeovil General Hospital, Yeovil, UK AABID SANAULLAH MBBS, MRCS Registrar Trauma & Orthopaedics, Frenchay Hospital, Bristol, UK HESTER C TAEKEMA MBBS Registrar Anaesthesiaedics, Royal United Hospital, Bath, UK AHMED SHAWKY EID MBBCH, MRCS Trust fellow Trauma & Orthopaedics, Yeovil General Hospital, Yeovil, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
PRIYAN R LANDHAM MBBS, MRCS Registrar Trauma & Orthopaedics, Royal United Hospital, Bath, UK
Corresponding Author Email: 
priyanlandham@doctors.org.uk
References
References: 

1.  Cravero JP, Blike GT, Beach M, Gallagher SM, Hertzog JH, Havidich JE, Gelman B.  Incidence and nature of adverse events during pediatric sedation/anesthesia for procedures outside the operating room: report from the Pediatric Sedation Research Consortium.  Pediatrics2006 Sep;118(3):1087-96.

2.  Cote CJ, Notterman DA, Karl HW, Weinburg JA, McCloskey C.  Adverse sedation events in pediatrics: a critical incident analysis of contributing factors.  Pediatrics 2000;105:805-14.

3.  Association of Anaesthetists of Great Britain and Ireland.  Recommendations for Standards of Monitoring during Anaesthesia and Recovery.  Guidelines of the Association of Anaesthetists of Great Britain and Ireland, December. London:AAGBI, 2000.

4.  Pitetti RD, Singh S, Pierce MC.  Safe and efficacious use of procedural sedation and analgesia by non-anaesthesiologists in a pediatric emergency department.  Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine 2003;157:1090-6.

5.  Holzman RS, Cullen DJ, Eichhorn JH, Philip JH.  Guidelines for sedation by non-anaesthesiologists during diagnositic and therapeutic procedures.  The Risk Management committee of the Department of Anesthesia of Harvard Medical School.  Journal of Clinical Anestheisa 1994;6:265-76.

6.  http://www.rcoa.ac.uk/docs/safesedationpractice.pdf [accessed December 2009]

7.  Commission on the Provision of Surgical Services.  The Royal College of Surgeons of England.  Guidelines for Sedation by Non-anaesthetists. 1993

8.  Fanning RM.  Monitoring during sedation given by non-anaesthetic doctors.  Anaesthesia, 2008; 63: 370-374.

9.  Quine MA, Bell GD, McCloy RF, Charlton JE, Devlin HB, Hopkins A.  A prospective audit of upper gastrointestinal endoscopy in two regions of England : safety, staffing and sedation methods.  Gut 1995;36:462-7. (12 from working party)

10.  Kovac C.  Airline passenger dies after being sedated by doctor.  BMJ 1999;318:12.

11.  http://www.topix.com/forum/county/cook-il/THDSMC6MO19B32TMC [accessed December 2009]

12.  Hewitt SM, Hartley RH.  Manipulation under sedation in the accident and emergency department.  Journal of Accident and Emergency Medicine 1994;11(3):186-8.

An unusual case of Lactic Acidosis

Authors
Muhammad Badar Ganaie and Rodney Hughes
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a420
Abstract / Summary
Keywords: 
Lactic Acidosis, Metabolic Acidosis, Severe Asthma, Salbutamol, Albuterol

Introduction

Lactic acidosis is an important cause of metabolic acidosis in hospitalised patients. This usually occurs either due to over production or under utilisation of lactate1 . Most cases of lactic acidosis are due to marked tissue hypoperfusion or hypoxia in systemic shock.

Asymptomatic lactic acidosis has been reported previously during acute severe asthma and attributed to fatiguing respiratory muscles, hypoxaemia and liver ischaemia. It has also been linked to β2 agonist therapy in asthma, although lactic acidosis causing increasing dyspnoea in the asthmatic patient has only been recorded rarely.

Case presentation

We present a case of lactic acidosis in a patient with acute severe asthma who did not have any overt signs of sepsis or tissue hypoperfusion.

Mr IL was a 49 years old male who was known to have moderate asthma. He had multiple previous admissions to hospital with exacerbation of asthma but had never required an intensive care admission and had never been intubated. His other comorbidities included atrial fibrillation, ischaemic heart disease and depression.

His usual medications included salbutamol, budesonide and salmeterol inhalers, aspirin, atorvastatin and digoxin. He was a mechanic by trade with no obvious occupational sensitisation. He had no pets at home. He was a smoker with a 20 pack year history. Recent lung function tests showed an FEV1/FVC of 0.68 with a post bronchodilator FEV1 of 4.17 L (95% predicted).

He was admitted with a 1 week history of worsening shortness of breath, dry cough and wheeze. His baseline blood tests including full blood count, C reactive protein, liver and renal function were normal. Chest radiograph was unremarkable. Arterial blood gas showed no evidence of hypoxia or acidosis.He was treated as acute severe asthma with back to back nebulisers, intravenous hydrocortisone and magnesium sulphate resulting in gradual improvement in bronchospasm and peak expiratory flow rate.

Despite optimal treatment, his breathing started to deteriorate. Arterial blood gas at this time showed lactic acidosis with normal oxygenation (Table 1). There was no clinical or biochemical evidence of haemodynamic compromise or sepsis. A presumptive diagnosis of lactic acidosis secondary to salbutamol was made. The nebulisers were withheld and he has transferred to high dependency unit for closer monitoring. The acidosis completely resolved in the following 12 hours on stopping salbutamol and the patient made an uneventful recovery.

Table 1: Serial Arterial Blood Gases (On admission, 4 hours later and on stopping salbutamol)

 

 

00:22

04:06

07:42 *

10:50

11:35

12:24

14:29

17:33

23:32

FiO2

100%

60%

60%

60%

60%

40%

40%

35%

28%

pH (7.35-7.45)

7.36

7.28

7.26

7.32

7.34

7.37

7.37

7.39

7.41

pCO2 (4.5-6.0 kPa)

4.87

4.74

4.15

3.31

3.98

3.9

4.7

5.08

5.49

pO2 (11-14 kPa)

27

19.2

16.5

19

18

14.1

12.5

13

11.8

HCO3 (22-28 mmol/L)

22

16.3

13.6

12.4

15.6

16.6

19.9

22

25.6

BE (2- -2)

-2

-9.1

-12

-12

-9

-7.6

-4.4

-1.5

1.4

Lactate (0.5-2 mEq/L)

1.8

7.6

9.7

9.3

7.6

6.8

3.6

1.4

1.1

* Salbutamol witheld

Discussion

Lactate is a product of anaerobic glucose metabolism and is generated from pyruvate. Normal plasma lactate concentration is 0.5-2 meq/L. Most cases of lactic acidosis are due to marked tissue hypoperfusion or hypoxia in systemic shock2 .

Lactic acidosis can occur in acute severe asthma due to inadequate oxygen delivery to the respiratory muscles to meet an elevated oxygen demand3 or due to fatiguing respiratory muscles4 . A less recognised cause of lactic acidosis is treatment with salbutamol. The mechanism of this complication is poorly understood.

Salbutamol is the most commonly used short acting βagonist. Stimulation of β adrenergic receptors leads to a variety of metabolic effects including increase in glycogenolysis, gluconeogenesis and lipolysis5 thus contributing to lactic acidosis.

Table 2 shows an assortment of previously published case reports and case series of lactic acidosis in the context of acute asthma.

Table 2: Details of etiology and consequences of lactic acidosis in previously published case reports 

 

Reference

n

Suggested etiology of lactic acidosis

Effect of lactic acidosis

Roncoroni et al, 1976 [6]

25

Uncertain: increased respiratory muscle production, decreased muscle or liver metabolism

None observed

Appel et al, 1983 [7]

12

Increased respiratory muscle production, decreased muscle or liver metabolism

8 out of 12 developed respiratory acidosis, 6 required invasive ventilation

Braden et al, 1985 [8]

1

β2 agonist, steroid and theophylline therapy

None

O’Connell & Iber, 1990 [9]

3

Uncertain: intravenous β2 agonist versus severe asthma

None

Mountain et al, 1990 [10]

27

Hypoxia and increased respiratory muscle production

None

Maury et al, 1997 [11]

1

β2 agonist therapy

Inappropriate intensification of β2 agonist therapy

Prakash and Mehta, 2001 [2]

2

β2 agonist therapy

Contributed to hypercapneic respiratory failure

Manthous, 2001 [12]

3

β2 agonist therapy

None

Stratakos et al, 2002 [3]

5

β2 agonist therapy

None

Creagh-Brown and Ball, 2008 [13]

1

β2 agonist therapy

Patient required invasive ventilation

Veenith and Pearce, 2008 [14]

1

β2 agonist therapy

None

Saxena and Marais, 2010 [15]

1

β2 agonist therapy

None

Conclusion

In this case, the patient developed lactic acidosis secondary to treatment with salbutamol nebulisers. The acidosis resolved spontaneously without any specific treatment.

Lactic acidosis secondary to β agonist administration may be a common scenario which can be easily misinterpreted and confuse the clinical picture. Acidosis itself results in hyperventilation which could be mistaken for failure to treat the  response. This may in turn lead to inappropriate intensification of treatment.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MUHAMMAD BADAR GANAIE, LAT Specialist Registrar, Blackpool Victoria Hospital, UK RODNEY HUGHES, Consultant Respiratory Physician, Northern General Hospital, Sheffield, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
MUHAMMAD BADAR GANAIE, LAT Specialist Registrar, Blackpool Victoria Hospital, UK
Corresponding Author Email: 
badar.ganaie@gmail.com
References
References: 

 

  1. Forsythe SM, Schmidt GA. Sodium bicarbonate for the treatment of lactic acidosis. Chest 2000; 117:260–267
  2. Prakash S, Mehta S: Lactic acidosis in asthma: Report of two cases and review of the literature. Canadian Respiratory Journal. 2002, 9(3):203-208
  3. Stratakos G, Kalomenidis J, Routsi C, Papiris S, Roussos C. Transient lactic acidosis as a side effect of inhaled salbutamol. Chest. 2002 Jul;122(1):385-6
  4. Mountain RD, Heffner JE, Brackett NC Jr, Sahn SA. Acid-base disturbances in acute asthma. Chest. 1990 Sep;98(3):651-5
  5. Haffner CA, Kendall MJ. Metabolic effects of β2 agonists. J Clin Pharm Ther 1992; 17:155–164
  6. Roncoroni AJ, Adrougué HJ, De Obrutsky CW, Marchisio ML, Herrera MR. Metabolic acidosis in status asthmaticus. Respiration. 1976;33(2):85–94
  7. Appel D, Rubenstein R, Schrager K, Williams MH., Jr. Lactic acidosis in severe asthma. Am J Med. 1983 Oct;75(4):580–584 
  8. Braden GL, Johnston SS, Germain MJ, Fitzgibbons JP, Dawson JA. Lactic acidosis associated with the therapy of acute bronchospasm. N Engl J Med. 1985 Oct 3;313(14):890-1
  9. O'Connell MB, Iber C. Continuous intravenous terbutaline infusions for adult patients with status asthmaticus. Ann Allergy. 1990 Feb;64(2 Pt 2):213-8
  10. Mountain RD, Heffner JE, Brackett NC, Jr, Sahn SA. Acid-base disturbances in acute asthma.Chest. 1990 Sep;98(3):651–655
  11. Maury E, Ioos V, Lepecq B, Guidet B, Offenstadt G. A paradoxical effect of bronchodilators.Chest. 1997 Jun;111(6):1766–1767
  12. Manthous CA. Lactic acidosis in status asthmaticus : three cases and review of the literature.Chest. 2001 May;119(5):1599–1602
  13. Creagh-Brown BC, Ball J. An under-recognized complication of treatment of acute severe asthma. Am J Emerg Med. 2008 May;26(4):514.e1-3
  14. Veenith TV, Pearce A. A case of lactic acidosis complicating assessment and management of asthma. Int Arch Med. 2008 Apr 15;1(1):3
  15. R Saxena, G Marais. Salbutamol: beware of the paradox! BMJ Case Reports 2010; doi:10.1136/bcr.01.2010.2665

Tumefactive Multiple sclerosis

Authors
Potjana Jitawatanarat, Bhatraphol Tingpej and Paul Deringer
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a419
Abstract / Summary
Keywords: 
Multiple sclerosis, Tumefactive multiple sclerosis

Introduction

Tumefactive multiple sclerosis (MS) is a rare variant of MS.  This form of MS can masquerade as neoplasm or infectious etiology.  Understanding of the disease is limited to case report but it is associated with high morbidity and mortality.

Case report

A 44 year old man presented with a 2-month history of progressive right upper extremity weakness, confusion and visual change.  Physical exam revealed weakness, hyperreflexia on the right side and right homonymous hemianopia.  MRI of the brain showed multiple ring-enhancing lesions located in both cerebral hemispheres.  CSF analysis disclosed elevated protein with positive oligoclonal bands and myelin basic protein.  Stains and cultures for bacteria and mycobacteria were negative.  Serologies including HIV, Toxoplasmosis, and Lyme were all negative.  Patient was treated with high-dose IV corticosteroid and clinically improved.  One month later, he presented with increasing confusion, aphasia and progressive weakness.  Repeat MRI of the brain revealed worsening multiple ring-enhancing lesions with surrounding vasogenic edema in most lesions.  High-dose corticosteroid was promptly started.  There was also concern about infection, especially brain abscess; hence, intravenous ceftriaxone, vancomycin, and metronidazole were empirically given.  Due to uncertainty of diagnosis, first brain biopsy at right frontal lobe lesion yielded non-specific gliosis.  Repeat MRI brain showed increasing number of ring-enhancing lesions in both cerebral hemispheres.  As a result, a second brain biopsy was performed, which showed an active demyelinating process consistent with multiple sclerosis.  Patient experienced severe disability and was discharged to long-term facility with slowly tapered schedule of corticosteroid. He was readmitted several times and eventually family decided hospice care.

Discussion

Multiple sclerosis is diagnosed by demonstrating clinical and/or radiographic evidence of dissemination of disease in time and space1.  Tumefactive MS is a term used when the clinical presentation and/or MRI findings are indistinguishable from a brain tumor2.  Not all case of tumefactive MS are fulminant.  Marburg variant MS is an acute rare variant of MS which has a rapidly progressive course with frequent, severe relapses leading to death or severe disability within weeks to months3.  The tumefactive demyelinating lesions are defined as large (>2 cm.) white matter lesions with little mass-like effect or vasogenic edema, and post-gadolinium magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) typically showing an incomplete ring enhancement2,4.  The clinical and imaging characteristics of these demyelinating lesions may mimic primary and secondary brain tumors, brain abscess, tuberculoma, and other inflammatory disorders e.g. sarcoidosis, primary sjogren’s syndrome5. As a result, tumefactive MS is frequently misdiagnosed. There are some MRI characteristics that are more suggestive of tumefactive demyelinating lesions than of other etiologies.  These include incomplete ring enhancement, mixed T2-weighted iso-and hyperintensity of enhanced regions, absence of a mass effect and absence of cortical involvement2,6.   Differential diagnosis of rapidly progressive neurological deficit with ring-enhancing lesions include brain abscess, primary brain neoplasm or brain metastasis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM) and tumefactive multiple sclerosis.  Careful clinical history, CSF study, serial MRI evaluation and follow-up are usually sufficient to make a diagnosis. Some cases pose considerable diagnostic difficulty owing to clinical and radiographical resemblance to brain tumor, for which biopsy may be warranted.  Pathologically, the lesions are characterized by massive macrophage infiltration, acute axonal injury, and necrosis.  No specific histological features distinguished specimens derived from patients developing classic multiple sclerosis from those who had tumefactive form7.  A limited number of cases of Marburg’s variant MS have been reported in the literature whereby most patients died within a period of weeks to months.  Only two cases survived after one year7,8.  There is no current standard treatment for this condition.  Plasma exchange and Mitoxantrone are reportedly showed some promising options9,10.

Figure A: FLAIR imaging at first presentation showed lesion in both hemisphere. Figure B: FLAIR imaging at one month later showed progression of multiple lesion in both hemisphere. Figure C: T1 Post contrast imaging showed intense ring enhancement pattern in almost all lesions  with mild edema and minimal mass effect. Figure D: Showed lesion view as sagittal section.

Our patient presented somewhat like a stroke with visual field defect and right hemiparesis which is unusual in MS, but MRI and CSF exam yielded a diagnosis of probable MS.  Because of his abrupt clinical deterioration and impressive worsening of his MRI, concern was raised about possibility of infection or neoplasm.  Hence, he received two brain biopsies, the second of which showed active demyelination, confirming the diagnosis of severe tumefactive multiple sclerosis and can be consider as a Marburg variant multiple sclerosis.

Conclusion

Marburg variant multiple sclerosis carries a high morbidity and mortality.  This disease notoriously mimics other conditions leading to delay diagnosis and treatment.  Absence of definitive diagnosis test apart from brain biopsy makes diagnosis, prognosis and treatment decisions difficult. 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
POTJANA JITAWATANARAT, MD Internal Medicine Resident, Bassett Medical Center, Cooperstown, NY BHATRAPHOL TINGPEJ, MD Internal Medicine Resident, Bassett Medical Center, Cooperstown, NY PAUL DERINGER, MD Neurology Attending, Bassett Medical Center, Cooperstown, NY
Corresponding Author Details: 
POTJANA JITAWATANARAT, MD Internal Medicine resident, Bassett Medical Center, Cooperstown, NY
Corresponding Author Email: 
Potjana.jitawatanarat@bassett.org
References
References: 

 

1.  McDonald WI, Compston A, Edan G, et al. Recommended diagnostic criteria for multiple sclerosis: guidelines from the International Panel on the Diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. Ann Neurol.2001; 50: 121–7.2.  Dagher AP, Smirniotopoulos J. Tumefactive demyelinating lesions. Neuroradiology. 1996; 38: 560–5.3.  Canellas AR, Gols AR, Izquierdo JR, et al. Idiopathic inflammatory-demyelimating disease of central nervous system. Neuroradiology.2007; 49:393-409.4.  Lucchinetti CF, et al. Clinical and radiographic spectrum of pathologically confirmed tumefactive multiple sclerosis. Brain.2008; 131:1759-75.5.  Sanahuja J, Ordonez-Palau S, Beque R, Brieva L, Boquet D. Primary Sjogren syndrome with tumefactive central nervous system involvement. Am J Neuroradiol.2008 Nov; 29(10):1878-79.6.  Kim DS, et al. Distinguishing tumefactive demyelinating lesions from glioma or central nervous system lymphoma: Added value of unenhanced CT compared with conventional contrast-enhanced MR imaging. Radiology. 2009; 251:467-75.7.  Turatti M, Gajofatto A, Rossi F, et al. Long survival and clinical stability in Marburg variant multiple        sclerosis. Neurol Sci. 2010; 31(6):807-11.8.  Giubilei F, Sarrantonio A, Teisei P, et al. Four-year follow-up of a case of acute multiple sclerosis of the Marburg type. Ital J Neurol Sci.1997; 18:163-166.9.  Jeffery DR, Lefkowitz DS, Crittenden JP. Treatment of Marburg variant multiple sclerosis with mitoxanthrone. J Neuroimaging. 2004; 14:58-6210.  Rodriguez M, Karnes WE, Bartleson JD, Pineda AA Plasmapheresis in acute episodes of fulminant CNS inflammatory demyelination. Neurology.1993; 43 (6):1100-4.

Malignant Hypertension Masquerading as Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura

Authors
Muhammad Zohaib Bawany, Zeeshan Tariq, Thomas Sodeman and Anand Mutgi
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a418
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Hypertension is common, but with early detection and treatment, it is rare to see malignant hypertension.  Malignant hypertension is a medical emergency with an incidence of 1% in hypertensive patients.  We report on a patient who presented with signs suggestive of Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura and severe hypertension, which resolved with the treatment of hypertension.

Keywords: 
Malignant Hypertension, Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura

INTRODUCTION:

Hypertension is common but, with early detection and treatment, it is rare to see malignant hypertension. We report a patient who presented with signs suggestive of thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and severe hypertension, which resolved with the treatment of hypertension.

CASE REPORT:

A 34 year old African American male presented to the emergency department (ED) having experienced nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea for two days.  He denied haematochezia, meleana or sick contacts at home.  He complained of blurred vision without photophobia, headache and mild chest discomfort.  His past medical history was unremarkable.  The patient did not have any significant family history. Smoking history was significant for a pack of cigarettes daily for seven years.  He reported occasional alcohol intake, and denied use of recreational drugs.  On presentation, this patient’s blood pressure was 201/151 mmHg, with a mean of 168 mmHg.  Pulse 103 beats per minute, respirations 20 per minute and temperature 98.4F.  Physical examination was otherwise unremarkable, including absence of focal neurological deficits.

Blood tests showed: Haemoglobin 12.6 g/dl, White cell count 13.9 g/dl, Platelets 67000, Sodium 136, Potassium 3.4, BUN 24, Creatinine 2.56 and LDH 556. Chest x-ray showed cardiomegaly.  A non-contrast computed tomography scan of the brain did not show any sign of stroke (haemorrhage).  Urinalysis was positive for proteins 4+, a large amount of blood, 0-2 white blood cells/high power field (HPF) and 0-2 red blood cells/HPF.


Figure 1

The patient’s initial treatment whilst in the ER consisted of a Labetalol drip.  His mean arterial pressure decreased to approximately 115 mmHg during the first hour, and his chest pain and headache improved with the control of elevated mean arterial pressure.  Furthermore, over the next 24 - 48 hours, the patient’s blood pressure was brought down to 138/86 mmHg and his blurred vision improved significantly.  Subsequently, intravenous medications were switched to an oral regimen.  Blood peripheral smear from the day of admission was significant for the schistocytes (Figure 1) suggesting ongoing haemolysis.  Renal ultrasound was unremarkable.  His cardiac ultrasound revealed an enlarged left ventricle, however no valvular abnormality was seen.  Serum calcium and thyroid stimulating hormone levels were normal, as were urine catecholamines and vanillylmandelic acid level.  On two week follow up in the outpatient clinic, the patient’s platelet count and creatinine had returned back to baseline and peripheral smear did not reveal any schistocytes as the blood pressure came under better control. [Table 1]

Variable On day 1 Day 3 Day 5 Day 6 Follow-up in 2 weeks
Haemoglobin 12.6 9.3 9.3 10.3 11.4
Platelets 67, 000 65,000 90,000 125,000 204,000
Retic. count 3.9 -- -- 4.3 --
Creatinine 3.06 2.86 2.69 2.4 2.3
BUN 29 27 28 27 27
LDH 556 370 333 240 --
Troponin 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 --
Peripheral Smear Schistocytes -- -- -- No Schistocytes

Table 1

DISCUSSION:

Malignant hypertension is a medical emergency with an incidence of 1% in hypertensive patients1and is more common in the African American population2.  Depending on the clinical presentation, it must be differentiated from thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP), disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC), glomerulonephritis and vasculitis.

Suspicion for TTP was initially high in this patient because of haemolysis, thrombocytopaenia, central nervous system (CNS) manifestations and renal insufficiency.  However, TTP did not explain the presence of elevated blood pressure3,4nor the improvement in symptoms and signs with the management of this, which clearly supports our diagnosis.  Rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis did not explain the CNS symptoms, and a normal prothrombin time and activated partial thromboplastin time ruled against disseminated intravascular coagulation5.  The patient did not have a history of preceding diarrhoea6, which could possibly direct towards haemolytic uraemic syndrome (HUS)4.  There was no history of prosthetic valves, nor clinical evidence of vasculitis. The patient’s symptoms of severe hypertension, haemolysis, thrombocytopaenia and renal failure were consistent with malignant hypertension, and treating the hypertension7gradually resolved the thrombocytopaenia, haemolysis and renal failure8

CONCLUSION:

This case report highlights that malignant hypertension is a medical emergency which can present with features resembling a wide variety of diseases, including TTP and HUS.  Using appropriate management to control the elevation in blood pressure can help reveal the underlying diagnosis.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Muhammad Zohaib Bawany MD, Zeeshan Tariq MD, Thomas Sodeman MD FACP, Anand Mutgi MD FACP, University of Toledo Medical Center, Toledo, OH
Corresponding Author Details: 
Muhammad Zohaib Bawany, University of Toledo Medical Center, 3000 Arlington Ave Mail stop 1150, Toledo OH, USA 43614
Corresponding Author Email: 
Muhammad.Bawany@utoledo.edu
References
References: 

 

1.    Kitiyakara C, Guzman NJ. Malignant hypertension and hypertensive emergencies. J Am Soc Nephrol 1998;9:133-42.2.    Khanna A, McCullough PA. Malignant hypertension presenting as hemolysis, thrombocytopenia, and renal failure. Rev Cardiovasc Med 2003;4:255-9.3.    Patel A, Patel H. Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura: the masquerader. South Med J 2009;102:504-9.4.    Shibagaki Y, Fujita T. Thrombotic microangiopathy in malignant hypertension and hemolytic uremic syndrome (HUS)/ thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP): can we differentiate one from the other? Hypertens Res 2005;28:89-95.5.    Kitchens CS. Thrombocytopenia and thrombosis in disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC). Hematology Am Soc Hematol Educ Program 2009:240-6.6.    Hertig A, Ridel C, Rondeau E. [Hemolytic uremic syndrome in adults]. Nephrol Ther 2010;6:258-71.7.    Varon J, Marik PE. The diagnosis and management of hypertensive crises. Chest 2000;118:214-27.8.    Gassanov N, Pollok M, Er F. Acute renal failure associated with malignant hypertension. Dtsch Med Wochenschr 2009;134:2224-7.

Oesophageal dysfunction and disease in obesity

Authors
Zakir K Mohamed and Stephen E Attwood
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a417
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Patients with morbid obesity suffer a wide range of symptoms that relate to their oesophagus and stomach. It is rather paradoxical that patients who are overweight suffer the symptoms of difficulty in swallowing, pain during eating or pain after eating, because the symptoms of difficulty eating do not translate into weight reduction.  There are a range of underlying causes that include gastro-oesophageal reflux disease, dysmotility in the oesophagus, peptic ulceration and the nature and pattern of dietary intake.  In addition the surgical treatments used for morbid obesity cause similar symptoms from gastric bands leading to dysphagia or reflux from being too tight or from erosion into the stomach, from balloons being displaced and bypass complications.  Serious oesophageal conditions occur more frequently in patients with obesity such as Barrett’s oesophagus and Adenocarcinoma of the oesophagus.   This article reviews the literature to highlight the range of potential problems from oesophageal symptoms and disease and how they can be managed in the context of morbid obesity. 

Keywords: 
Obesity, Reflux, GORD, Bariatric, Balloon, Gastric band, Gastric Bypass, Dysphagia, Sleeve gastrectomy, Vertical gastric banding

 

Introduction

Patients with morbid obesity suffer a wide range of symptoms that relate to their oesophagus and stomach. It is rather paradoxical that patients who are overweight suffer the symptoms of difficulty in swallowing, pain during eating or pain after eating because the symptoms of eating difficulty do not translate into weight reduction. There are a range of underlying causes that include gastro-oesophageal reflux disease, dysmotility in the oesophagus, peptic ulceration and the nature and pattern of dietary intake.  The pathophysiology of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease and of dysphagia will be considered. The detrimental effects of the treatments of balloons, gastric bands and gastric bypass will be described and options for management discussed.  The serious complications of adenocarcinoma and its premalignant precursor, Barrett’s oesophagus will be reviewed.

Gastro-oesophageal reflux disease (GORD)

GORD is highly prevalent in obese people with increasing BMI a risk factor for developing the disease. The relation between GORD and obesity has been studied for decades and there have been conflicting results. A person with BMI of ³30 kg/m2   is 3 times more likely to suffer from heartburn and acid regurgitation 1.

Though the mechanism of this is poorly understood, a number of epidemiological studies have proven this association. Since recently, more evidence has emerged in favour of a positive association 2. In 2000, Lagergren et al, based on a population based interview study on 820 Swedish, concluded that GOR symptoms occurred independent of BMI 3. His claim was supported by two previous studies, one of which used oesophageal pH measure and other assessed the impact of weight loss on symptom relief 4, 5. A contrary view has emerged since this, with large number of western studies showing a positive association 1, 2, 6-12. This, however, has not been the case with Asian and Afro-Caribbean population. In a large population study with various ethnicities, a strongly positive association was found between BMI and GOR symptoms in white population. This was not the case in Asian and black population 13, a view re-iterated by another study from Iran 14. The overall incidence of GORD is high in western world between 10% and 20%, compared to 5% in Asia 6.

The mechanism of GORD in obesity is very poorly understood. Various theories have been postulated and the evidence for each is discussed below, including the theory that the patho-physiology of reflux in the morbidly obesity could differ from others and might require a different therapeutic approach 9

Increased intra-abdominal pressure as a cause of reflux

Increasing intra-abdominal pressure has been hypothesised to be the cause for reflux symptoms. Increasing BMI has been shown to increase intra-gastric pressure and pressure study in a prospective cohort has shown 10% increase in intra-gastric pressure with rise in each unit of BMI 15. A pH and manometry study in general population with GORD showed a higher pressure gradients across the Oesophago-gastric junction than that in controls both before and during transient lower oesophageal sphincter relaxation. This phenomenon is thought to be caused by increased intra-gastric pressure, supporting the above theory 16.

Lower oesophageal sphincter dysfunction as a cause

Kuper et al showed a dysfunction of LOS and altered oesophageal motility even in asymptomatic patients with morbid obesity using pH and manometry study (BMI >40 kg/m2) 17and Wu et al showed an abnormal post-prandial LOS with prolonged transient lower oesophageal relaxation 18, 19.These findings were re-iterated by ayazi et al, showing obese patients to be more than twice as likely to have a mechanically defective LOS 20.   However, another study back in 1987 had shown a similar LOS pressure in normal weight and obese patients, though the gastro-oesophageal pressure gradient to LOS pressure ratio was high in obese 21.

Diet

The amount or composition of dietary intake and its relation to GORD has been studied. There is some evidence that volume, fat content and a high-caloric diet increases the oesophageal acid exposure time, giving rise to symptoms 22-24. This would suggest an improvement of symptoms with reduction of these in the diet. More studies have shown an improvement in reflux symptoms with improved diet 25-29. But, there is no convincing evidence to implicate the role of diet in reflux symptoms of obese patients.

Hiatus hernia

The incidence of hiatus hernia is over 50% in morbid obesity 30. Hiatus has been shown to be predicted by intra-gastric pressure, gastro-oesophageal presssure gradient and BMI. BMI has in turn been shown to predict the former two. This confirms a positive association between BMI and presence of hiatus hernia 31. High BMI is more likely to have oesophago-gastric junction disruption, leading to hiatal hernia and an augmented gastro-oesophageal pressure gradient, providing a perfect scenario for reflux to occur 32. The incidence of defective LES was twice as much in obese patients with hiatus hernia, compared to obese without it 20. Hiatus hernia thus plays a role in the obese patients and the subsequent development of GORD 33.

Poor mobility and mental state

There is no evidence to support the theory of reflux symptoms secondary to poor mobility and depression in the morbidly obese patients.

Treatment of GORD in obesity

Medical therapy

Medical therapy with a PPI remains the first line of treatment of GORD symptoms in obesity as in patients with a normal BMI. No guidelines are available for dose adjustments in the obese patients 34. They continue to receive the standard therapy, adjusted to the severity of disease and symptoms.

Endoluminal therapy

Endoluminal therapy was introduced recently as treatment alternative for GORD and has shown promising results. This looked a safe option for use in obese patients. However, published results have shown high rate of post-operative PPI requirement in the obese patients 35. Further evidence has to emerge before this option can be recommended for use in the obese patients.

Balloon

Intra-gastric balloon therapy has been an established temporary procedure for weight loss. GORD symptoms in obese tends to improve with weight loss, but as studies have shown, a balloon insertion tended to worsen symptoms 36, 37. Balloon is hence not considered an option for treatment of obesity with patients with reflux symptoms.

Gastric band

Gastric banding provides a sufficient anti-reflux barrier in most of the obese patients with GORD. Abnormal manometric findings like increased LES (lower oesophageal sphincter) residual pressure and peristaltic wave duration are frequently encountered after banding. The clinical significances of these manometric abnormalities are not clear 38. The oesophageal stasis caused by the band could explain the reflux in patients during longer follow up. Though, the reflux from the distal stomach is prevented by the gastric band, formation of a proximal pouch predisposes to stasis and reflux. This is more common in patients with preoperatively defective oesophageal motility. The studies suggesting a good GORD symptom control following banding had shorter follow up, explaining the results 39, 40. Hence it could be concluded that gastric banding may aggravate GORD symptoms and cause oesophageal dilatation, especially in patients with pre-operative motility defects. Routine pre-operative testing should be done and alternative bariatric surgical procedures such as Roux-en-Y gastric bypass considered in these patients   41-43.

Sleeve Gastrectomy (Vertical gastric banding)

Gastrectomy reduces weight, but not gastro-oesophageal acid reflux. Although this procedure has been shown to have anti-reflux properties 44, it has fallen to disrepute in terms of relieving the reflux symptoms, especially with the superior results of RYGB 45-48. A number of these cases requiring revision, due to reflux symptoms, have been reported 49-51.

Gastric Bypass Vs Anti-reflux surgery

Though laparoscopic fundoplication is the standard operation for GORD, gastric bypass has been shown to improve the reflux symptoms in the morbidly obese, apart from reducing their weight and obesity related co-morbid conditions such as diabetes mellitus, hypertension etc. Patterson et al. showed an equivalent symptomatic improvement and objective DeMeester score improvement with Laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication and laparoscopic gastric bypass. The LES (lower oesophageal sphincter) pressure was also noted to improve, following bypass 52. This was in light of an earlier report of 31% recurrence rate of reflux symptoms following laparoscopic Nissen’s in obese patients 53. Hence, morbidly obese patients with GORD should be offered laparoscopic gastric bypass as a surgical option 27, 30, 54-59.

The improvement in GORD symptoms after gastric bypass is related to the way that the operation staples off the distal 90% or more of the stomach body and antrum, removing any possibility that acid generated in this part of the stomach can reach the oesophagus.  The parietal cell mass within the small gastric pouch that is left attached to the oesophagus, the complete elimination of duodeno-gastric reflux owing to a long Roux limb, and decrease in intra-abdominal pressure with weight loss all contribute to an almost total reflux control in all patients. The overall complications secondary to this procedure were lower than in laparoscopic fundoplication 54. It is also the procedure of choice for previous other weight-loss surgery, when reflux symptoms develop 49-51. Thus, a bariatric team prior to surgical intervention should review obese patients with GORD symptoms.

Dysphagia in obesity

Dysphagia in obesity is often related to the interventions used to treat obesity, though it can be primary in nature.

Various modalities of interventions available in obesity have been discussed above. Intra-gastric balloon therapy can be complicated by its displacement into the distal stomach, precipitating dysphagia and outlet obstruction. Gastric bands can be overfilled, causing this problem, and a slipped band or a band eroding through the stomach wall can also lead to dysphagia 60-64. There has been no report of gastric bypass resulting in dysphagia, in the literature.

It is our understanding that patients with obesity may present with primary oesophageal dysmotility. Although there is little published literature on this issue, it is our hypothesis that fatty infiltration of the oesophageal wall and myenteric plexus may result in a poor amplitude peristaltic contraction.

Other oesophageal conditions associated with obesity

Barrett’s Oesophagus

This is characterised by the replacement of the normal squamous epithelium of the lower oesophagus by a specialised metaplastic columnar epithelium. Barrett’s oesophagus is a known risk factor for oesophageal adenocarcinoma, with a 30 to 125 times increased risk compared to general population 65. Risk factors leading to Barrett’s have been poorly understood, though GORD is widely believed to be the main risk factor 66-68. Since several studies have found an association between obesity and GORD 1, 2, 6-12, and obesity as a risk factor for Barrett's have gained momentum in the recent year. Abdominal obesity or waist circumference has been shown to be more associated with Barrett’s than BMI 69.

A recent systematic review showed a statistically significant relation between increasing BMI and Barrett’s 70. However, two older systematic reviews had found a rather week relation between these two, showing a need for further well designed studies 71, 72. To mention a few studies, Jacobson et al showed a positive relation between BMI and Barrett’s in women, independent of GORD, though the waist circumference was not found to have any association 73and Stein at al., found a positive relation between BMI and Barrett’s in war veterans 74. Abdominal obesity or circumference appears to be more influential in the incidence of Barrett’s oesophagus in another study 75. There is however, little evidence to suggest an increased progression of Barrett’s to neoplasia in obesity 69

Obesity is a modifiable risk factor and if proven to be a risk for Barrett’s and subsequent neoplasia, resources can be directed at modifying this, as there is evidence to suggest the regression Barrett’s with weight loss 69. Barrett’s have been shown to regress with weight loss following gastric bypass and hence this has been recommended as bariatric procedure of choice in the morbidly obese with Barrett’s 76-79. A precise endoscopic evaluation before bariatric surgery with continuing postsurgical surveillance in patients with known Barrett's oesophagitis, and early evaluation in patients who develop new symptoms of GERD after bariatric surgery is suggested 80, 81

Adenocarcinoma of oesophagus

The incidence of oesophageal adenocarcinoma has increased about 400% during the past three decades, the most rapid rate of increase of any cancer in the United States 82-84. The association between high BMI and oesophageal adenocarcinoma is strong and well established, though the mechanism of this is still unclear. The risk is higher with increasing BMI, especially in men 85-94. Obesity has also been shown to play a role in adenocarcinomas with a family history 95. The incidence of adenocarcinoma of the cardia of stomach has not been so strongly related to BMI 96, 97. Squamous cell carcinoma of oesophagus has not shown any association to obesity either 85, 93, 94, 98, 99. Few studies have negated the association of obesity with oesophageal adenocarcinoma, but many were due to the fact that they included oesophageal and proximal stomach together 96. The majority of these cancers arise from a background of premalignant Barrett’s oesophagus, though less than 10% of the patients with oesophageal adenocarcinoma were known to have Barrett’s oesophagus previously. Presently there is no evidence that strongly supports any specific strategy to screen a subgroup of the population at risk for Barrett’s oesophagus and adenocarcinoma of the oesophagus 100.

A number of studies have also looked at the mechanism or pathway of this metaplasia-dysplasia-adenocarcinoma sequence.  Visceral adiposity rather than BMI is thought to have a greater role in chronic inflammation and subsequent neoplasia. It has a clear association with Barrett’s as above. Increasing abdominal girth increases the risk of adenocarcinoma and it has been shown for Barrett’s 98. Visceral fat is hypothesised as a major producer of interleukin-6, adinopectin, leptin and other adipokines that may be associated with the development of various gastro-intestinal cancers 101-103. More specifically, insulin-like growth factor has been implicated in the pathogenesis of adenocarcinoma in the obese 104. Oesophago-gastric tumours after bariatric surgery, has been reported, though rare. This condition, when occurs, requires the close collaboration of the bariatric team to achieve a successful oncological result, due to the altered anatomy like the blood supply to the gastric pouch and excluded stomach 105.

Conclusion

Obesity is associated with oesophageal disease, benign and malignant, and both the effects of obesity and the effects of it’s treatment can aggravate oesophageal symptoms. The management of reflux and of dysphagia in obese patients requires a broad understanding of these issues.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Z K MOHAMED, MRCSEd, Specialist Registrar, North Tyneside Hospital, Rake Lane, North Shields NE29 8NH S E ATTWOOD, FRCS. Consultant Upper GI Surgeon, North Tyneside Hospital Rake Lane North Shields NE29 8NH
Corresponding Author Details: 
S E ATTWOOD, FRCS, Consultant Upper GI Surgeon, North Tyneside Hospital Rake Lane North Shields NE29 8NH
Corresponding Author Email: 
Stephen.Attwood@northumbria-healthcare.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1. Murray L, Johnston B, Lane A, Harvey I, Donovan J, Nair P, et al. Relationship between body mass and gastro-oesophageal reflux symptoms: The Bristol Helicobacter Project. Int J Epidemiol 2003;32(4):645-50.

2. Fisichella PM, Patti MG. Gastroesophageal reflux disease and morbid obesity: is there a relation? World J Surg 2009;33(10):2034-8.

3. Lagergren J, Bergstrom R, Nyren O. No relation between body mass and gastro-oesophageal reflux symptoms in a Swedish population based study. Gut 2000;47(1):26-9.

4. Kjellin A, Ramel S, Rossner S, Thor K. Gastroesophageal reflux in obese patients is not reduced by weight reduction. Scand J Gastroenterol 1996;31(11):1047-51.

5. Lundell L, Ruth M, Sandberg N, Bove-Nielsen M. Does massive obesity promote abnormal gastroesophageal reflux? Dig Dis Sci 1995;40(8):1632-5.

6. Dent J, El-Serag HB, Wallander MA, Johansson S. Epidemiology of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease: a systematic review. Gut 2005;54(5):710-7.

7. Jacobson BC, Somers SC, Fuchs CS, Kelly CP, Camargo CA, Jr. Body-mass index and symptoms of gastroesophageal reflux in women. N Engl J Med 2006;354(22):2340-8.

8. Nocon M, Labenz J, Jaspersen D, Meyer-Sabellek W, Stolte M, Lind T, et al. Association of body mass index with heartburn, regurgitation and esophagitis: results of the Progression of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease study. J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2007;22(11):1728-31.

9. Herbella FA, Sweet MP, Tedesco P, Nipomnick I, Patti MG. Gastroesophageal reflux disease and obesity. Pathophysiology and implications for treatment. J Gastrointest Surg 2007;11(3):286-90.

10. El-Serag H. The association between obesity and GERD: a review of the epidemiological evidence. Dig Dis Sci 2008;53(9):2307-12.

11. Breckan RK, Paulssen EJ, Asfeldt AM, Mortensen L, Straume B, Florholmen J. The impact of body mass index and Helicobacter pylori infection on gastro-oesophageal reflux symptoms: a population-based study in Northern Norway. Scand J Gastroenterol 2009;44(9):1060-6.

12. Schneider JM, Brucher BL, Kuper M, Saemann K, Konigsrainer A, Schneider JH. Multichannel intraluminal impedance measurement of gastroesophageal reflux in patients with different stages of morbid obesity. Obes Surg 2009;19(11):1522-9.

13. Corley DA, Kubo A, Zhao W. Abdominal obesity, ethnicity and gastro-oesophageal reflux symptoms. Gut 2007;56(6):756-62.

14. Solhpour A, Pourhoseingholi MA, Soltani F, Zarghi A, Habibi M, Ghafarnejad F, et al. Gastro-esophageal reflux symptoms and body mass index: no relation among the Iranian population. Indian J Gastroenterol 2008;27(4):153-5.

15. El-Serag HB, Tran T, Richardson P, Ergun G. Anthropometric correlates of intragastric pressure. Scand J Gastroenterol 2006;41(8):887-91.

16. Frankhuisen R, Van Herwaarden MA, Scheffer R, Hebbard GS, Gooszen HG, Samsom M. Increased intragastric pressure gradients are involved in the occurrence of acid reflux in gastroesophageal reflux disease. Scand J Gastroenterol 2009;44(5):545-50.

17. Kuper MA, Kramer KM, Kischniak A, Zdichavsky M, Schneider JH, Stuker D, et al. Dysfunction of the lower esophageal sphincter and dysmotility of the tubular esophagus in morbidly obese patients. Obes Surg 2009;19(8):1143-9.

18. Wu JC, Mui LM, Cheung CM, Chan Y, Sung JJ. Obesity is associated with increased transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation. Gastroenterology 2007;132(3):883-9.

19. Schneider JH, Kuper M, Konigsrainer A, Brucher B. Transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation in morbid obesity. Obes Surg 2009;19(5):595-600.

20. Ayazi S, Hagen JA, Chan LS, DeMeester SR, Lin MW, Ayazi A, et al. Obesity and gastroesophageal reflux: quantifying the association between body mass index, esophageal acid exposure, and lower esophageal sphincter status in a large series of patients with reflux symptoms. J Gastrointest Surg 2009;13(8):1440-7.

21. Mercer CD, Wren SF, DaCosta LR, Beck IT. Lower esophageal sphincter pressure and gastroesophageal pressure gradients in excessively obese patients. J Med 1987;18(3-4):135-46.

22. Colombo P, Mangano M, Bianchi PA, Penagini R. Effect of calories and fat on postprandial gastro-oesophageal reflux. Scand J Gastroenterol 2002;37(1):3-5.

23. Fox M, Barr C, Nolan S, Lomer M, Anggiansah A, Wong T. The effects of dietary fat and calorie density on esophageal acid exposure and reflux symptoms. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2007;5(4):439-44.

24. Iwakiri K, Kobayashi M, Kotoyori M, Yamada H, Sugiura T, Nakagawa Y. Relationship between postprandial esophageal acid exposure and meal volume and fat content. Dig Dis Sci 1996;41(5):926-30.

25. El-Serag HB, Graham DY, Satia JA, Rabeneck L. Obesity is an independent risk factor for GERD symptoms and erosive esophagitis. Am J Gastroenterol 2005;100(6):1243-50.

26. Austin GL, Thiny MT, Westman EC, Yancy WS, Jr., Shaheen NJ. A very low-carbohydrate diet improves gastroesophageal reflux and its symptoms. Dig Dis Sci2006;51(8):1307-12.

27. De Groot NL, Burgerhart JS, Van De Meeberg PC, de Vries DR, Smout AJ, Siersema PD. Systematic review: the effects of conservative and surgical treatment for obesity on gastro-oesophageal reflux disease. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2009;30(11-12):1091-102.

28. Fass R. The pathophysiological mechanisms of GERD in the obese patient. Dig Dis Sci 2008;53(9):2300-6.

29. Weiss H, Labeck B, Klocker J, Nehoda H, Mittermair R, Aigner F, et al. Effects of adjustable gastric banding on altered gut neuropeptide levels in morbidly obese patients. Obes Surg2001;11(6):735-9.

30. Suter M, Dorta G, Giusti V, Calmes JM. Gastro-esophageal reflux and esophageal motility disorders in morbidly obese patients. Obes Surg 2004;14(7):959-66.

31. de Vries DR, van Herwaarden MA, Smout AJ, Samsom M. Gastroesophageal pressure gradients in gastroesophageal reflux disease: relations with hiatal hernia, body mass index, and esophageal acid exposure. Am J Gastroenterol 2008;103(6):1349-54.

32. Pandolfino JE, El-Serag HB, Zhang Q, Shah N, Ghosh SK, Kahrilas PJ. Obesity: a challenge to esophagogastric junction integrity. Gastroenterology 2006;130(3):639-49.

33. Stene-Larsen G, Weberg R, Froyshov Larsen I, Bjortuft O, Hoel B, Berstad A. Relationship of overweight to hiatus hernia and reflux oesophagitis. Scand J Gastroenterol 1988;23(4):427-32.

34. Anand G, Katz PO. Gastroesophageal reflux disease and obesity. Rev Gastroenterol Disord 2008;8(4):233-9.

35. White B, Jeansonne LO, Cook M, Chavarriaga LF, Goldenberg EA, Davis SS, et al. Use of endoluminal antireflux therapies for obese patients with GERD. Obes Surg2009;19(6):783-7.

36. Mathus-Vliegen EM, van Weeren M, van Eerten PV. Los function and obesity: the impact of untreated obesity, weight loss, and chronic gastric balloon distension. Digestion 2003;68(2-3):161-8.

37. Rossi A, Bersani G, Ricci G, Petrini C, DeFabritiis G, Alvisi V. Intragastric balloon insertion increases the frequency of erosive esophagitis in obese patients. Obes Surg 2007;17(10):1346-9.

38. Gamagaris Z, Patterson C, Schaye V, Francois F, Traube M, Fielding CJ, et al. Lap-band impact on the function of the esophagus. Obes Surg 2008;18(10):1268-72.

39. Korenkov M, Kohler L, Yucel N, Grass G, Sauerland S, Lempa M, et al. Esophageal motility and reflux symptoms before and after bariatric surgery. Obes Surg 2002;12(1):72-6.

40. Ovrebo KK, Hatlebakk JG, Viste A, Bassoe HH, Svanes K. Gastroesophageal reflux in morbidly obese patients treated with gastric banding or vertical banded gastroplasty. Ann Surg 1998;228(1):51-8.

41. Tolonen P, Victorzon M, Niemi R, Makela J. Does gastric banding for morbid obesity reduce or increase gastroesophageal reflux? Obes Surg 2006;16(11):1469-74.

42. Klaus A, Gruber I, Wetscher G, Nehoda H, Aigner F, Peer R, et al. Prevalent esophageal body motility disorders underlie aggravation of GERD symptoms in morbidly obese patients following adjustable gastric banding. Arch Surg 2006;141(3):247-51.

43. Suter M, Dorta G, Giusti V, Calmes JM. Gastric banding interferes with esophageal motility and gastroesophageal reflux. Arch Surg 2005;140(7):639-43.

44. Deitel M, Khanna RK, Hagen J, Ilves R. Vertical banded gastroplasty as an antireflux procedure. Am J Surg 1988;155(3):512-6.

45. Di Francesco V, Baggio E, Mastromauro M, Zoico E, Stefenelli N, Zamboni M, et al. Obesity and gastro-esophageal acid reflux: physiopathological mechanisms and role of gastric bariatric surgery. Obes Surg 2004;14(8):1095-102.

46. Naslund E, Granstrom L, Melcher A, Stockeld D, Backman L. Gastro-oesophageal reflux before and after vertical banded gastroplasty in the treatment of obesity. Eur J Surg 1996;162(4):303-6.

47. Ortega J, Escudero MD, Mora F, Sala C, Flor B, Martinez-Valls J, et al. Outcome of esophageal function and 24-hour esophageal pH monitoring after vertical banded gastroplasty and Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Obes Surg 2004;14(8):1086-94.

48. Braghetto I, Lanzarini E, Korn O, Valladares H, Molina JC, Henriquez A. Manometric changes of the lower esophageal sphincter after sleeve gastrectomy in obese patients. Obes Surg;20(3):357-62.

49. Balsiger BM, Murr MM, Mai J, Sarr MG. Gastroesophageal reflux after intact vertical banded gastroplasty: correction by conversion to Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. J Gastrointest Surg 2000;4(3):276-81.

50. Sugerman HJ, Kellum JM, Jr., DeMaria EJ, Reines HD. Conversion of failed or complicated vertical banded gastroplasty to gastric bypass in morbid obesity. Am J Surg 1996;171(2):263-9.

51. Iannelli A, Addeo P, Dahman M, Buratti MS, Ben Amor I, Piche T, et al. Laparoscopic conversion of vertical banded gastroplasty with an antireflux wrap into Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Obes Surg 2007;17(7):901-4.

52. Patterson EJ, Davis DG, Khajanchee Y, Swanstrom LL. Comparison of objective outcomes following laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication versus laparoscopic gastric bypass in the morbidly obese with heartburn. Surg Endosc 2003;17(10):1561-5.

53. Perez AR, Moncure AC, Rattner DW. Obesity adversely affects the outcome of antireflux operations. Surg Endosc 2001;15(9):986-9.

54. Varela JE, Hinojosa MW, Nguyen NT. Laparoscopic fundoplication compared with laparoscopic gastric bypass in morbidly obese patients with gastroesophageal reflux disease. Surg Obes Relat Dis 2009;5(2):139-43.

55. Mejia-Rivas MA, Herrera-Lopez A, Hernandez-Calleros J, Herrera MF, Valdovinos MA. Gastroesophageal reflux disease in morbid obesity: the effect of Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Obes Surg 2008;18(10):1217-24.

56. Tai CM, Lee YC, Wu MS, Chang CY, Lee CT, Huang CK, et al. The effect of Roux-en-Y gastric bypass on gastroesophageal reflux disease in morbidly obese Chinese patients. Obes Surg 2009;19(5):565-70.

57. Merrouche M, Sabate JM, Jouet P, Harnois F, Scaringi S, Coffin B, et al. Gastro-esophageal reflux and esophageal motility disorders in morbidly obese patients before and after bariatric surgery. Obes Surg 2007;17(7):894-900.

58. Clements RH, Gonzalez QH, Foster A, Richards WO, McDowell J, Bondora A, et al. Gastrointestinal symptoms are more intense in morbidly obese patients and are improved with laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Obes Surg 2003;13(4):610-4.

59. Frezza EE, Ikramuddin S, Gourash W, Rakitt T, Kingston A, Luketich J, et al. Symptomatic improvement in gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) following laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Surg Endosc 2002;16(7):1027-31.

60. Bernante P, Francini Pesenti F, Toniato A, Zangrandi F, Pomerri F, Pelizzo MR. Obstructive symptoms associated with the 9.75-cm Lap-Band in the first 24 hours using the pars flaccida approach. Obes Surg 2005;15(3):357-60.

61. Lucchese M, Alessio F, Valeri A, Cantelli G, Venneri F, Borrelli D. Adjustable silicone gastric banding: complications in a personal series. Obes Surg 1998;8(2):207-9.

62. Patel SM, Shapiro K, Abdo Z, Ferzli GS. Obstructive symptoms associated with the Lap-Band in the first 24 hours. Surg Endosc 2004;18(1):51-5.

63. Pinsk I, Dukhno O, Levy I, Ovnat A. Gastric outlet obstruction caused by total band erosion. Obes Surg 2004;14(9):1277-9.

64. Srikanth MS, Oh KH, Keskey T, Rumbaut R, Fox SR, Fox ER, et al. Critical extreme anterior slippage (paragastric Richter's hernia) of the stomach after laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding: early recognition and prevention of gastric strangulation. Obes Surg 2005;15(2):207-15; discussion 215.

65. Wild CP, Hardie LJ. Reflux, Barrett's oesophagus and adenocarcinoma: burning questions. Nat Rev Cancer 2003;3(9):676-84.

66. Cameron AJ. Epidemiology of Barrett's esophagus and adenocarcinoma. Dis Esophagus 2002;15(2):106-8.

67. Conio M, Filiberti R, Blanchi S, Ferraris R, Marchi S, Ravelli P, et al. Risk factors for Barrett's esophagus: a case-control study. Int J Cancer 2002;97(2):225-9.

68. Eloubeidi MA, Provenzale D. Clinical and demographic predictors of Barrett's esophagus among patients with gastroesophageal reflux disease: a multivariable analysis in veterans. J Clin Gastroenterol 2001;33(4):306-9.

69. Murray L, Romero Y. Role of obesity in Barrett's esophagus and cancer. Surg Oncol Clin N Am 2009;18(3):439-52.

70. Kamat P, Wen S, Morris J, Anandasabapathy S. Exploring the association between elevated body mass index and Barrett's esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Ann Thorac Surg 2009;87(2):655-62.

71. Seidel D, Muangpaisan W, Hiro H, Mathew A, Lyratzopoulos G. The association between body mass index and Barrett's esophagus: a systematic review. Dis Esophagus 2009;22(7):564-70.

72. Cook MB, Greenwood DC, Hardie LJ, Wild CP, Forman D. A systematic review and meta-analysis of the risk of increasing adiposity on Barrett's esophagus. Am J Gastroenterol 2008;103(2):292-300.

73. Jacobson BC, Chan AT, Giovannucci EL, Fuchs CS. Body mass index and Barrett's oesophagus in women. Gut 2009;58(11):1460-6.

74. Stein DJ, El-Serag HB, Kuczynski J, Kramer JR, Sampliner RE. The association of body mass index with Barrett's oesophagus. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2005;22(10):1005-10.

75. Edelstein ZR, Farrow DC, Bronner MP, Rosen SN, Vaughan TL. Central adiposity and risk of Barrett's esophagus. Gastroenterology 2007;133(2):403-11.

76. Csendes A, Burgos AM, Smok G, Burdiles P, Henriquez A. Effect of gastric bypass on Barrett's esophagus and intestinal metaplasia of the cardia in patients with morbid obesity. J Gastrointest Surg 2006;10(2):259-64.

77. Houghton SG, Romero Y, Sarr MG. Effect of Roux-en-Y gastric bypass in obese patients with Barrett's esophagus: attempts to eliminate duodenogastric reflux. Surg Obes Relat Dis 2008;4(1):1-4; discussion 4-5.

78. Cobey F, Oelschlager B. Complete regression of Barrett's esophagus after Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Obes Surg 2005;15(5):710-2.

79. Chang CG, Perez E. Case reports--resolution of Barrett's disease and esophageal epithelial atypia after gastric bypass and LAP-BAND. Obes Surg 2009;19(11):1597-8.

80. Melstrom LG, Bentrem DJ, Salvino MJ, Blum MG, Talamonti MS, Printen KJ. Adenocarcinoma of the gastroesophageal junction after bariatric surgery. Am J Surg 2008;196(1):135-8.

81. Varela JE. Barrett's esophagus: a late complication of laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding. Obes Surg;20(2):244-6.

82. Blot WJ, Devesa SS, Kneller RW, Fraumeni JF, Jr. Rising incidence of adenocarcinoma of the esophagus and gastric cardia. JAMA 1991;265(10):1287-9.

83. Blot WJ, McLaughlin JK. The changing epidemiology of esophageal cancer. Semin Oncol 1999;26(5 Suppl 15):2-8.

84. Kubo A, Corley DA. Marked regional variation in adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and the gastric cardia in the United States. Cancer 2002;95(10):2096-102.

85. Lagergren J, Bergstrom R, Nyren O. Association between body mass and adenocarcinoma of the esophagus and gastric cardia. Ann Intern Med 1999;130(11):883-90.

86. Veugelers PJ, Porter GA, Guernsey DL, Casson AG. Obesity and lifestyle risk factors for gastroesophageal reflux disease, Barrett esophagus and esophageal adenocarcinoma. Dis Esophagus 2006;19(5):321-8.

87. Hampel H, Abraham NS, El-Serag HB. Meta-analysis: obesity and the risk for gastroesophageal reflux disease and its complications. Ann Intern Med 2005;143(3):199-211.

88. Whiteman DC, Sadeghi S, Pandeya N, Smithers BM, Gotley DC, Bain CJ, et al. Combined effects of obesity, acid reflux and smoking on the risk of adenocarcinomas of the oesophagus. Gut 2008;57(2):173-80.

89. Abnet CC, Freedman ND, Hollenbeck AR, Fraumeni JF, Jr., Leitzmann M, Schatzkin A. A prospective study of BMI and risk of oesophageal and gastric adenocarcinoma. Eur J Cancer 2008;44(3):465-71.

90. Merry AH, Schouten LJ, Goldbohm RA, van den Brandt PA. Body mass index, height and risk of adenocarcinoma of the oesophagus and gastric cardia: a prospective cohort study. Gut 2007;56(11):1503-11.

91. Brown LM, Swanson CA, Gridley G, Swanson GM, Schoenberg JB, Greenberg RS, et al. Adenocarcinoma of the esophagus: role of obesity and diet. J Natl Cancer Inst 1995;87(2):104-9.

92. Lindblad M, Rodriguez LA, Lagergren J. Body mass, tobacco and alcohol and risk of esophageal, gastric cardia, and gastric non-cardia adenocarcinoma among men and women in a nested case-control study. Cancer Causes Control 2005;16(3):285-94.

93. Vaughan TL, Davis S, Kristal A, Thomas DB. Obesity, alcohol, and tobacco as risk factors for cancers of the esophagus and gastric cardia: adenocarcinoma versus squamous cell carcinoma. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 1995;4(2):85-92.

94. Ryan AM, Rowley SP, Fitzgerald AP, Ravi N, Reynolds JV. Adenocarcinoma of the oesophagus and gastric cardia: male preponderance in association with obesity. Eur J Cancer 2006;42(8):1151-8.

95. Chak A, Falk G, Grady WM, Kinnard M, Elston R, Mittal S, et al. Assessment of familiality, obesity, and other risk factors for early age of cancer diagnosis in adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and gastroesophageal junction. Am J Gastroenterol 2009;104(8):1913-21.

96. Kubo A, Corley DA. Body mass index and adenocarcinomas of the esophagus or gastric cardia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 2006;15(5):872-8.

97. Lagergren J, Bergstrom R, Lindgren A, Nyren O. Symptomatic gastroesophageal reflux as a risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma. N Engl J Med 1999;340(11):825-31.

98. Corley DA, Kubo A, Zhao W. Abdominal obesity and the risk of esophageal and gastric cardia carcinomas. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 2008;17(2):352-8.

99. Chow WH, Blot WJ, Vaughan TL, Risch HA, Gammon MD, Stanford JL, et al. Body mass index and risk of adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and gastric cardia. J Natl Cancer Inst 1998;90(2):150-5.

100. Pera M, Manterola C, Vidal O, Grande L. Epidemiology of esophageal adenocarcinoma. J Surg Oncol 2005;92(3):151-9.

101. Abrams JA. Obesity and Barrett's oesophagus: more than just reflux. Gut 2009;58(11):1437-8.

102. Rasouli N, Kern PA. Adipocytokines and the metabolic complications of obesity. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2008;93(11 Suppl 1):S64-73.

103. Renehan AG, Roberts DL, Dive C. Obesity and cancer: pathophysiological and biological mechanisms. Arch Physiol Biochem 2008;114(1):71-83.

104. MacDonald K, Porter GA, Guernsey DL, Zhao R, Casson AG. A polymorphic variant of the insulin-like growth factor type I receptor gene modifies risk of obesity for esophageal adenocarcinoma. Cancer Epidemiol 2009;33(1):37-40.

105. Kuruba R, Jawad M, Karl RC, Murr MM. Technique of resection of esophageal adenocarcinoma after Roux-en-Y gastric bypass and literature review of esophagogastric tumors after bariatric procedures. Surg Obes Relat Dis 2009;5(5):576-81.

The Association of NCF1 Gene with the Severity of Malaria

Authors
Shakirullah, Muhammad Arshad, Sohail Afzal, Bahadar Zaib and Saba Haq
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a416
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

The phagocyte oxidase 47 (P47Phox) is produced by the NCF1 gene which is located on chromosome 7. The P47 Phox forms an important component of the NADPH oxidase complex enzyme which leads to the production of reactive oxygen species (ROS). The NCF1 gene exists in two versions, one is a wild type gene with GTGT at the start of exon 2. The other is a pseudogene and it has its GT deletion at the start of exon2 which leads to passive production of ROS. The role of ROS in malaria was studied through the restriction enzymeGeobacillus stearothermophilus GR75 (BsrG1) found in the NCF1 gene. This enzyme digests only the  pseudogene and has no impact on the wild type gene. The comparison of 88 malarial patients with 100 healthy individuals proves that there was no association of NCF1 gene with malaria because the P value was greater than 0.05.

Background: Malaria is a mosquito-borne infectious disease which is caused by a eukaryotic protist of the genus Plasmodium. The most fatal form of the disease is caused by Plasmodium falciparum. The neutrophil cytosolic factor 1 (NCF1), also known as p47 phox, is an important subunit of NADPH oxidase which plays a role in the production of ROS. The forming of ROS is a pivotal component of innate immunity against parasitic and bacterial infection.

Aim: The aim of study was to find out that whether the NCF1 gene and ROS had a role in malaria.

Method: Samples from 88 malarial patients and 100 healthy individuals were processed with the restriction enzyme BsrGI.

Conclusion: It was found that the NCF1 gene and ROS have no association with malaria.

Introduction

Malaria is a major worldwide scourge, infecting and killing several million individuals each year1. Malaria is common in mostly tropical and subtropical areas such as The Americas, Asia and Africa2, 3.

The NADPH oxidase complex is responsible for the reduction of  oxygen in cells, yielding a superoxide anion (O2˚-) that is subsequently converted into other ROS; including hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) and the hydroxyl radical (OH˚)4.

The Sequence analysis showed that the NCF1 wild type gene is 15,236 bp long, contains 11 exons and has an intron/exon structure identical to the highly homologous pseudogene5. The pseudogene which is highly homologous to the wild type gene is located on the same region of the chromosome, which is 7q11.23 of chromosome 76. Comparative sequence analysis between the wild type gene and pseudogene demonstrates greater than 98% homology but the pseudogene has a GT deletion (ΔGT) at the start of exon 27. The genomic pattern of wild type NCF1 gene and its pseudogene may influence the production of reactive oxygen species (ROS) in parasitic and bacterial infections and also in autoimmune diseases.

During malarial infection, the ROS production can contribute to rapid parasite clearance in mild malaria8 but in severe malaria the high capacity production of ROS was associated with anaemia. This means that ROS has a possible role in both parasite clearance and anaemia during P.falciparum infection9.  Genetic variation in components of the leukocyte NADPH oxidase may, therefore, influence disease susceptibility to, and disease duration of parasitic infection and autoimmune disease10.

Study Design

Inclusion and exclusion criteria

Patients who had fever with malarial parasites detected microscopically from blood smears and had no evidence of other illnesses were selected. Patients were excluded if they developed other illnesses within three days of admission or if there was any other present infection.

Relatives of patients in the hospital and in the laboratory and members of the community without malaria or any other febrile illness were included after clinical evaluation. These formed the control group of healthy individuals.

Patients and healthy individuals

To determine the association of NCF1 gene in malaria, the blood samples were collected from malarial patients and healthy individuals in storage tubes coated with EDTA. Malaria was diagnosed on the basis of clinical observation and positive smear test containing various types of plasmodium.

Materials and Methods

The restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) method was performed to determine the prevalence of NCF1 gene GT deletion (ΔGT) among patients with malaria and among healthy individuals in a Pakistani population. In order to determine whether there was an association between NCF1 gene GT deletion (ΔGT) at the start of exon 2 with susceptibility to malaria, 88 malarial patients and 100 healthy individuals were genotyped for the GT deletion by restriction enzyme analysis.

Genetic Analysis

Genomic DNA of patients and of the healthy control subjects was extracted from venous blood samples using the nucleospin blood extraction kit (NucleoSpin® Blood, Germany) according to the manufacturer’s protocol. The NCF1 gene was analyzed by the restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) method. The exon 2 was amplified using both forward and reverse primer as shown in Table 1. The reaction mixture (50 μl) for PCR was prepared in 0.2 ml tubes (Axygen®, California, USA) by adding the following: 1.2 μl of sample DNA (50 ng /μl), 5 μl (10X)  from the PCR buffer (Fermentas, Burlington, Canada), 4 μl of 25mM magnesium chloride (MgCl2) (MBI Fermentas, Burlington, Canada), 3 μl of 2 mM deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates (dNTPs) mixture (MBI Fermentas, Burlington, Canada), 2.6μl of each forward primer (10 pm/μl), 2.6 μl of the reverse primers (10 pm/μl) and 1.2μl Taq DNA polymerase (MBI Fermentas, Burlington, Canada) in 30.40 μl nuclease free water with cycling conditions 95 °C for 5 min, followed by 35 cycles at 95 °C for 1 min, 60.6 °C for 1 min, 72 °C for 1 min and finally a 10 min extension at 72 °C.

The amplified products were then treated with the restriction enzyme BsrGI (Geobacillus stearothermophilus GR75) (Fermentas life science). For a 20 μl mixture we took 10 μl of PCR product, 2 μl 10X buffer tango, 1 μl BsrGI enzyme and 7 μl of nuclease free water to make the mixture volume up to 20 μl and checked the result on 2% agarose gel.

Table 1: sequence of primers and product size

Deletion Exon primers sequence Product size
  DNCF2F 5'-GCTTCCTCCAGTGGGTAGTG-3'  
DNCF2R 5-GCAAGACCCTGGGTGACAGA-3'
GTGT     358 bp
GT   356 bp
 
Statistical Analysis

Statistical analysis was performed using the Study Result Software Version 1.0.4 (CreoStat HB Frolunda, Sweden). The association of both types of genes in malaria patients and healthy individuals were compared using the χ2 or Fischer’s exact test. Similarly to elucidate whether there was an association between the age and gender of both patients and healthy controls, analysis was done using the T-test and chi-square test by the online Graphpade software.

Results

Characteristics of patients

The characteristics of patients and healthy individuals are mentioned in Table 2 and table 3.

Table 2: Total number of patients and healthy individuals with their respective mean ages

Characteristic Patients Mean age Control Mean age  P value ± SD
Total number of subjects 88 22 100 26 0.43761 0.8627
Adults > 22 year 60   60    
Children <22 year 28   40    

Table 3: Total number of Patients and healthy individuals enlisted with respective mean age.

Characteristic Patients Mean age for patients Control Mean age for controls
No of males 75 24 80 26
No of females 13 20 20 27
Total 88 22 100 26

A chi-square test was performed to test the null hypothesis regarding whether there was an association between gender and the number of subjects in the control group and patient groups. No statistically significant association was found, c2 (1, N = 188) = 0.559, p = 0.4545”. Similarly, a chi-square test was performed to test whether there was any association between the gender and ages of subjects in the control group and in the patient group. Again no statistically significant association was found, c2 (1, N = 188) = 0.299, p = 0.5848”.

PCR amplification of exon 2 of NCF1 gene

The exon 2 was amplified by polymerase chain reaction to obtain 358 base pair long regions in the case of the wild type gene and 356 base pair long regions in the case of the pseudogene. The products were treated with a restriction enzyme, Geobacillus stearothermophilus, GR75 (BsrGI) which digests only the wild type gene (GTGT), which meant two bands of  265 bp and 93 bp were obtained respectively. Whereas with the pseudogene (ΔGT)   there was no digestion and the original band of 356 bp was obtained. When the individuals had both the wild type gene (GTGT) and the pseudogene (ΔGT)three bands of 265 bp, 93 bp and 356 bp were obtained, two of the wild type gene and one of the pseudogene respectively, which is shown in figure 1.  

Figure 1: Agarose gel (2%) showing genotypes of eight patients with malaria. The GT deletions (ΔGT) were checked using the RFLP method, using the restriction enzyme BsrGI. The lane L contains 50 base pair markers, while lane 1 contains a negative sample and 3 and 7 contain amplified wild type gene (GTGT) products. Lane 2, 5 and 6 contain amplified wild type gene and pseudogene (ΔGT) products and lane 4, 8 and 9 contain amplified pseudogene products respectively. The result shows that the 2nd, 5th and 6th patients have both the wild type gene and pseudogene (GT/GTGT). The 3rd and 7th patients have the wild type gene (GTGT) and THE 4th, 8th and 9th patients have the pseudogene (ΔGT).

Genotypic Frequencies of wild type gene and pseudogene in Malaria Patients

It was found that in the Pakistani population, the frequency of the wild type gene in malarial patients (37.5%) was no higher than in healthy individuals (45%) with P = 0.30427. The combination of wild type gene and pseudogene(GTGT/ ΔGT) was equally prevalent in malarial patients (39.8%) as it was in healthy individuals (40%) with P = 0.99999,while the pseudogene (ΔGT) was also slightly different among healthy individuals (15%) as compared to malarial patients (22.7%) with P = 0.19263 which is shown in table 4. There was no significant association found because the P values was greater than 0.05.

Table 4: Show the association of NCF1 gene with malaria

NCF1 gene Control (n = 100) Frequency (%) Patients (n = 88) Frequency (%) P value
GTGT 45 45 33 37.5 0.30427
GT 15 15 20 22.7 0.19263
GTGT/GT 40 40 35 39.8 0.99999

 

Discussion

In this study the association of a wild type gene and a pseudogene with malarial infection, which affects the hepatic, haematological and respiratory systems was investigated.

There was no association found between the wild type gene and pseudogene and the severity of malaria. The innate immune mechanisms that have been proposed to kill malaria parasites are those mediated by ROS and RNS, especially NO and ONOO-, both generated early during infection prior to the activation of adaptive immune mechanisms and later as components of the effector arm of the adaptive immune response11, 12. The parasite-killing role for these molecules has often been conflicting, especially when looking at in vitro and in vivo studies13. It was confirmed that neither RNS nor ROS are essential for the elimination of blood stage malaria parasites14.   It was also shown in other studies that on occasion the generation of ROS via NADPH oxidase does kill blood stage malaria parasites, which is a controversial finding. A possible explanation of the discrepancies between Brad et al. and those of Sanni et al. is that these Plasmodium parasites differ in their susceptibility to the action of ROS, with P. yoelii and P chabaudi being more resistant than P. berghei. ROS might be incapable of killing blood stage malarial parasites for several reasons:

(i) The in vivo ability to kill malaria parasites may be masked by the antibody response of the infected host, and (ii) the killing mechanisms mediated by these molecules may function in a redundant fashion15. The present data does not confer the association of the wild type gene and pseudogene with the severity of malaria but there is a need for further study involving a larger population. However within a group of children with severe malaria during the acute disease, a weak association of the wild type gene /pseudogene (ΔGT/GTGT) ratio with ROS production in whole blood was found. It has been suggested that the wild type gene/ pseudogene (ΔGT/GTGT) ratio influences the expression levels of ROS16. However, no influence of the wild type gene /pseudogene ( ΔGT/GTGT) ratio on Plasmodium falciparum malarial infection was detected, although it was previously shown that ROS production plays a role in parasite clearance as well as in the pathology of the disease17, 9. As for parasitic diseases, in humans there has been only one study conducted so far which examined the putative genetic associations of the wild type gene and pseudogene (ΔGT/GTGT) ratio with malaria18.

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
SHAKIRULLAH, M.Phil student of National University of Science and Technology (NUST) Center of Virology & Immunology (NCVI), Sector H-12 Islamabad MUHAMMAD ARSHAD, Associate professor in National University of Science and Technology SOHAIL AFZAL, M.Phil student of National University of Science and Technology NUST Center of Virology & Immunology (NCVI), Sector H-12 Islamabad. BAHADAR ZAIB, M.Phil in biotechnology SABA HAQ, NUST Center of Virology & Immunology (NCVI), Sector H-12 Islamabad.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Shakirullah, M.Phil student of National University of Science and Technology (NUST) Center of Virology & Immunology (NCVI), Sector H-12 Islamabad
Corresponding Author Email: 
shakir_pharmacist@yahoo.com
References
References: 
  1. Volkman SK, Barry AE, Lyons EJ et al. Recent origin of Plasmodium falciparum from a single progenitor. Science 2001; 293:482–484.
  2. Singh B, Kim Sung L, Matusop A.  A large focus of naturally acquired Plasmodium knowlesi infections in human beings. Lancet 200;  363 (9414): 1017–24.
  3. Fong YL, Cadigan FC, Coatney GR. A presumptive case of naturally occurring Plasmodium knowlesi malaria in man in Malaysia. Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Med. Hyg  1971; 65 (6): 839–40.
  4. Babior, B.M. NADPH oxidase: an update. Blood 1999; 93 (5): 1464–1476.
  5. Gorlach  A, Lee P, Roesler J, et al. The p47-phox pseudogene carries the most common mutation causing p47-phox de?cient chronic granulomatous disease. J Clin Invest 1997; 100(8):1907–1918.
  6. Francke U, Hsieh C-L, Foellmer B, et al. Genes for two autosomal recessive forms of chronic granulomatous disease assigned to 1q25 (NCF2) and 7q11.23 (NCF1). Am  J Hum Genet  1990; 47:483–492
  7. Chanock SJ, Roesler J, Zhan S, et al. Genomic structure of the human p47-phox (NCF1) gene. Blood Cells Mol Dis 2000; 26:37– 46.
  8. Greve B, Lehman LG, Lell B, et al. High oxygen radical production is associated with fast parasite clearance in children with  Plasmodium falciparum malaria.  J Infect Dis 1999;  179:1584-1586.
  9. Greve B, Kremsner PG, Lell B, et al. Malarial anaemia in African children associated with high oxygen radical production.  Lancet 2000; 355(3):40-41.
  10. Uhlemann AC, Szlezak NA, Vonthein R, et al. DNA phasing by TA dinucleotide microsatellite length determines in vitro and in vivo expression of the gp91phox subunit of NADPH oxidase and mediates protection against severe malaria.  J Infect Dis 2004;189 (12):2227-2234.
  11. Clark RA, Malech HL, Gallin JI, et al. Genetic variants of chronic granulomatous disease: prevalence of deficiencies of two cytosolic components of the NADPH-oxidase system. N Engl J Med 1989; 321;160:647-52.
  12. Taylor-Robinson A. W, Phillips R. S, Severn A, et al. The role of TH1 and TH2 cells in a rodent malaria infection. Science 1993; 260:1931–1934.
  13. Mohan, K., and. Stevenson M. M. Acquired immunity to asexual blood stages. In I. W. Sherman (ed.), Malaria: parasite biology, pathogenesis, and protection. American Society for Microbiology, Washington,D.C 1998;  p. 467–493
  14. Brad M, Gillman, Batchelder J, et al. Suppression of Plasmodium chabaudi Parasitemia Is Independent of the Action of Reactive Oxygen Intermediates and/or Nitric Oxide 2004;72(11); p. 6359–6366
  15. Weidanz  W. P, Kemp  J. R, Batchelder J. M, et al. Plasticity of immune responses suppressing parasitemia during acute Plasmodium chabaudi malaria. J. Immunol  1999; 162:7383–7388.
  16. Heyworth PG, Cross AR, Curnutte JT. Chronic granulomatous disease.  Curr Opin Immunol 2003; 15:578-584.
  17. Rosen GM, Pou S, Ramos CL, et al. Free radicals and phagocytic cells.  FASEB J 1995; 9 (2):200-209.
  18. Bernhard G, Peter H,  Reinhard V, et al. NCF1 gene and pseudogene pattern: association with parasitic infection and autoimmunity. Malaria Journal 2008; 251(7);1475-2875

MRSA infection of a Primary TKA following an infected IV cannula site complicated by Stevens-Johnson Syndrome- A Case Report

Authors
SKM Annamalai, SS Raju and VG Langkamer
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a415
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

We present here a 63 year old lady who had a primary total knee arthroplasty( TKA) for  osteoarthritis of knee. She developed methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus( MRSA )infection of the primary  prosthesis following an intravenous(IV) cannula site infection with MRSA bacteraemia. This was complicated by Stevens-Johnson syndrome following vancomycin therapy for the infection, which was confirmed by clinical features including typical skin rashes and skin biopsy. She was treated with alternative antibiotics and was referred to a specialist orthopaedic unit where she had a two- stage revision.

In retrospect, the infection could have been avoided if the IV cannula was not left in for so long. She also unfortunately had an adverse reaction to the vancomycin which complicated the situation, making management difficult. A team consisting of orthopaedic surgeons, microbiologists, dermatologists and physiotherapists was essential for successful management of this difficult and complicated  situation.

Abbreviations: 
MRSA (methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus), IV( intravenous), TKA (total knee arthroplasty), DM( diabetes mellitus)

Introduction

Infection of a prosthetic total knee joint is a serious complication1 and should be diagnosed promptly2 and treated aggressively. We present an interesting case of MRSA infection of a primary total knee replacement following  an IV cannula infection leading to bacteremia and subsequent infection of  the knee prosthesis, complicated by stevens- Johnson syndrome .

There were many challenging issue which are outlined including diagnosis and management.

Case Report

A 63-year- old lady had an elective total knee arthroplasty for severe osteoarthritis of the knee. She had a background history of well-controlled type 2 diabetes mellitus and was on warfarin for a previous pulmanory embolism. As per the hospital protocol her warfarin was stopped before surgery until her INR was <1.5 and she was heparinised with a view of

warfarinizing after the surgery. She had an uneventful knee arthoplasty, but unfortunately one of her IV cannula site became cellulitic. She was empirically started on oral flucloxacillin after taking blood cultures and sending the cannula tip for microscopic culture and sensitivity (which is routinely done has hospital protocol for infected cannula sites).

Surprisingly the tip grew MRSA and also had MRSA bacteraemia. She became systemically unwell and septic, and was treated aggressively with parentral vancomycin for MRSA bacteraemia. She had a transeosphageal echocardiogram to rule out cardiac vegetation. She gradually improved but developed typical papular rashes over her palm, dorsum of hand, extensor surface of arm and forearm and trunk and buccal mucosa (Fig 1 and 2) .

Fig 1: Rash over the dorsum hands

Fig 2: Rash over the extensor aspects of forearm

She had a severe allergic reaction to vancomycin and the skin biopsy of the lesion confirmed that she had developed Stevens-Johnson syndrome. An alternative antibiotic was started following discussion with the specialist bone infection unit. She gradually improved over the next few weeks without any problem in her prosthetic replaced knee. At about 6 weeks post- operatively she developed severe pain and hot swelling of her replaced knee with decrease range of motion. Her inflammatory markers were markedly raised and the knee aspirate confirmed MRSA infection of the total knee replacement. She was referred to a specialist bone infection unit due to the complexity of the case, where she successfully underwent two- stage revision.

Discussion

Infection of  a Knee replacement is a serious complication that requires significant hospital-based recourse for successful management3. The rate of infection of a primary knee replacement varies from 0.5- 12%1. Rheumatoid arthritis , previous surgery , diabetes mellitus are all associated with an increased risk of infection 4. Although there is no absolute diagnostic test for peri-prosthetic infection2 , a high index of clinical suspicion is essential. There has been a case report on MRSA cervical epidural abscess following IV cannulation 5, but to the best of our knowledge there has been no previous report of MRSA- infected knee arthroplasty following complications of IV cannulation. Stevens-Johnson syndrome involves rare but severe cutaneous adverse reactions related to a variety of medications including antibiotics6. Parenteral vancomycin is the first line treatment for MRSA bacteraemia. It is recognised that vancomycin is indicated in inducing Stevens -Johnson syndrome, mortalitiy being 30-100%7. It is vital that Stevens- Johnson syndrome is recognised early so that offending agents are stopped and supportive treatment commenced. Early dermatological consultation, skin biopsy and direct immunofluorescence7 are essential to confirm diagnosis  so that effective treatment can be instituted.The diagnosis and management of this serious complication is complex and requires considerable recourse allocation by the patient, the hospital, the infectious disease specialist, and the orthopaedic surgeon1,5.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
SKM Annamalai, MBBS MRCS, Orthopaedic Registrar, Peterborough City Hospital, UK SS Raju, F2 Trainee, Western General Hospital Western Super Mare, UK VG Langkamer, Consultant Orthopaedic Surgeon, Western General Hospital Weston Super Mare, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
SKM Annamalai, MBBS MRCS, 2, Boulton Court, Oadby, Leicester, LE2 4XA
Corresponding Author Email: 
sureshkumar.annamalai@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Blom AW, Brown J, Taylor AH, Pattison G, Whitehouse S, Bannister GC. Infection after total knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint surgery Br 2004 Jul;86(5):688-91.
  2. Elie Ghanem et al. Cell Count and Differential of the Aspirated fluid in the Diagnosis of the Infection at the Site of Total Knee Arthroplasty.  J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;09: 1637-43.
  3. Buechel F F, Femino FP, D’Alessio J. Primary Exchange Revision Arthroplasty for Infected Total Knee Arthroplasty: A Long-Term study The Americal journal Of Orthopaedics .2004;April.190-98.
  4. Bengtson S, Knutson K. The infected Knee arthoplasty. A 6 year follow-up of 357 cases. Acta Orthop Scand 1991 Aug;62(4):310-11.
  5. Burgess CM, Wolverson AS, Dale MT.Cervical epidural abscess: a rare complication of intravenous cannulation. Anaesthesia. 2005 Jun;60(6):605-8.
  6. Mockenhaupt-Maja et al. Stevens-Johnson syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis: assessment of medication risks with emphasis on recently marketed drugs. The Euro SCAR- study: J-Invest- Dermatol, Jan2008, vol128, no. 1, p 35-44.
  7. Jones DH, Todd M, Craig TJ. Early diagnosis is key in vancomycin-induced linear IgA bullous dermatosis and stevens- Johnson syndrome. J Am Osteopath Assoc. 2004 Apr;10494):157-63

Interview with Prof. Robert Moots

Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a414

 

Robert Moots is Professor of Rheumatology at the University of Liverpool and Director for Research and Development at the University Hospital, Aintree. He is also a Consultant Rheumatologist at the hospital.

He graduated from St Mary’s Hospital, London University in 1985 and also worked at Harvard Medical School. He became a Consultant Rheumatologist at University Hospital Aintree in 1997 and the youngest full-time professor of Rheumatology and Head of Department in 2003.

Professor Moots has published extensively in rheumatology, winning the prestigious Michael Mason prize for rheumatology research. He advises the UK Department of Health and NICE. His research interests are inflammatory rheumatic diseases, in particular innate cellular immunity in rheumatoid arthritis, immunotherapy, new therapeutic targets and clinical trials.

How long have you been working in your speciality?

I’ve been working as a consultant in rheumatology since1997, when I returned to the UK from the USA. Of course I was a trainee in rheumatology for a few years before then.

Which aspect of your work do you find most satisfying?

Its hard to single out any one thing. The great fun of being Professor is that no two days are the same. My job varies so much from looking after patients, to teaching, running research and also communicating and sharing research findings with other clinicians and scientists throughout the world – giving me the opportunity to visit countries, where I would not normally have visited.

What achievements are you most proud of in your medical career?

Clinically, I often deal with rare rheumatic diseases, or situations where normal treatments have failed and other doctors have said there is “no more that can be done”. Each patient that I see in this situation, who then goes on to recover and have a normal happy life, gives me a great satisfaction. Academically, building up a successful research team of talented individuals in Liverpool, the first academic rheumatology unit in that city, has been a great privilege.

Which part of your job do you enjoy the least?

Trying to balance the demands of patient care with the many other calls on my time can be rather wearing. But nothing is worse than the ever expanding administration tasks and bureaucracy!

What are your views about the current status of medical training in your country and what do you think needs to change?

When I visit other countries to lecture, I always try to see how medicine runs there. I attend clinics and hospitals, see patients and learn how practice compares to the UK. I am pleased to note that the standard in the UK remains amongst the highest of all countries.

How would you encourage more medical students into entering your speciality?

Its hard to image why students and doctors could consider any specialty other than Rheumatology! Rheumatology provides the opportunity to see patients of all ages, develop a close rapport with patients as the diseases tend to be chronic and prevalent, perform cutting edge research to understand pathophysiological process underlying the diseases and access drugs that can make a revolution to lives with great outcomes.

What qualities do you think a good trainee should possess?

Be keen to learn, open, honest and bright. I also like trainees to challenge accepted wisdom – a considered critical approach is needed to move things forward and to keep us on our toes.

What is the most important advice you could offer to a new trainee?

Don’t accept non-evidence based dogma. Don’t learn bad habits. Be critical and try to improve things. Try to spend some time away from your unit and ideally out of your country – seeing how medicine works in other environments to get life and work in a better perspective.

What qualities do you think a good trainer should possess?

Good trainers should be excellent clinicians, inspirational leaders and listeners with patience. If you know someone like this, you should really treasure them!

Do you think doctors are over-regulated compared with other professions?

No – but I fear that we are getting there in the UK.

Is there any aspect of current health policies in your country that are de-professionalising doctors? If yes what shouldbe done to counter this trend?

With a recent change in government in the UK and major changes to the Health Service planned, it’s a little too early to tell. We have to be vigilant though.

Which scientific paper/publication has influenced you the most?

For much of my working life, I was focused on the T cell as the major driver for diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis. The paper that changed that was: Edwards SW, Hallett MB. Seeing the wood for the trees: the forgotten role of neutrophils in rheumatoid arthritis. Immunol Today.1997 Jul;18(7):320-4. This crucial paper from Steve Edwards, the world leader in neutrophil biology opened my eyes to a whole new field of work. I didn’t know at the time that I would eventually have the privilege of working with Steve.

What single area of medical research in your specialty should be given priority?

That’s an easy one – it should be whatever my group are working on at the time.(I just wish that were the case!)

What is the most challenging area in your specialty that needs further development?

Many rheumatic diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis can be treated extremely successfully (with patients enjoying a full remission) if they can access the right drugs at the right time. There is still much variability in time to diagnosis and in provision of appropriate medications – the challenge is to ensure that best practice can be rolled out more effectively.

Which changes would substantially improve the quality of healthcare in your country?

There needs to be a greater understanding of the importance of rheumatic diseases in the UK. These conditions are prevalent, may cause significant morbidity (and indeed mortality), cost the nation considerably in reduced productivity and in disability payments – yet many of these conditions can be treated most effectively.

Do you think doctors can make a valuable contribution to healthcare management?  If so how?

Its crucial that doctors are fully engaged in management. We are in the best position to be advocates for our patients but cannot do this effectively without understanding the health care system and take the lead in ensuring this works for the best.

How has the political environment affected your work?

The consequences of the recent change in Government in the UK are likely to be considerable for the National Health Service. This will involve major changes to the work of staff at all levels. It is too early to know the full extent of this – but we all wait with trepidation

What are your interests outside of work?

With so much to do, its hard to find the time for much else apart from relaxing with my family. I travel a lot and especially enjoy taking my children with me. My 10 year old has heard me lecture so much that I suspect she can give my talk for me (and do it better). She has also taken to asking questions at the end of my lecture, which always scares the chairperson of the meeting!

If you were not a doctor, what would you do?

I’m not sure that I would be fit for anything else!

Perineal Necrotising Fasciitis

Authors
Stephen O’Neill, Syed Imran Hussain Andrabi and Michael Whiteside
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a413

We present a case of a 48-year-old lady with a history of bony metastatic breast carcinoma who presented with abdominal pain, diarrhoea and bleeding per rectum. She had recently finished a course of chemotherapy 2 weeks ago.

On examination, she was febrile with a temperature of 38.4°C. Her blood pressure was 84/54mmHg and pulse rate was 130/min. She had lower abdominal tenderness with bowel sounds present and a small perineal haematoma. Per rectal examination revealed a small amount of fresh blood, but no surrounding crepitus or induration. Rectoscopic examination was not performed.

Initial haematological investigations revealed a haemoglobin of 11g/dl, white cell count 0.3x109/litre, neutrophil count 0.05x109/litre and a C-reactive protein of 171mg/L. A provisional diagnosis of neutropenic sepsis was made. She was managed with analgesia, intravenous fluids and broad spectrum intravenous antibiotics (piperacillin and tazobactam 4.5g 3-times per day). An urgent CT of abdomen and pelvis was arranged for that morning. It showed rectal wall thickening with air in the pelvis but no tumour or diverticulae (see figure 1).

Fig 1: CT scan of abdomen and pelvis showing free air around rectum 

Explanation:

Stercoral perforation of the colon is caused by progressive ischemic necrosis of the bowel wall by a faecal mass. It is the least likely diagnosis here as it usually occurs on the antimesenteric border of the sigmoid colon and is usually associated with a history of chronic constipation and megacolon.

Typhylitis is a potentially life threatening inflammatory bowel process that is a recognised complication of systemic chemotherapy. It can progress to bowel necrosis and perforation but is usually characterised by involvement of the caecum or ascending colon and the rectum is rarely involved.

Clostridial gas gangrene infection occurs with tissue inoculation in a low oxygen tension environment. Approximately 80% of patients without trauma  have a malignancy of which 40% are hematologic, however the vast majority of cases are preceded by trauma of which there was no history of in this case 1.

Perineal Necrotizing fasciitis is a rare condition with an estimated 500 cases each year in the UK2. It can affect healthy individuals of any age but carcinoma and immunosupression are known to increase susceptibility3. The initial lack of obvious skin findings make this condition difficult to diagnosis but exquisite pain, especially pain that is disproportionate to what would be expected from the clinical findings is seen 24. Where concurrent signs of sepsis exist, a high index of suspicion is required.

As the disease progresses, the skin may begin to appear smooth, shiny and swollen. Blistering and serous bullae may develop, and a haemorrhage into bullae may occur and giving the appearance of a haematoma as in our case. Crepitus, induration and foul smelling watery discharge secondary to liquefactive necrosis can also become apparent2. On CT scans, fascial thickening, fat stranding and gas tracking may be seen in nearly 80%25 of cases, and was seen in this case as well.

Discussion

Necrotizing fasciitis is a lethal soft tissue infection characterised by rapidly progressive inflammation and necrosis of the subcutaneous fascial tissues. The adjacent skin and muscle are relatively spared until late in the course of the disease. Treatment with surgical debridement must be instigated without delay or the patient inevitably succumbs to sepsis and multi-organ failure2.

A 24 hour delay in treatment has been shown to increase mortality by 18% and further surgery is usually indicated with an average of 3.8 debridements needed overall56. Surgical treatment should be instigated in conjunction with broad spectrum intravenous antibiotics and intensive care. The antibiotics selected should be effective against gram-positive, gram negative and anaerobic organisms. Adjuvant therapies like hyperbaric oxygen, intravenous immunoglobulin and activated protein C are of uncertain value.

Following surgery the patient is invariably left with a large tissue defect. Perineal wounds are particularly complex and present multiple challenges including the risk of infection from faecal contamination. Thus diverting colostomies are advised and a Vacuum Assisted Closure (VAC) system may facilitate wound healing 5.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
The authors would like to acknowledge the patient on whom the case report was based. Written informed consent was obtained.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
S O’NEILL, Surgical Registrar, MB BCh BAO MRCS S I ANDRABI, Surgical Registrar, MB FRCS M C WHITESIDE, Consultant Surgeon, MD FRCS
Corresponding Author Details: 
STEPHAN O'NEILL, MB BCh BAO MRCS 6 Dean Park Mews, Edinburgh EH4 1EF
Corresponding Author Email: 
stephenoneill@doctors.org.uk
References
References: 

1. San Ildefonso A, Maruri I, Facal C, Casal E. Clostridium septicum infection associated with perforation of colon diverticulum. Rev Esp Enferm Dig 2002;94(6):361-6.
2. Hasham S, Matteucci P, Stanley PR, Hart NB. Necrotising fasciitis. BMJ 2005;330(7495):830-3.
3. Kumar S, O'Donnell ME, Khan K, Dunne G, Carey PD, Lee J. Successful treatment of perineal necrotising fasciitis and associated pubic bone osteomyelitis with the vacuum assisted closure system. World J Surg Oncol 2008;6:67.
4. Young MH, Aronoff DM, Engleberg NC. Necrotizing fasciitis: pathogenesis and treatment. Expert Rev Anti Infect Ther 2005;3(2):279-94.
5. Elliott DC, Kufera JA, Myers RA. Necrotizing soft tissue infections. Risk factors for mortality and strategies for management. Ann Surg 1996;224(5):672-83.
6. Wong CH, Chang HC, Pasupathy S, Khin LW, Tan JL, Low CO. Necrotizing fasciitis: clinical presentation, microbiology, and determinants of mortality. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2003;85-A(8):1454-60.

Paediatric Gastro-Oesophageal Reflux Disease

Authors
Harween Dogra, Bhavini Lad and Dinesh Sirisena
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a412

Definition

Gastro-oesophageal reflux (GOR) is the passage of gastric contents into the oesophagus.  In most infants with GOR the outcome is benign & self-limiting. (1)

Incidence/Prevalence

Peak incidence of GOR is around 4 months of age, and it resolves spontaneously by 1-2 years of age in most patients. (2)

Regurgitation (possetting or spitting up) is the most common presentation in infants with GOR.  Regurgitation of at least one episode a day is seen in:

  • 50% of infants 0-3 months
  • 67% of infants at 4 months
  • 5% at 10 to 12 months of age (3)

It is important to note that in infants (younger than 1 year of age) who are otherwise well and symptomatic, regurgitation may be considered entirely normal. (4)

Causes/Risks

GOR occurs due to the transient, inappropriate relaxation of the lower oesophageal sphincter, which allows the stomach contents to pass into the oesophagus.

GOR can be physiological or pathological:

  • Physiological GOR – when the infant has normal weight gain and experiences no complications and is generally well.
  • Pathological GOR – also known as gastro-oesophageal reflux disease (GORD) is when reflux is associated with other symptoms like failure to thrive or weight loss, feeding or sleeping problems, chronic respiratory disorders, oesophagitis, haematemesis etc (3)

Several anatomical and physiological conditions make infants (younger than 1 year of age) more prone to GORD than older children and adults:

  • Short, narrow oesophagus
  • Delayed gastric emptying
  • Shorter, lower oesophageal sphincter that is slightly above, rather than below, the diaphragm
  • Liquid diet and high calorie requirements, putting a strain on gastric capacity
  • Larger ratio of gastric volume to oesophageal volume(4)

Most children have no specific risk factors for GORD.  Children with the following conditions are at increased risk for developing GORD and for progressing to severe GORD:

  • Severe neurological impairment
  • Prematurity
  • Cystic fibrosis
  • Gastro-oesophageal abnormalities (even after surgical repair), e.g. Oesophageal atresia, diaphragmatic hernia, pyloric stenosis
  • Bronchopulmonary dysplasia (preterm infants with lung disease)
  • Hiatus hernia
  • Oesophageal sphincter disorders
  • Raised intra-abdominal pressure(5)

Symptoms

GORD in infants and children can present with a variety of symptoms many of which can be relatively non-specific.  Equally, other pathologies may lead to the development of reflux.  Those in the early years tend to be based on observations by parents, while older, more vocal children express symptoms more akin to adult presentations. 

As such, the history/symptoms will be broadly divided into those expected for infants (<1yr), young children (1-5yrs) and older children (>5yrs).

Infants(6-10)

  1. Excessive possetting/regurgitation
    1. Possetting is a normal phenomenon in infants
    2. Frequent episodes, together with vomiting may indicate underlying GORD
    3. Projectile vomiting may indicate an obstructive pathology
  2. Difficult/rapid cessation of feeds
    1. There may be difficulty initiating feeds and latching
    2. Early cessation may be precipitated with the onset of reflux
  3. Failure to thrive
    1. No weight loss can be expected
    2. Weight loss crossing centiles on the growth chart must be addressed urgently
  4. Sleep disturbance
    1. Particularly after an evening feed
    2. This is often associated with irritability and inconsolable crying
  5. Irritability and inconsolable crying
    1. One of the commonest presentations to the GP
    2. This may occur during feeds or shortly afterwards
  6. Apnoeic episodes
    1. A witnessed pausing in respiratory effort
    2. Occurring at night, it can mimic obstructive sleep apnoea
    3. This may indicate a more serious underlying pathology and requires urgent assessment
    4. It is likely to be more prevalent in this age group

Young Children(6-10)

  1. Regurgitation/vomiting
    1. Beating/rubbing the chest may be an early sign of this pathology
    2. Reflux symptoms can be typical of those in adults
  2. Failure to thrive
  3. Refusing food
    1. Similar to the infant, however, the younger child can be more vocal in their refusal
  4. Abdominal/chest pain
    1. With increasing age, children may demonstrate gastric irritation with abdominal pain
    2. Acid reflux producing oesophagitis may present as chest discomfort
    3. Both are similar to symptoms adults experience
  5. Irritability
  6. Persistent/nocturnal cough/wheezing
    1. There may be a dry, non productive cough
    2. Secondary to pharyngeal irritation
    3. There may be no co-morbidities or underlying pathologies
    4. Symptoms can be mistaken for asthma by parents

Older Children (9)

  1. Dyspepsia/vomiting
    1. These symptoms in older children are thought to have a similar reliability in diagnosis as in adults
  2. Dysphagia/odynophagia
    1. As children become more articulate they may be able to describe these symptoms in relation to meals
    2. Particularly with chronic GORD and the development of a Barrett’s Oesophagus
  3. Abdominal/chest pains
  4. Persistent/nocturnal coughing/wheezing

Other Symptoms

Symptoms which can be identified but which maybe considered less life-threatening include:

  1. Dental erosions
  2. Hiccups
  3. Halitosis

Those deserving urgent investigation and intervention include:

  1. Forceful/Bilious vomiting
  2. Suggesting a possible obstructive pathology
  3. This requires urgent surgical referral
  4. Force of vomiting may not always indicate the severity of the problem
  5. Upper gastrointestinal bleeding/hematemesis
  6. This may be a consequence of increased pressure from vomiting
  7. Similar to a Mallory-Weiss pathology
  8. An urgent review by local Paediatric Gastroenterologists is warranted
  9. Profuse diarrhoea or constipation
  10. Failure to thrive/weight loss
  11. Lethargy
  12. Apnoeic episodes

Physical Signs

As with the previous section, physical signs will be considered for each age range as above: infants (<1yr), young children (1-5yrs) and older children (>5yrs).

Infants(9)

  1. Irritability when lying flat
    1. Particularly following feeds
    2. Especially when supine
  2. Weight loss
    1. Regular monitoring with repeat measurements
    2. A single weight cannot imply loss
    3. This is usually a late sign
  3. Arching of the back
    1. Secondary to oesophageal irritation
    2. Can be associated with increased tone and crying
  4. Dehydration
    1. Loss of fluid through vomiting
    2. Look for
  5. Dry mouth
  6. Sunken fontanelle
  7. Prolonged capillary refill time
  8. Reduced skin turgor
  9. Reduced urine output
  10. Crying without tears
  11. Apnoeas
    1. Periods of reduced respiratory effort
    2. Noted by parents as pauses in breathing

Young Children (9)

  1. Weight loss
  2. Dehydration
  3. Anaemia
    1. Associated with chronic symptoms and gradual loss of iron
    2. Look for Pallor/pale conjunctivae, Glossitis, Angular stomatits, Pica
  4. Dysphagia/choking with food
    1. Particularly with prolonged GOR and development of stricturing
  5. Difficulty in breathing/wheezing/lower respiratory tract infection (LRTI)
    1. Similar to asthma on examination
    2. Signs of LRTI on auscultation
    3. Possibly stridor

Older Children (9)

  1. Weight loss
  2. Dehydration
  3. Anaemia
  4. Dysphagia/Choking with food
  5. Difficulty in breathing/Wheezing/LRTI
  6. Persistent sinusitis

Signs requiring urgent intervention include (9):

  1. Hematochezia
    1. Unaltered blood in stool
    2. Stools take on a red appearance
  2. Onset of vomiting after 6 months of life
  3. Fever
    1. Uncommon with GOR
    2. Indicating an infective pathology
  4. Hepatosplenomegaly
    1. An underlying condition other than GOR is likely
    2. Important pathologies must not be missed
  5. Bulging fontanelle
    1. Indicating increased intracranial pressure and an alternative pathology underlying the reflux
  6. Macro/microcephaly
    1. Suggestive of hydrocephalus or a congenital malformation
  7. Seizures
    1. Related to a number of other problems
    2. Metabolic pathologies should figure highly in any differential diagnosis
  8. Abdominal distension with reduced bowel sounds
    1. Tinkling bowel sounds and an pain may suggest bowel obstruction

Differential diagnoses

Common differential diagnoses have been noted in Table 1, however, this is by no means a definitive list of conditions or presentations.  It should be taken as an indication to the diverse presentations that can mimic or precipitate GOR (adapted from (9) and (10)).

Condition History/Symptoms Signs
Pyloric Stenosis Sudden onset vomiting
Constantly hungry baby
Usually males
First 4-6 weeks of life
Non-bilious projectile vomiting
Visible peristalsis
Positive test feed
Malrotation Sudden onset pain in volvulus
Reduced bowel movement
Vomiting
Bilious vomiting
Abdominal distension
Pulling up legs with pain onset
Cow's Milk Allergy Vomiting and Diarrhoea
Eczema
Relationship to feeds
Failure to thrive
Urticaria
Watery stool
Weight loss crossing centiles
Constipation Infrequent stools
Straining
Blood in nappy
Palpable stool on examination
Irritable baby
Urinary Tract Infections Vomiting
Fever (can be without focus)
Poor feeding
Lethargy
Reduced urinary output
Abdominal pain
Viral Gastroenteritis Vomiting
Diarrhoea
Fever
Lethargy
Dehydration
Viral Rash
 
Hypocalcemia Poor feeding
Lethargy
Tetany
Seizures
Seizures
Apnoeas
Tremor
Abdominal distension
Hydrocephalus Vomiting
Lethargy
Confusion
Visual changes
Increased head size
Gait change
Altered consciousness
Meningitis Fever
Lethargy
Vomiting
Confusion
Neck stiffness
Photophobia
Rash (late onset)
Drugs/Toxins Vomiting
Lethargy
Ingestion history
Dependant upon drug ingested

Table 1

Investigations and management of infants (<1 yr old)

Complicated cases of GORD (not gaining weight/faltering growth or non-GI symptoms e.g. cough), should be referred to a Paediatrician while investigating for causes and instituting simple management.

Simple investigations to do in primary care:

  1. Abdominal examination for hernias/pyloric stenosis (test feed)
  2. Urine dip to rule out UTI
  3. Blood tests for electrolyte abnormalities, coeliac screen (if weaned)

Referral to a Paediatrician will result in imaging investigations such as Abdominal x-ray and upper GI contrast study to rule out malrotation/hiatus hernia/achalasia in older children, sometimes GORD can be seen on contrast studies.   The Paediatrician may go on to arrange a pH/impedance study, upper GI endoscopy or allergy testing.

Management

  1. Calculate feed requirements, parents may be over feeding, e.g. approximate fluid requirement 100-120ml/kg/day every 3-6hrs (depending on age and whether weaned on to solids)
  2. In thriving infants there is no evidence that pharmacological therapy will make a significant difference to symptoms.
  3. Therefore the mainstay of management is reassurance. Simple pharmacological intervention can be tried with feed thickener (in formula fed babies) or Alginates e.g. Gaviscon (can be mixed with water for breast fed babies)
  4. If there are continued concerns refer to Paediatrician for on going investigations and management.
  5. Recent evidence shows that some infants may have cow’s milk protein intolerance (9).  Therefore for breast fed babies the mother could try cutting out dairy from her diet (important to have supervision from dietician re: nutritional requirements while breast feeding).  Formula fed babies can have a 2 week trial of hydrolysed/amino acid based formula e.g. Progestimil, Nutramigen, Neocate.  
  6. Reviews from ESPGHAN (9) and DTB (11) recommend H2RA (H2 receptor antagonists eg. Ranitidine) may help, though there is little evidence – these could be commenced while waiting for an appointment with the Paediatrician.
  7. (Currently there is no role for Domperidone.  The next medication a Paediatrician may try is Omeprazole ± omission of cow’s milk protein) (11)

Investigation and management of older children (>18mths)

As before, complicated cases of GORD (not gaining weight/faltering growth or non-GI symptoms e.g. cough), should be referred to a Paediatrician while investigating for causes and instituting simple management.

Investigations

  1. Urine dip, if there are symptoms of vomiting
  2. Stool H. Pyloti antigen test
  3. Bloods tests inc. inflammatory markers, H. Pylori antigen, celiac screen

Management

  1. If main symptom heartburn with no evidence of H. Pylori:
  2. Reassurance and lifestyle changes (weight loss, dietary changes, timing of meals), up to 4 week trial of PPI (Proton pump inhibitor e.g. lansoprazole, omeprazole).
  3. If symptoms improve then continue PPI for up to 6 months, then wean off over 4 weeks (evidence that if stopped suddenly patients may get rebound symptoms) (10).
  4. If PPI doesn’t help or symptoms recur after stopping the PPI, then refer to a Paediatrician.
  5. The Paediatrician may investigate with more blood tests e.g. Autoimmune screen, allergy testing, imaging, pH/impedance study, endoscopy.
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Harween Dogra MBBS BMedSci MRCPCH, ST3 Paediatrics, Royal London Hospital, Whitechapel Rd, London E1 1BB Bhavini Lad BMedSci MBBS nMRCGP, General Practitioner, Newham, London Dinesh Sirisena BSc DCH DRCOG DFFP MRCGP, General Practitioner Edgware, London
Corresponding Author Details: 
Harween Dogra MBBS BMedSci MRCPCH, ST3 Paediatrics, Royal London Hospital, Whitechapel Rd, London E1 1BB
Corresponding Author Email: 
harweenie@hotmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Pritchard DS, Baber N, Stephenson T. Should domperidone be used for the treatment of gastro-oesophageal reflux in children? Systematic review of randomized controlled trials in children aged 1 month to 11 years old.  Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2005; 59(6): 725-9.
  2. Nelson SP, Chen EH, Syniar GM, Christoffel K. Prevalence of symptoms of gastro-esophageal reflux during infancy: a paediatric practice-based survey. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 1997; 151: 569-72.
  3. Salvatore S, Vanderplas, Y. Gastroesophageal reflux & cow milk allergy: Is there a link? Pediatrics. 2002; 110(5): 972-984.
  4. Henry, SM. Discerning differences: gastroesophageal reflux & gastroesophageal reflux disease in infants. Advances in Neonatal Care. 2004; (4)4: 235-247.
  5. www.gpnotebook.co.uk. [http://www.gpnotebook.co.uk/simplepage.cfm?ID=x20100221174705261069&linked=7].  Accessed 14/1/2011.
  6. Bentley D et al.  Pediatric Gastroenterology and Clinical Nutrition. London: REMEDICA. 2002.
  7. Taeusch D et al.  Pediatric Gastroenterology and Clinical Nutrition. Philadelphia: ELSEVIER. 2005.
  8. Fanaroff A and Martin R.  Neonatal-perinatal medicine: diseases of the fetus and infant, Volume 1. 7th ed. Massachusetts: MOSBY. 2001.
  9. Vandenplas Y et al. (2009) Pediatric Gastroesophageal Reflux Clinical Practice Guidelines: Joint Recommendations of the North American Society For Pediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition (NASPGHAN) and the European Society For Pediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition (ESPGHAN). Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition. 2009;  49: 498-547.
  10. Jung A.  Gastroesophageal Reflux in Infants and Children. Am Fam Physician. 2001; 64 1853-60.
  11. Managing gastro-oesophageal reflux in infants, Drugs and Therapeutics Bulletin, BMJ 2010; 341:c4420

BJMP March 2011 Volume 4 Number 1

 

BJMP March 2011 Volume 4 Number 1 

Full Issue Booklet
 

 
PDF
Editorial

Research Articles

Community-acquired urinary tract infection in the elderly
Mahesh E, Medha Y, Indumathi V A, Prithvi S Kumar, Mohammed Wasim Khan and Punith K
Full Text PDF

Review Articles

Eating Disorders in Children and Adolescents
Fayyaz Khan and Uttom Chowdhury
Full Text PDF
Diffuse Alveolar Haemorrhage with ANCA associated vaculitis-review of Literature
Fadi Hammoudeh, Muhammad K. Perwaiz, Setu Patolia, Frances M. Schmidt, Narayan Neupane, Neerja Gulati, Danilo Enriquez, Joseph Quist, Mehjabeen Zahir and Eneh Kennedy.
Full Text PDF
Case Reports/Series
An Unusual Cause of Chronic Dyspnoea
Fadi Seif and Lamia H. Ibrahim
Full Text PDF
Theophylline Toxicity – A Forgotten Entity
N Altaie, S Malik and S Robertson
Full Text PDF
Painless aortic dissection presenting with congestive heart failure
Usman Ali, Wai Hang Cheung and Ashis Banerjee
Full Text PDF

Clinical Practice

Miscellaneous

 

Depression and pain: is there a common pathway?

Authors
Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a411

Chronic pain, arbitrarily defined as that lasting longer than six months, is a clinical, social, and economic problem. It is often accompanied by feelings of low mood and despondency.

Whether chronic pain induces clinical depression or depression initiates psychosomatic pain (through physiological mechanisms) is difficult to prove. The burden of illness increases when patients suffer from both. Financial hardship and medical costs affect the quality of life which leads to difficulties in coping and further decreased functioning, making the treatment of both conditions more complicated. Therefore, better recognition, assessment, and treatment of comorbid pain and depression should, at least in theory, lead to better outcomes.

Pain is broadly categorized into three groups: nociceptive (any painful stimulus), neuropathic (for example, diabetes), and psychogenic. Nociceptive pain occurs with direct noxious stimuli. Neuropathic pain is a result of disease or injury to the nervous system or spinal cord. Psychogenic pain has no discernible physical origin. Although the precise physiological mechanisms are not entirely understood, there are two basic categories of sensory neurones. The first type is myelinated and fast conducting; the second is unmyelinated and slow conducting.

Acute pain which follows damage to tissue (an ankle sprain, for example) is usually correlated with hyperalgesia (an increase in the pain elicited by a noxious stimulus and felt as a sharp, burning sensation) and allodynia (‘other’ pain evoked by a normally innocuous stimulus) and serves to protect the injury from further trauma while allowing the damage to be repaired.

Depression is often a chronic disorder and though its symptoms may be alleviated by appropriate medication and other therapies, physical complaints tend to be more intractable. For example, fibromyalgia (FM), a syndrome characterized by widespread muscle pain and generalized tender points, is often associated with major depressive disorder.1 However, although the vast majority of patients with fibromyalgia do not meet criteria for a psychiatric disorder, psychological symptoms are common. In a randomized controlled trial of primary care patients with musculoskeletal problems and depression, antidepressant medication followed by a self-management pain programme led to improvement in both.2 The tricyclic antidepressant amitriptyline was traditionally used usually in small doses, to treat pain, with moderate success. In addition to its own intrinsic analgesic effect amitriptyline appears to enhance the effects of opioid analgesia. Other antidepressants are now in vogue; for example, duloxetine, a serotonin (5-HT)/noradrenaline (NA) reuptake inhibitor, is sometimes used for diabetic neuropathic pain.

Of the numerous neurotransmitters at least two, namely 5-HT and NA, may prove to be one common link between depression and pain. Both serotoninergic and noradrenergic pathways ascend from subcortical areas (brainstem, hypothalamus and thalamus) to the whole neocortex and mediate emotional and physiological responses.3 Their pathways descend the spinal cord and suppress nociceptive inputs. Serotoninergic cell bodies located in the raphe nucleus in the brainstem, and noradrenergic neurones located in the locus coeruleus (also in the brainstem) send projections to various parts of the brain involved in the control of mood, appetite, sexual activity, attention and concentration. Theoretically at least, a dysfunction at the level of the serotoninergic and noradrenergic neurons could affect both ascending and descending pathways resulting in the psychological and physically painful symptoms of depression. Neurotransmitters may open or close the ‘gate’ on perception of painful stimuli. Therefore adrenergic and serotoninergic pathways from the brainstem to the spinal cord will inhibit incoming painful stimuli. This is perhaps an oversimplification as some sensory fibres enter via the ventral spinal roots.

The hypothalamic pituitary axis (HPA) is probably also involved. The hypothalamus, which synthesises and secretes neurohormones, has a wide range of physiological functions including regulation of thirst and hunger, sexual behaviour, defence reactions such as fear and rage, and circadian rhythm: disturbances of all these functions are frequently seen in depressed or anxious patients. The HPA is also affected in patients with physical stress as well as major depression, as shown by increased levels of adrenocorticotropic hormone and cortisol in the plasma. Stimulation of the lateral areas of the hypothalamus produces a diffuse sympathetic discharge possibly because some areas of the hypothalamus control adrenaline and NA secretion. Prolonged stress associated with pain leads to depletion of central 5-HT and malfunction of other associated receptors.4

The hypothalamus and limbic system (whose boundaries are difficult to define) with its associated structures – the amygdala, hippocampus and septal nuclei, are involved in the mental and affective aspects of emotions. The amygdala, a cluster of nuclei in the medial temporal lobe, may have a role in the reciprocal relationship between pain and depression. The amygdala controls not only emotional behaviour but also memory. However, mixed results have been reported regarding the level of activity of the amygdala in response to pain.

Nociceptor afferents terminate within distinct regions of the dorsal horn and within the spinal cord, synapses are sites of considerable modification, hence the term ‘gate’ for the dorsal horn cells. The neurotransmitter for slow pain is believed to be substance P, and glutamate is the putative transmitter secreted by primary afferent fibres subserving fast pain.5

5-HT and NA neurotransmitter systems influence neuroplasticity in the brain. Most currently available antidepressants act through reuptake inhibition of either or both. Therefore, it would seem feasible to prescribe dual-action antidepressants when pain symptoms are associated with depression. However depressed patients with pain comorbidity are less likely to take antidepressant medications compared to those with depression alone. Also, individuals who develop pain or depression are at risk for developing the other, thus escalating the clinical management. Furthermore, when pain is refractory to treatment, it is associated with more depressive symptoms and worse depression outcomes, and vice versa. Depressive symptoms are very common in physically ill patients. Unfortunately, depression is often overlooked in pain patients because pain symptoms take priority or worse still, comorbid depression is not considered.

It is difficult to state with certainty whether or not unexplained pain is ‘psychological’. Such an assumption might be perceived as demeaning and patronizing to patients and the suggestion of providing cognitive therapy misinterpreted as him/her overplaying their reaction to pain or that the pain is ‘psychological’. Others do not like being labelled ‘psychiatric’, and are therefore reluctant to take antidepressants even when a physiological explanation is given. Pain perception involves physical and emotional factors and its primary function is to protect the organism from harm. It follows therefore, that pain thresholds and pain tolerance vary from individual to individual, and especially among patients with depression.

Antidepressants are frequently used in the treatment of depression and generalized anxiety disorders. Their use extends beyond these areas, however, and it is now accepted that antidepressants are efficacious in treating chronic pain syndromes in addition to their effects on psychological features such as low mood, inordinate guilt, or feelings of worthlessness. Because physical symptoms are often the main complaint in many depressed patients and pain is common as a presenting symptom, clinicians need to know about the dual use of antidepressants for both. Future antidepressants may involve neurotransmitters, other than 5-HT and NA, which could include dopaminergic pathways, opioid (antagonists of morphine-type drugs) receptors and the pentapeptides (enkephalins) which bind to these receptors.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1. Dunne F, Dunne C. Fibromyalgia syndrome and psychiatric disorder. Br J Hosp Med. 1995; 54: 194-197.

2. Kroenke K, Bair MJ, Damush TM, Wu J, Hoke S, Sutherland J, Tu W. Antidepressant therapy and pain self-management in primary care patients with depression and musculoskeletal pain. A randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2009; 301: 2099-2110. 

3. Bair MJ, Robinson LR, Katon W, Kroenke K. Depression and pain comorbidity. A literature review. Arch Intern Med. 2003; 163: 2433-2445.

4. Stahl S, Briley M. Understanding pain in depression. Hum Psychopharmacol: Clinical & Experimental. 2004; 19: 9–13.

5. Ganong WF. Review of Medical Physiology. McGraw-Hill 22nd edition; 2005.

An analysis of the learning needs of undergraduate medical students in a developing country: the learning needs are similar to students in the West, but resources differ

Authors
Mahmood Tariq and Memon Abdul Razak
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a410
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Objective: To explore the perception of undergraduate medical students in developing world regarding teaching and learning of various basic clinical skills, identifying their learning needs and directing resources of the university accordingly.

Design / Setting: A questionnaire study implemented at the time of completion of voluntary clinical skills course for four weeks at the attached Liaquat University of Medical and Health Sciences, Hyderabad, Pakistan.

Participants:All students who went through the course during consecutive sixteen months commencing from October 2008 and ending in January 2010.

Results:History taking and laboratory investigations were deemed least important by students, perhaps because these are taught to them during normal attachments in all wards. The Friedmans mean rank was highest for passing of a naso-gastric tube (12.24) and catheterisation of urinary bladder (11.66). The students felt the greatest need to learn these two invasive procedures because they are not taught elsewhere, followed by equipments and drugs used in anaesthesia, sterilisation and inserting an intravenous cannulation. The students ranked the learning of the  following skills in the middle: giving intra-venous and intra-muscular injections, taking blood, providing pre or post-operative care (mainly pre-operative fitness assessment and monitoring heamo-dynamic stability post operatively), and being able to identify surgical instruments. Asymptotic as well as Monte-Carlo significance was very high. (p<0.000)

Conclusions:  Student’s views should form a key part of design when considering development of a skills course and resources should be geared to meet these student learning needs.

Keywords: 
Simulators, Medical Education, Skills course, skills training, learning needs

Background:

Controlled teaching environment can be provided to undergraduate medical students for learning certain basic clinical skills through using manikins or models before they have to perform them on real patients. Many medical schools in the United Kingdom now have clinical skills laboratories which are equipped with a large host of such learning resources. Many medical schools promote their clinical laboratories and have dedicated lead consultants to teach, monitor and develop clinical skills. Furthermore, a wide variety of skills can be taught in these laboratories. For example, the University of Leeds Medical school offers teaching to second year undergraduate medical students in basic life support, vital signs, injections, blood glucose monitoring, cannulation and venepuncture while third year medical students are taught fundoscopy, rectal examination, urinary bladder catheterisation, doing an ECG and examination of the breast. Similarly, simulators have also been used in postgraduate medical teaching, for example, Colonoscopy simulators have been used to calculate efficiency ratio of learners. 1

However not all places in the world have clinical skills laboratories. Alternatively, some institutions teach the undergraduate medical students various basic skills in clinical supervised settings before they take up their first job as physicians. Some have assessed the level of training that their institutions have thus offered and tried to improve upon deficits. Mario Sicaja et al 2 from Zagreb University evaluated 252 students using a questionnaire asking the students to self assess their abilities on nine groups of skills and asked 129 faculty teachers to simultaneously assess the minimum necessary level of skills they expected from the graduating students. They concluded that the teachers expected higher level of clinical skills from students than that assessed by the students. Similarly, in postgraduate teaching, the students’ learning needs have been assessed by determining the difference in expectation of trainers and the trainees. 3

Effectiveness of basic clinical skills training programmes has been documented and it has been suggested that longitudinal skills training offers superior preparation for abilities during the clerkship 4. It has also been suggested that whereas students from medical schools using traditional curriculum may not differ in their knowledge based performance, (demonstrated by Multiple Clinical Questions i.e. MCQ scores) from students at medical schools with clinical skills training, the later perform better on clinical examination (measured by Objective Structured Clinical Examination i.e. OSCE). 5

However, in many other medical schools worldwide, which implement the traditional undergraduate medical curriculum, there are no clinical skills teaching sessions for undergraduate medical students. The students get to learn this first time when they are doing internship and are in direct contact with the patients. It was the same situation in Liaquat University of Medical and Health Sciences (LUMHS) in Hyderabad, Pakistan. This is a large medical school which is based in the second largest city of Sindh province of Pakistan. The first author was invited from United Kingdom to review and advise on the undergraduate medical curriculum at LUMHS. The professor of plastic surgery (second author) had started to run a voluntary clinical skills course in his department covering some general basic clinical skills and provided his data to the first author for analysis and review.

This study was devised to analyse the views of participating students regarding the course and determine their learning needs. Based on the learning needs, one could identify which resources are needed and what the University should aim to provide.  Furthermore, there are no such published studies from Pakistan. This study was aimed at providing scientific information on the learning needs of undergraduate medical students from the developing world, which may be deemed to be different from the medical students in the western world.

Methods:

All medical students from fourth and final year at LUMHS were invited to attend four weeks of clinical skills course at the plastic surgery department voluntarily. The students had to attend the department after their normal working hours. There were dedicated junior doctors in the department who were given the responsibility to teach the attendees hands on clinical skills in a structured manner. The skills included  history taking, organising blood tests, vene-puncture, giving intravenous and intra-muscular injections, intravenous cannulation, urinary bladder catheterisation, passing naso-gastric tube, dressing of surgical wounds, basic pre-operative assessment, basic post-operative assessment including haemo-dynamic stability, surgical theatre mannerism, principles of sterilization, identification of common surgical instruments and equipment and identification of types of drugs used in anaesthesia. The students were provided a questionnaire asking for feedback on the course which they had to fill at the end. The study was approved by the University Research and Ethics Committee. The data was computerised and statistically analysed using a statistical package. It involved all students who went through the course during consecutive sixteen months commencing from October 2008 and ending in January 2010.

Results:

90 students were recruited to the study. Students were from both sexes and both fourth year and final year. There were 32 male (35.6%) and 58 female (64.4%) students. Of the total 90 students, 62 (68.9%) were from 4th year while 28 (31.1%) students were from final year. They were all volunteers who were willing to attend the course after their normal working hours and were allocated seats on a first come first serve basis. No student was refused entry to the course and all participants were provided questionnaire on feedback at the time of completion of the course. The response rate was 100% although this may be because students were actively encouraged by the teaching staff to ensure that feedback questionnaires were filled in. 

History taking and laboratory investigations were deemed least important by students, perhaps because these are taught to them during normal attachments in all wards for clinical teaching.

The Friedman mean rank was highest for catheterisation of urinary bladder (11.66) and passing of a naso-gastric tube (12.44). The students felt the greatest need to learn these two basic clinical skills perhaps because they are not taught elsewhere. This was followed by anaesthesia, sterilisation and passing an intravenous cannulation. The students ranked learning of the learning of the following skills  in the middle: giving injections, taking blood, providing pre or post-operative care and being able to identify surgical instruments. Taking history and arranging laboratory investigations were both ranked the lowest at 6.22. The Friedman asymptotic significance was high (p<0.000). Despite being a good sample size, Monte Carlo significance at confidence interval of 99% was very high (p<000.0). Table below summarises the statistics

 

Ranks

  Mean Rank
History taking 6.22
Lab investigations 6.22
Venesection 6.29
Giving injection 6.68
I/v cannulation 7.46
Catheterisation 11.66
Naso-gastric intubation 12.24
Dressing wound 6.29
Pre-operative assessment 6.71
Theatre environment 6.53
Post-operative assessment 6.62
Principles of sterilisation 7.73
Types of anaesthesia 7.81
Surgical instruments 6.54

Test Statistics a

N 90
Chi-Square 615.431
Df 13
Asymp. Sig. 0.000
Monte Carlo Sig. 0.000
99% Confidence Interval Lower Bound 0.000
99% Confidence Interval Upper Bound 0.000

a : Friedman Test 

Discussion:

Our study has shown that undergraduate medical students from the developing world greatly value a basic clinical skills course, and are particularly keen on being taught naso-gastric intubation and urinary bladder catheterisation. They seem to get enough exposure in the wards on history taking and arranging laboratory tests, but identify learning needs in other clinical skills.

This study is limited to data collection from one large medical university, but the sample size has been large, observation has been over a period of one year, statistical significance has been very high and response rate has been extremely good. The teaching staff actively encouraged the students to fill the feedback questionnaires, and this could arguably lead to some response bias.

There are no such previous studies from Pakistan to compare our findings with. This study therefore can make a good baseline for local institutions to further develop and build upon. Roy Remmen’s group compared four medical schools on clinical skills of students, and demonstrated positive effect of both longitudinal skill training as well as utilisation of problem based approach in these skill courses. Our study did not provide any longitudinal data and problem based learning approach was not utilised either. Our data is a cross sectional study.

There seem to be three levels of engagement in learning basic clinical skills. One side of the spectrum has structured teaching in clinical skills laboratories with simulation, models and manikins, while the other has no teaching of clinical skills at all, until the physician starts to work with real patients. In the middle is the model of teaching clinical skills on the wards, before graduating as doctors. The former model with clinical skills laboratories requires the most resource. Which model of teaching is adopted by any individual medical university may be dependant upon the local resources, as well as the demands of the local regulatory bodies.  During this study, we were able to realise the pattern of clinical skills teaching at some other medical universities in Pakistan, India and Bangladesh as random examples of southeast Asia. We learned that most institutions in this part of the world do not undertake any formal clinical skills teaching, and certainly there are hardly any clinical skills laboratories. This voluntary attempt by the professor of plastic surgery at LUMHS is therefore commendable. 

This study has also identified the keenness of students to learn some specific skills through such courses prior to graduation. With a move to more globalisation of medical protocols and guidelines, a greater uniformity should also emerge in the ways in which doctors in the east or the west hemisphere of the world learn medical knowledge, attitudes and skills. There may thus be need for researchers in medical education to encourage and push for adoption of clinical skills teaching courses prior to medical graduation in the developing world.

Furthermore this study has yet again reiterated that student’s views should form a key part in the curriculum design when considering development of a clinical skills course, and resources should be geared to meet these learning needs of students.

 

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MAHMOOD TARIQ, Consultant Physician and Gastroenterologist 92 Long Lane, Ickenham, Middlesex, UB10 8SX ABDUL RAZAK MEMON, Liaquat University of Medical and Health Sciences, Hyderabad, Pakistan
Corresponding Author Details: 
MAHMOOD TARIQ, Consultant Physician and Gastroenterologist, 92 Long Lane, Ickenham, Middsx, UB10 8SX
Corresponding Author Email: 
Tm123@btinternet.com
References
References: 

1. Mahmood T, Darzi A,  “ The use of Efficiency ratio as an outcome for colonoscopy training simulator” Endoscopy; Nov 2003, 35; 11:  A166 (146)

2. Mario Sičaja, Dominik Romić, and Željko Prka , ‘Medical Students’ Clinical Skills Do Not Match Their Teachers’ Expectations: Survey at Zagreb University School of Medicine. Croat Med J. 2006 February; 47(1): 169–175.

3. Mahmood T, Darzi A. Bouchier-Hayes D. “Is the UK gastrointestinal   endoscopy training adequate? The trainer and the trainee’s perspectives”.  GUT, April 2003, 1; 52: A7, (21).

4. Roy Remmen, Albert Scherpbier, Cees Van Der Vleuten, Joke Denekens, Anselm Derese, Ingeborg Hermann, Ron Hoogenboom, Anneke Kramer, Herman Van Rossum, Paul Van Royen, Leo Bossaer, ‘Effectiveness of basic clinical skills training programmes: a cross-sectional comparison of four medical schools’ Medical Education Feb 2003, , Vol 35, issue 2, 121-128

5. Jana Jünger, Sybille Schäfer, Christiane Roth, Dieter Schellberg,  “Effects of basic clinical skills training on objective structured clinical examination performance” Medical Education, Vol 39, issue 10, 1015-1020

Incidental adnexal mass at Caesarean section - the value of implementing a comprehensive consenting process

Authors
Ingrid Paredes, Marlon Pastrana, Alasdair Gordon and Toh Lick Tan
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a409
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Informed consent is an important part of good medical practice. Potentially, added, but not essential procedures may only become obvious during surgery. Therefore comprehensive consent to cover such a situation is advisable. In this report, we illustrate the value of a standardised consent form which addresses the issue.

Introduction

Examination of the ovaries at caesarean section is a normal practice as ovarian pathology may be found. The incidence of an adnexal mass found at caesarean section ranges from 1 in 123 1 to 329 2. Ovarian cysts rarely develop de novo in late pregnancy, but rather persist from early pregnancy. About 4 in 5 ovarian cysts detected in the first trimester scan resolve spontaneously. Also, 4 in 5 of ovarian cysts persisting into the second trimester will also be present in the post-natal period as complex cysts such as serous cystadenomas, mature cystic teratomas, endometriomas and mucinous cystadenomas 3. It therefore seems sensible to remove the ovarian cyst for histology at caesarean section rather than subject the woman to the anxiety of multiple investigations and/or another laparotomy, particularly when ovarian cystectomy during caesarean section does not appear to increase morbidity of the procedure 1.

We present a case of incidental ovarian cyst found at elective caesarean section to illustrate the value of a comprehensive consenting process.

Case Report

A 35 year-old para 1 + 0 healthy Polish woman was admitted for elective lower segment caesarean section (LSCS) at 39 + 4 weeks gestation in view of a previous caesarean section 2 years ago for failure to progress in the first stage of labour.She was booked in a neighbouring hospital for her antenatal care where she was counselled and consented for the procedure by her consultant. Her pregnancy was uncomplicated and routine pregnancy scans were unremarkable. Apart from drainage of a breast abscess 2 years ago, she had no medical history of note.

Written consent for elective LSCS was obtained by the junior doctor on duty before the consultant pre-operative ward round. However, the directorate’s standardised consent (figure 1) form was not used. The woman was therefore again counselled and written consent for elective LSCS obtained for the third time now including previously omitted additional procedures that might be performed during the course of the surgery.

At the uncomplicated LSCS under spinal anaesthetic, routine inspection of the uterus and adnexa revealed a 30 x 20 x 15 mm pedunculated firm pale mass attached to the left ovary suggestive of a fibroma. The findings were relayed to the woman, and confirmation of consent for the ovarian cystectomy was obtained. The abnormal ovarian mass was removed with conservation of the left ovary. Histology of the mass subsequently confirmed it to be an ovarian fibroma / fibrothecoma.

Discussion

The Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG) recommend that clinicians should seek prior consent to treat any problem which might arise 4. Indeed, in its Consent Advice for caesarean section, it states that discussion of appropriate but not essential procedures, such as ovarian cystectomy at caesarean section, should take place before undertaking the procedure 5. This supports the position of the Department of Health which states that a procedure should not be performed merely because it is convenient, and that it is good practice where possible to seek the person’s consent to the proposed procedure well in advance, when there is time to respond to the person’s questions and provide adequate information 6.

In spite of the publication of the above guidelines well over a year ago, our case supports the belief that most obstetricians omit discussion and/or documentation of ovarian cystectomy at LSCS, and indeed other risks or additional procedures that may be relevant as showed in figure 1. This may be because the clinician is unaware of the recommendations, not familiar with the potential risks or findings at surgery, or that there is simply insufficient time to document comprehensively.

Our directorate has adopted the use of standardised consent forms for common procedures. These forms are available on our intranet which can be edited allowing clinicians to amend the risks and additional procedures as appropriate in each individual case. We believe the verified printed consent form offers legible and comprehensive documentation of the counselling process, as well as prompting clinicians to discuss key issues such as those recommended by the RCOG Consent Advice. We advocate the use of such standardised consent forms in improving the care of patients and supporting clinicians to deliver optimal services.

 

 

 

 

 

Figure 1. Standardised consent form for lower segment caesarean section

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
INGRID PAREDES, BSc, Medical student, American University of the Caribbean School of Medicine, Florida, USA MARLON PASTRANA, BSc, Medical student, American University of the Caribbean School of Medicine, Florida, USA ALASDAIR GORDON, FRCS(Ed), MRCOG, Consultant obstetrician & gynaecologist, Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Ealing Hospital, London, United Kingdom TOH LICK TAN, MRCOG, Consultant obstetrician & gynaecologist, Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Ealing Hospital, London, United Kingdom
Corresponding Author Details: 
Mr TOH LICK TAN, Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology,Ealing Hospital NHS Trust, Uxbridge Road, Southall UB1 3HW, United Kingdom
Corresponding Author Email: 
tohlick.tan@nhs.net
References
References: 
  1. Dede M, Yenen MC, Yilmaz A, Goktolga U, Baser  I. Treatment of incidental adnexal masses at caesarean section: a retrospective study. Int J Gynecol Cancer 2007; 17:3 39–341.
  2. Ulker V, Gedikbasi A, Numanoglu C, Saygı S, Aslan H, Gulkilik A. Incidental adnexal masses at caesarean section and review of the literature. J Obstet Gynaecol Research 2010; 36: 502-505.
  3. Condus A, Khalid A, Bourne T. Should we be examining the ovaries in pregnancy? Prevalence and natural history of adnexal pathology detected at first-trimester sonography. Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 2004; 24: 62-66.
  4. RoyalCollegeof Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. Obtaining Valid Consent. Clinical Governance Advice No 6. December 2008
  5. RoyalCollegeof Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. Caesarean Section. Consent Advice No 7. October 2009
  6. Department of Health. Reference guide to consent for examination or treatment 2nd Edition. July 2009

An Unusual Cause of Chronic Dyspnoea

Authors
Fadi Seif and Lamia H. Ibrahim
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a408

A 73 year old lady presented for assessment of her recurrent right sided pleural effusion. She had a history of gallstones and underwent open cholecystectomy.  One month after surgery the patient had recurrent pleural effusion requiring thoracocentesis on a monthly basis. On the chest x-ray, the pleural effusion was seen exclusively on the right side occupying the whole right hemithorax. 

The pleural fluid was transudative on multiple occasions and there was no evidence of malignant cells. Her echocardiography revealed preserved cardiac function. An abdominal ultrasound showed findings of cirrhosis and splenomegaly consistent with portal hypertension.

Image 1

Computerised tomography (CT) of the chest and abdomen revealed a large right-sided pleural effusion and minimal ascites (Image 1). An ultrasound guided paracentesis was performed with difficulty and only 17cc of fluid.was obtained.  The abdominal fluid showed similar consistency as the pleural fluid. The blood workup at the same time was unremarkable.

Image 2

Intra-peritoneal administration of 99mTc-sulphur colloid was attempted but failed in the absence of ascites. Computed tomography with three dimensional reconstruction at the diaphragmatic level revealed a defect in the posterior aspect of the right hemidiaphragm (Image 2 black arrow) and also revealed irregular contours of the liver, an indirect sign of diaphragmatic defect (Image 2 white arrow).

The patient declined any surgical intervention at that point including the option of pleurodesis. She was started on diuretics and a low salt diet with significant improvement. 

Discussion:

Pleural effusion due to hepatic cirrhosis and ascites is well known, but hepatic hydrothorax in the absence of ascites is a rare complication. We report a case of liver cirrhosis with a large and recurring right sided pleural effusion that had an apparent abdominal source in the absence of ascites. We review the characteristics and treatment for hepatic hydrothorax in the absence of ascites.

Hepatic hydrothorax is defined as the presence of significant pleural effusion in a cirrhotic patient without primary pulmonary or cardiac disease1. Postulated mechanisms for the development of pleural effusions in patients with hepatic cirrhosis include: hypoalbuminemia and decreased oncotic pressure leakage of the plasma from the hypertensive azygos vein, lymphatic leak from the thoracic duct, passage of ascitic fluid to the pleural space by way of lymphatic channels in the diaphragm, and transfer of peritoneal fluid directly via diaphragmatic defects2.

The usual unilaterality of hepatic hydrothorax could be attributed to a congenital factor, but not to physiologic mechanisms3. The most likely explanation appears to be that ascitic fluid passes through congenital or acquired fenestrations in the diaphragm directly into the pleural space2. The description of hepatic hydrothorax in the absence of ascites is very rare1. The flow of the ascitic fluid into the pleural space equaled the rate of ascites production in patients with this entity3.

The composition of pleural fluid from hepatic hydrothorax is similar to that of ascitic fluid. Pleural effusions associated with portal hypertension are always transudative1. Nuclear scans can be performed to establish the diagnosis of hepatic hydrothorax with fairly high accuracy. Intra-peritoneal administration of 99mTc-human serum albumin or 99mTc-sulphur colloid can be used to demonstrate the communication between the peritoneal and pleural space. Recent advances in radiological imaging have enabled investigators to examine in detail the diaphragmatic defects responsible for the development of hepatic hydrothorax1.

The management is challenging and frequently associated with poor outcomes in most cases. Dietary restriction of sodium intake and the addition of diuretics is the initial approach. Thoracocentesis can be performed in patients with dyspnoea due to hepatic hydrothorax for immediate relief of symptoms. When thoracocentesis is required too frequently in patients on maximal sodium restriction and optimal diuretics, alternative treatment options must be considered1, 3.

Over the last few years, new insights into the pathogenesis of this entity have lead to improved treatment modalities such as portosystemic shunts (TIPS) and video-assisted thoracoscopy (VATS) for closure of diaphragmatic defects. Both, though temporary  measures, are perhaps the best available bridging to liver transplantation in selected patients with refractory hepatic hydrothorax2, 3.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Fadi Seif, M.D. Fellow, Pulmonary Critical Care and Sleep Medicine, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine Lamia H. Ibrahim, M.D., FCCP, Director of Asthma Center, Director of Medical Student and Resident Pulmonary Education, Division of Pulmonary, Critical Care and Sleep, University Hospitals Case Medical Center. Assistant Professor of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine, Louis Stokes Cleveland VAMC
Corresponding Author Details: 
Fadi Seif, M.D. Fellow, Pulmonary Critical Care and Sleep Medicine, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine
Corresponding Author Email: 
Fadi.Seif@UHhospitals.org
References
References: 
  1. Kiafar C, Gilani N. Hepatic hydrothorax: Current concepts of pathophysiology and treatment options. Annals of Hepatology 2008; 7(4): 313-320
  2. Mentese BB, Kayhan B,  Görgül A, et al. Hepatic Hydrothorax in the Absence of Ascites. Report of Two Cases and Review of the Mechanism. Digestive Diseases and Sciences 1997; 42(4): 781-788
  3. Gur C,  Ilan Y, Shibolet O. Hepatic hydrothorax – pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment – review of the literature. Liver International 2004; 24(4): 281-284

COPD Exacerbation with Concurrent Stress Cardiomyopathy: A Case of Double Dyspnoea

Authors
Jennifer L. Pham, Steven R Bruhl and Mujeeb Sheikh
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a407
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

We present an interesting case of severe dyspnea due to chronic obstructive airway disease exacerbation and upon further evaluation a diagnosis of stress cardiomyopathy was entertained. We highlight a management of this particular case and provide a brief review of stress cardiomyopathy.

Case presentation

A 52 year-old Caucasian male with a history of chronic obstructive airway disease (COPD) presented to the emergency department complaining of progressive shortness of breath. Two days prior, the patient had presented to the ED with similar complaints that resolved with aerosol treatments and the patient was discharged on a metered dose inhaler (MDI).  The patient had been prescribed MDI’s (metered dose inhalers) previously for management of his COPD, but due to financial constraints he had been unable to fill his prescription for the past month. Emergency medical services (EMS) suspected COPD exacerbation and administered 40 mg prednisone IV and two albuterol-ipratropriumnebulisertreatments en route to the hospital, which improved the patient’s breathing symptoms.                                             

Upon arrival to the hospital, his blood pressure was 129/90, respirations 28, pulse 127, and he had an oxygen saturation of 100% on 7L/min. Physical examination revealed increased work of breathing, and wheezes in all lung fields with prolonged expiratory phase. The cardiovascular exam was normal except for tachycardia.  A Routine electrocardiogram (ECG) revealed sinus tachycardia and T wave inversions in anterior leads. Chest x-ray showed old scarring in the left lower lobe. Routine cardiac enzymes showed mild elevation with a serum troponin level of 0.68ng/ml (normal range 0.0ng/ml-0.05ng/ml). The second set of troponin peaked at 1.66 ng/ml (normal 0.0ng/ml-0.05ng/ml). In view of the elevated cardiac enzymes atransthoracicechocardiogram was performed which demonstrated multiple wall motion abnormalities and reduced left ventricular ejection fraction of 25%. Coronary angiography demonstrated normal coronary arteries. Left ventriculography revealed hypokinetc mid-anterior and apical segment with a hypercontractile base with reduced ejection fraction (EF) of around 25% (normal range EF 55-65%)  (Figure 1)

 

Figure 1. Left ventriculography demonstrating the classic appearance of Takotsubo cardiomyopathy

In light of the systolic dysfunction not in proportion with the degree of coronary artery stenosis and the multiple areas of wall motion abnormalities seen on echocardiogram, the diagnosis of Takotsubo cardiomyopathy (TCMP) was made. The diagnosis was further supported by the presence of ECG changes, troponin elevation, and the added social stresses of being unemployed. Over the course of his stay in hospital, the patient’s breathing improved with oral prednisone, inhaled tiotropium, and fluticasone/salmeterol. The patient was also treated with an angiotension converting enzyme inhibitor (ACE inhibitor), aspirin, statin, and beta-blockers. There were no adverse coronary events during the course of his hospital stay and the patient was discharged after four days. A Follow up echocardiogram after 4 weeks showed normal left ventricular systolic function.

DISCUSSION

Takotsubo cardiomyopathy (TCMP), also called stress-induced cardiomyopathy, apical ballooning syndrome, or broken heart syndrome, is a transient systolic dysfunction of the ventricles in the absence of significant coronary artery disease. Once thought to be a rare syndrome, TCMP is increasingly being identified in clinical practice, however, the prevalence and incidence are not known. It is estimated that 0.7-2.5% of patients who present with acute coronary syndrome are found to have TCMP1 .The majority of these patients are postmenopausal females, with a mean age of 62-75 years. They may present with chest pain and have a recent history of an emotional stress or severe medical illness. 1

The clinical manifestations of TCMP can mimic those of an acute myocardial infarction. Although, chest pain is a common presenting symptom, patients may also have complaints ofdyspnoeaand arrhythmias. In our casedyspnoeawas the predominant symptom and was easily confused with COPD exacerbation. Recently a few cases of concomitant stress cardiomyopathy with obstructive airway disease have been documented in literature. 2-4 While the pathophysiology of the coexistence of these two disorders is not fully understood, it is thought that both stress induced cardiac dysfunction due to exaggerated sympathetic activation and use of sympathomimetic bronchodilators instigates the myocardial stunning in such patients.  Furthermore, an emotional stressor, such as death of a family member, or a physiological stressor, such as an acute medical illness, is thought to be a trigger for cardiomyopathy. 5 It is believed that the syndrome is not a result of anischemia, but there is some evidence to suggest thatoestrogenlevels may have a role in modulating the sympatho-adrenal outflow in TCMP. In mice models, chronic oestrogen supplementation seemed to have protective effects from exaggerated sympathetic outflow from the heart and brain6 . Postmenopausal women with low levels ofoestrogenmay be more vulnerable to the exaggerated catecholamine release in responses to stressors. 7  

The characteristic finding in TCMP is a transient mid-ventricular or apical ballooning due to a hypokinetic portion seen on echocardiogram or on a left ventriculography. Systolic dysfunction is usually transient, inconsistent to the perfusion area of a single coronary artery, and usually resolves within 4-6 weeks. 8 Additional findings include ECG changes with ST segment deviations in precordial leads being the most common. Cardiac enzymes have been noted to have moderate elevations.9.

As data regarding the treatment of TCMP is limited, medical management mainly consists of symptomatic therapy with aspirin, ACE inhibitors, beta-blockers, and diuretics, also used in acute coronary syndrome.10   Patients who present acutely are treated as acute coronary syndrome and often receive emergency coronary angiography. However, less invasive imaging techniques, such as echocardiograms, should first be examined carefully.  Due to the transient nature of the syndrome, the duration of treatment is unknown with some studies suggesting that there is no benefit with chronic treatment. 11   The prognosis is fairly good, with in hospital mortality rates being reported to range from 0-8%, and recovery of left ventricular function in the majority of patients. 9, 12 

TCMP is difficult to distinguish from acute coronary syndrome on first presentation. Our patient had significant social stress. She presented with severedyspnoeaand was treated for COPD exacerbation. Elevation of cardiac enzymes and ECG changes lead to further evaluation and diagnosis of stress cardiomyopathy. This atypical presentation of TCMP showcases the importance ofutilisingthe routine noninvasive imaging and laboratory values to guide the diagnosis. Furthermore physicians need to maintain a high clinical suspicion for this syndrome.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None Declared
Details of Authors: 
Mujeeb Sheikh, M.D Cardiovascular Fellow, University of Toledo Medical Center, Toledo, OH, 43614 Steven Bruhl, M.D Cardiovascular Fellow, University of Toledo Medical Center, Toledo, OH, 43614 Jennifer L. Pham, B.S ,Fourth year medical student, Medical College of Ohio, Toledo, 43614
Corresponding Author Details: 
Mujeeb Sheikh, M.D Cardiovascular Fellow, University of Toledo Medical Center, Toledo, OH, 43614
Corresponding Author Email: 
skmujiba@yahoo.co.in
References
References: 

1.       Bybee, K.A., et al., Systematic review: transient left ventricular apical ballooning: a syndrome that mimics ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction. Ann Intern Med, 2004. 141(11): p. 858-65.

2.       Bilan, A., et al., Dyspnea as a dominant clinical manifestation in a patient with takotsubo cardiomyopathy treated for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and hyperthyroidism. Pol Arch Med Wewn, 2009. 119(4): p. 265-8.

3.       Hernandez Lanchas, C., et al., [Tako-Tsubo syndrome in a patient with exacerbated bronchial asthma]. Rev Clin Esp, 2007. 207(6): p. 291-4.

4.       Saeki, S., et al., [Case of bronchial asthma complicated with Takotsubo cardiomyopathy after frequent epinephrine medication]. Nihon Kokyuki Gakkai Zasshi, 2006. 44(10): p. 701-5.

5.       Tsuchihashi, K., et al., Transient left ventricular apical ballooning without coronary artery stenosis: a novel heart syndrome mimicking acute myocardial infarction. Angina Pectoris-Myocardial Infarction Investigations in Japan. J Am Coll Cardiol, 2001. 38(1): p. 11-8.

6.       Ueyama, T., Emotional stress-induced Tako-tsubo cardiomyopathy: animal model and molecular mechanism. Ann N Y Acad Sci, 2004. 1018: p. 437-44.

7.       Ueyama, T., et al., Catecholamines and estrogen are involved in the pathogenesis of emotional stress-induced acute heart attack. Ann N Y Acad Sci, 2008. 1148: p. 479-85.

8.       Nef, H.M., et al., Mechanisms of stress (Takotsubo) cardiomyopathy. Nat Rev Cardiol. 7(4): p. 187-93.

9.       Banihashemi, M.R. and I.A. Khan, Acute stress-induced cardiomyopathy: a brief observation. Int J Cardiol, 2009. 134(2): p. 273-7.

10.     Cocco, G. and D. Chu, Stress-induced cardiomyopathy: A review. Eur J Intern Med, 2007. 18(5): p. 369-79.

11.     Fazio, G., et al., Chronic pharmacological treatment in takotsubo cardiomyopathy. Int J Cardiol, 2008. 127(1): p. 121-3.

12.     Regnante, R.A., et al., Clinical characteristics and four-year outcomes of patients in the Rhode Island Takotsubo Cardiomyopathy Registry. Am J Cardiol, 2009. 103(7): p. 1015-9.

Community-acquired urinary tract infection in the elderly

Authors
Mahesh E, Medha Y, Indumathi V A, Prithvi S Kumar, Mohammed Wasim Khan and Punith K
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a406
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background: Urinary tract infection (UTI) in the elderly poses a very serious problem. The knowledge of microbiology and antibiotic susceptibility of micro-organisms causing the disease is vital for defining the empirical treatment.  There are no large-scale studies on the same from India.

Aim: To find out the common presenting symptomatology and risk factors associated with UTI and distribution of isolated uropathogens and their resistance pattern.

Settings and design: Prospective study done in a tertiary care centre in Bangalore.

Methods and material: The study included elderly patients aged 65 years and above who were admitted, or visited the outpatient departments in the hospital, and had confirmed UTI.

Results and conclusions: Fever (57/194 - 29.4%) and dysuria (52/194 - 26.8%) were the most common symptoms of UTI. Diabetes Mellitus (DM) was the most common risk factor associated with UTI. Extended Spectrum Beta-Lactamase (ESBL) producing Escherichia coli (E.coli) (93/194 - 47.94%) was the most commonly isolated pathogen. Of the total, 56.2% of the uropathogens showed ESBL positivity. Overall, the highest antibiotic resistance was recorded for Fluoroquinolones (79.9%).

Keywords: 
Uropathogen, Elderly, Antibiotic Resistance, ESBL

Introduction       

Urinary tract infection (UTI) is the second most common infectious complaint in geriatric clinics overall, and the most common outpatient complaint caused by bacteria.1 The diagnosis and treatment of UTI in the elderly is not the same as treating UTI in adults. In frail elderly patients with age-associated multiple severe underlying disorders and cognitive impairment, early recognition of bacteraemic UTI and prompt, appropriate treatment are critical in reducing the mortality.2Also, the extensive and inappropriate use of antimicrobial agents has invariably resulted in the development of antibiotic resistance which, in recent years, has become a major problem worldwide.3 The diagnosis and empirical treatment of UTI in the elderly is challenging and a sound knowledge of the prevalent epidemiology of bacteria and their resistance pattern is necessary for the same. However, there is not much information on the aetiology and resistance pattern of UTI in the elderly in India. This study was done to find out the present uropathogen profile causing UTI in our centre and their antibiotic resistance patterns.

 

Subjects and methods

This prospective study was done at our tertiary care centre from January to December 2008. The study included all patients who were admitted or visited the outpatient departments in the hospital with symptoms of UTI during the study period and had UTI confirmed by positive urine culture reports. Only one sample from each subject was considered. Subjects with clinical symptoms of UTI but no growth on culture were excluded from final analysis. Subjects who were treated with another antimicrobial within the previous 48 hours, or within 24 hours if only a single dose and in the presence of an appropriate positive culture and ileal loops or vesicoureteral reflux were also excluded from the study. Complete data regarding demography, sex preponderance, associated symptoms, pathogenic organisms causing UTI and their antibiotic resistance were collected.

Overall, 194 subjects were included in the study (male: 116, female: 78). The mean age of the study population was 73.54±7.19 years, ranging between the ages of 65 and 96. The distribution of patients according to gender across various age groups is given in table 1. A general trend of more male subject enrolment was seen across all the age groups. 

Table 1. Age and gender distribution of complicated and uncomplicated urinary tract infection.

Age group

Male

Percent

Female

Percent

Total

Percent

65-74

66

56.9

48

61.5

114

58.8

75-84

40

34.5

24

30.8

64

33.0

85-94

10

8.6

5

6.4

15

7.7

≥95

0

0

1

1.3

1

.5

Total

116

100.0

78

100.0

194

100.0

 

 

Isolation and identification of uropathogens

A clean catch midstream specimen, or suprapubic aspirate in subjects who were unable to give the former, was collected in a sterile, wide-mouth, leak-proof container to hold approximately 50ml from these subjects. Using a calibrated loop method of loop diameter 4 mm, 10 µL of the uncentrifuged specimen was transferred onto the agar plate and streak, using the modified Mayo’s technique without flaming the loop for isolation, and incubated at 35- 370C for 24 hours. A specimen was considered positive for UTI if a single organism was cultured at a concentration of >105 Colony Forming Units/ml. The Gram-positive and Gram-negative organisms culture isolates were further identified by using various biochemical reactions up to genus/species level wherever applicable.

 

Antibiotic sensitivity testing

In the presence of any potential growth, antibiotic sensitivity testing was done by the Modified Kirby-Bauer disc diffusion method according to the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) guidelines.4 The antibiotics tested were Imepenem, Meropenem, Ciprofloxacin, Ofloxacin, Norfloxacin, Amikacin, Gentamicin, Nitrofurantoin and Cotrimoxazole (Pathoteq Labs, India).

 

Extended Spectrum Beta-Lactamase (ESBL) detection

The screening for ESBL was done using Cefpodoxime (<17mm), Ceftazidime (<22mm), Aztreonam (<27mm), Cefotaxime (<27mm) and Ceftriaxone (<25mm). If the organisms showed the zone of inhibition lower than the minimum for any antibiotic disc, ESBL positivity was suspected. The phenotypic confirmation was done by testing the strain against Ceftazidime (Ca) and Ceftazidime/Clavulanic Acid. A > 5mm diameter of the zone of inhibition for Ceftazidime/Clavulanic Acid in comparison to Ceftazidime was considered indicative of ESBL production. Escherichia coli (E. coli) ATCC 25922 was used as ESBL negative and Klebsiella pneumoniae (K. pneumoniae) 700603 was used as ESBL positive reference strain.4

 

Statistical analysis

Descriptive statistics (totals, means, percentages, and standard deviations) were conducted using the statistical software package - SPSS Version 16.0 (SPSS Inc., Chicago, USA). Age, gender, organisms causing UTI, their antibiotic sensitivity and resistance, symptomatology of these subjects, and risk factors for UTI were included in the analysis and the results presented in tables and figures.

 

Results

Fever (57/194 - 29.4%) and dysuria (52/194 - 26.8%) were common symptoms of most UTI patients (Fig. 1). Diabetes mellitus (DM) and recent uro-genital instrumentation were the most common risk factors associated with UTI in the present study (Table 2). The organism profile and their antibiotic resistance profile were similar in patients with or without DM.

Figure 1. Various symptomatologies seen in patients with urinary tract infection during the initial presentation

 

Table 2. Frequency of various risk factors in subjects with urinary tract infection.

Risk Factor

Frequency

Percent

Catheterization

29

14.9

Diabetes Mellitus

97

50.0

Immunosuppression

 2

1.0

Recent history of uro-genital Instrumentation

43

22.2

Recurrent  urinary tract infection

14

7.2

Renal stones

5

2.6

 

 

E. coli (138/194 - 71.1%) was the most commonly isolated pathogen responsible for UTI in the present study (Figure 2). 56.2% of the total infection was caused by ESBL positive organisms. The antimicrobial potency and spectrum for nine selected antimicrobial agents (Imepenem, Meropenem, Ciprofloxacin, Norfloxacin, Ofloxacin, Gentamicin, Amikacin, Nitrofurantoin and Cotrimoxazole) against the uropathogens were studied. The highest and least antibiotic resistance was noted against fluoroquinolones (79.9%) and carbapenems (3.61%) respectively (Fig. 3).

Figure 2. Frequency and distribution pattern of urinary tract infection pathogens and percentage Extended Spectrum Beta-Lactamase (ESBL) production.

 

Figure 3. Resistance pattern to various antibiotics of the uropathogens

 

Discussion

While increased frequency and dysuria are usual symptoms of UTI, uncertainty looms around the same as these symptoms can be masked by catheterisation, or be common and chronic in the elderly even in the absence of UTI.5-10Fever was the most common symptom of UTI in the present study as with similar studies worldwide.11-13 Studies have found that the elderly do not lack a febrile response; that an elevated temperature was the most common initial symptom, a marker for a serious infection, and the most important clinical indicator for antibiotic treatment.14-16 Whitelaw et al17 reported that a delay in interpreting fever as a symptom of UTI led to a high mortality rate in the elderly within 24 hours of admission.

Diabetes isconsidered as an important risk factor for UTI with manyauthors having defined UTI in patients with DM as complicated when the UTI is symptomatic.18-19 However, the authors did not find that DM influenced the organism profile and their antibiotic resistance in the present study. Bonadio et al20 studied the influence of DM on the spectrum of uropathogens and antimicrobial resistance in elderly adult patients with asymptomatic UTI (mostly hospital-acquired). They found that DM per se did not seem to influence the isolation rate of different uropathogens and their susceptibility patterns to antimicrobials. These findings indicate that, although DM is a known immunomodulator, the role played by the same in altering the antibiotic resistance is minimal compared to recent invasive procedures.

Although the uropathogen profile of the present study resembles similar studies worldwide, the antibiotic resistance of these organisms was unusually high.2, 21 Cotrimoxazole is the recommended drug for treating UTI. However, more than one third of the study subjects were resistant to the first-line drug. 79.9% of the uropathogens were resistant to fluoroquinolones, which are considered as the second-line drug.  As prior fluoroquinolone use is a known risk factor for fluoroquinolone-resistantE. coli infection, it is plausible that frequent fluoroquinolone prescriptions may be contributing to the observed resistance.22-23 Aypak et al 24 found that treatment durations were statistically longer than the recommended three-day course when patients were empirically treated with fluoroquinolones due to increased resistance rates, and suggested to discourage the empirical use of fluoroquinolones in UTI.

The most troublesome finding of the present study is that ESBL-positive organisms accounted for 56.2% of the total infection. Not much information on ESBL-producing organisms causing UTI is available from India and most of these reports are from the younger population. The prevalence of ESBL-positive UTI in these studies varied between 26.6% and 48.3%.25-26 To the best of our knowledge, this is the highest ever reported prevalence of ESBL-positive UTI in the elderly worldwide. ESBL-producing organisms are frequently resistant to many of the antimicrobial agents usually recommended for the treatment. As lesser new antibiotics are available for their management, we need to be concerned of this issue in years to come especially in tertiary care centres.  A unified antibiotic protocol is necessary to limit the morbidity and mortality associated with inappropriate and under-treatment of UTI.

The limitations of the present study were that altered mental status was not considered as one of the clinical manifestations of UTI in the elderly, which could have mitigated the total number of study subjects included in the study.  In addition, the phenotypic confirmation of ESBL-positive organisms was done using only Ceftazidime/Clavulanic Acid and not Cefotaxime/Clavulanic Acid as per the latest CLSI guidelines. As a result, there may be under-reporting of the incidence of ESBL organisms in the present study.

In conclusion, we report a significantly high resistance to common antibiotics among the uropathogens in the present study. Furthermore, the very high rate of ESBL-positive UTI is of concern, and monitoring for the same is necessary to prevent treatment failure and increased morbidity and mortality with UTI.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MAHESH E, Associate Professor, Department Of Nephrology, M S Ramaiah Medical College MEDHA Y, Professor And Head, Department Of Medicine, M S Ramaiah Medical College INDUMATHI V A, Consultant Microbiologist, Gokula Metropolis Clinical Labs, M S Ramaiah Medical College PRITHVI S KUMAR, MOHAMMED WASIM KHAN, PUNITH K, Residents, M S Ramaiah Medical College
Corresponding Author Details: 
Punith K, Address: No. 28/18, 19th Main Road, MC Layout, Vijaynagar, Bangalore-560040, India
Corresponding Author Email: 
drpunith@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. O'Donnell J, Gelone S, Abrutyn E. Selecting drug regimens for urinary tract infection: current recommendations. Infect Med 2002;19:14-22.
  2. Tal S, Guller V, Levi S, Bardenstein R, Berger D, Gurevich I et al. Profile and prognosis of febrile elderly patients with bacteremic urinary tract infection. J Infect 2005;50:296-305.
  3. Goldstein FW. Antibiotic susceptibility of bacterial strains isolated from patients with community-acquired urinary tract infections in France. Multicentre Study Group. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis 2000;19:112-7.
  4. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute.  Performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing; 16th informational supplement. M100-S16. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, Wayne, PA, 2006.
  5. Nicolle L. Urinary tract infection in the elderly.J Antimicrob Chemother 1994;33: 99-109.
  6.  Fune L, Shua-Haim J, Ross J, Frank E. Infectious diseases in the elderly. Clinical Geriatrics 1998;6:31-50.
  7. Beier MT. Management of Urinary tract infections in the nursing home elderly: a proposed algorithmic approach. Int J Antimicrob Agents 1999;11:275-84.
  8. 8.Nicolle LE; SHEA Long-Term-Care-Committee. Urinary tract infections in long-term-care facilities. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol 2001;22:167-75.
  9. 9.Baldassarre JS, Kaye D. Special problems of urinary tract infection in the elderly. Med Clin North Am 1991;75:375-90.
  10. Rudman D, Hontanosas A, Cohen Z, Mattson DE.Clinical correlates of bacteremia in a Veterans Administration extended care facility. J Am Geriatr Soc 1988;36:726-32.
  11. Meyers BR, Sherman E, Mendelson MH, Velasquez G, Srulevitch-Chin E, Hubbard M, Hirschman SZ. Bloodstream infections in the elderly. Am J Med1989;86:379-84.
  12. Richardson JP, Hricz L. Risk factors for the development of bacteremia in nursing home patients. Arch Fam Med1995;4:785-9.
  13. Chassagne P, Perol MB, Doucet J, Trivalle C, Ménard JF, Manchon ND et al. Is presentation of bacteremia in the elderly the same as in younger patients? Am J Med 1996;100:65-70.
  14. Katz PR, Beam TR Jr, Brand F, Boyce K. Antibiotic use in the nursing home. Physician practice patterns. Arch Intern Med 1990;150:1465-8.
  15. Yoshikawa TT, Norman DC. Approach to fever and infection in the nursing home. J Am Geriatr Soc 1996;44:74-82.
  16. Alessi CA, Harker JO.  A prospective study of acute illness in the nursing home. Aging (Milano) 1998;10:479-89.
  17. Whitelaw DA, Rayner BL, Willcox PA. Community-acquired bacteremia in the elderly: a prospective study of 121 cases. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1992 Oct;40(10):996-1000
  18. Stapleton A. Urinary tract infections in patients with diabetes. Am J Med. 2002 Jul 8;113 Suppl 1A:80S-84S 
  19. Ronald A, Harding G. Complicated urinary tract infections. Infect Dis Clin North Am 1997;11:583-592.
  20.  Bonadio, M., Costarelli, S., Morelli, G., Tartaglia, T. The influence of diabetes mellitus on the spectrum of uropathogens and the antimicrobial resistance in elderly adult patients with urinary tract infection. BMC Infect Dis 2006;6:54.
  21. Ackermann RJ, Monroe PW. Bacteremic urinary tract infection in older people. J Am Geriatr Soc 1996;44:927-33.
  22. Cohen AE, Lautenbach E, Morales KH, Linkin DR. Fluoroquinolone-resistant Escherichia coli in the long-term care setting. Am J Med 2006;119:958-63
  23. Das, R., Perrelli, E., Towle, V., Van Ness PH., Juthani-Mehta, M. Antimicrobial Susceptibility of Bacteria Isolated from Urine Samples Obtained from Nursing Home Residents. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol 2009;30: 1116-9.
  24. Aypak, C., Altunsoy, A., Düzgün, N. Empiric antibiotic therapy in acute uncomplicated urinary tract infections and fluoroquinolone resistance: a prospective observational study. Ann Clin Microbiol Antimicrob 2009;8:27.
  25. Khurana S, Taneja N, Sharma M. Extended spectrum beta-lactamase mediated resistance in urinary tract isolates of family Enterobacteriaceae. Indian J Med Res 2002;116:145-9.
  26. Tankhiwale SS, Jalgaonkar SV, Ahamad S, Hassani U. Evaluation of extended spectrum beta lactamase in urinary isolates. Indian J Med Res 2004;120:553-6.

Eating Disorders in Children and Adolescents

Authors
Fayyaz Khan and Uttom Chowdhury
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a405

Eating disorders are defined as those disorders in which there is excessive concern with the control of body weight and shape, accompanied by grossly inadequate, irregular or chaotic food intake. It is widely accepted that eating disorders occur in young adults and adolescents, however, a number of reports have described series of young patients with eating disorders aged from eight years upwards.1,2The range of disorders in children includes selective eating, food avoidance emotional disorder, functional dysphagia and pervasive refusal syndrome.  

ANOREXIA NERVOSA.

The DSM IV diagnostic criteria for anorexia nervosa are as follows:

  1. Refusal to maintain body weight at or above a minimally normal weight for age and height (e.g weight loss leading to maintenance of body weight less than 85% of expected; or failure to make weight gain during growth period).
  2. Intense fear of gaining weight or becoming fat, even though underweight.
  3. Disturbance in the way one’s body weight and shape is experienced, undue influence of body weight or shape on self evaluation, or denial of the seriousness of current low body weight.
  4. Absence of at least three consecutive menstrual cycles

Subtypes:

Restricting Type: During the current episode of anorexia nervosa, the person has not regularly indulged in binge eating or purging behaviour.

Binge-Eating/Purging Type: During the current episode of anorexia nervosa, the person has regularly indulged in binge eating or purging behaviour.3                       

The above criteria are intended primarily for use with older patients and do not adequately address the problems of anorexia nervosa in children. For example, criterion D in DSM IV applies only to post-menarcheal females and states that there should be an “absence of at least three consecutive menstrual cycles”. This is clearly inapplicable in this age group, where the majority are premenarcheal. Equally unhelpful is the statement that weight should be maintained at less than 85% of that expected, for expected weight can only be calculated on the basis of height and age. Yet growth may also be impaired because of poor nutrition, so further adjustments have to be made. For these reasons, the Eating Disorders Team at Great Ormond Street Hospital for Sick Children in London, U.K, developed a more practical diagnostic criterion for early onset anorexia nervosa.4The current criteria is as follows:

Great Ormond Street diagnostic criteria for early-onset Anorexia Nervosa:

  1. Determined weight loss (e.g. food avoidance, self-induced vomiting, excessive exercising and abuse of laxatives).
  2. Abnormal cognitions regarding weight and/or shape.
  3. Morbid preoccupation with weight and/or shape.5

Weight loss: Since children should be growing, static weight may be regarded as equivalent to weight loss in adults. Weight loss is a real cause for concern in children, since they have lower total body-fat deposits and therefore do not have much fat to lose. One measurement for weight loss uses the Tanner-Whitehouse Standards6 where 100% represents the desired weight for a child’s sex, age and height, and 80% or less is classed as ‘wasting’.

Food avoidance: Children with anorexia nervosa give a variety of reasons for refusing food, the most common of which appears to be a fear of becoming obese. Other reasons include feelings of nausea or fullness, abdominal pain, appetite loss and difficulty swallowing. 7

Self-induced vomiting: Fosson et al (1987) reported that at least 40% of the 48 children included in their study of early-onset anorexia nervosa were known to be vomiting at presentation.

Excessive exercising: This is not uncommon in children with anorexia nervosa. Daily exercise workouts may be a feature in these children’s lives. Sometimes exercise may be carried out in secret in the privacy of the bedroom or bathroom.

Laxative abuse: This is not as common as in adult populations partly because children have less access or opportunity to obtain laxatives, but nevertheless, it still occurs.

Abnormal cognitions regarding weight and/or shape: The main beliefs are centred around body image and its distortion, although it must be acknowledged that body image is difficult to assess reliably. Many children with anorexia nervosa will report that they consider themselves fat even when severely underweight, which is similar to the clinical observation seen in adult patients with the same condition.

Preoccupation with weight: Children with anorexia nervosa tend to be preoccupied by their own body weight and are often experts at calorie counting. This preoccupation is closely related to fear of fatness.

Physical Aspects

The majority of physical changes in anorexia nervosa are predominantly related to the effects of starvation and dehydration. This includes slow pulse rate, low blood pressure and poor circulation leading to cold hands and feet. Often there is excess fine hair especially on the back, known as ‘lanugo’. Teeth may be pitted, eroded and decayed from gastric acid during vomiting.

A wide range of biochemical changes have been described in anorexia nervosa, although there is little information specifically relating to children. These include low haemoglobin and white cell count, low levels of potassium and chloride, raised liver enzymes such as alanine transaminase and alkaline phosphatase, and low levels of plasma zinc and serum iron.

A number of endocrine changes appear in anorexia nervosa and evidence suggests that this is due to the secondary effects of starvation. Changes include increased cortisol, growth hormone and cholecystokinin, and decreased luteinizing hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, oestrogen, triodothyronine and thyroid stimulating hormone.

BULIMIA NERVOSA

The DSM IV diagnostic criteria for bulimia nervosa is as follows 8 :    

  1. Recurrent episodes of binge eating e.g, eating large amounts of food in two hours, and a sense of lack of control during the episode.
  2. Regular use of methods of weight control:
  3. vomiting
  4. laxatives
  5. diuretics
  6. fasting or strict diet
  7. vigorous exercise.
  8. Minimum average of two binges a week in three months.
  9. Self-evaluation is influenced by body weight or shape.
  10. The disturbance does not occur exclusively during episodes of anorexia nervosa.

Sub-types:

Purging Type: During the current episode of bulimia nervosa, the person regularly engages in self-induced vomiting or laxative misuse, diuretics or enemas.

Non-purging Type: During the current episode of bulimia nervosa, the person has used other inappropriate compensating behaviours such as fasting or excessive exercise, but not regularly used purging behaviour. 2

Self-induced vomiting can lead to complications such as fluid and electrolyte disturbance and gastro-intestinal bleeding. Other physical complications include dental erosions, enlargement of the salivary glands, and muscle weakness.

OTHER EATING DISORDERS IN CHILDREN

Food Avoidance Emotional Disorder

This term was first introduced by Higgs et al (1989)9, to describe a group of underweight children presenting with inadequate food intake and emotional disturbance who did not meet the criteria for anorexia nervosa.

The operational definition we use has evolved from Higgs and colleagues original description together with clinical experience and is as follows:

  1. Food avoidance not accounted for by primary affective disorder.
  2. Weight loss.
  3. Mood disturbance not meeting criteria for primary affective disorder.
  4. No abnormal cognitions regarding weight or shape.
  5. No morbid preoccupation regarding weight or shape.
  6. No organic brain disease or psychosis.

Selective Eating

Selective eaters are a group of children who present with very restricted eating habits in terms of the range of foods they will accept. Characteristics include:

  1. Have eaten a narrow range of foods for at least 2 years.
  2. Unwillingness to try new foods.
  3. No abnormal cognitions regarding weight or shape.
  4. No fear of choking or vomiting.
  5. Weight may be low, normal or high.

Pervasive Refusal Syndrome

This term was first described by Lask et al (1991).10 The main features are:

  1. Profound refusal to eat, drink, walk, talk or self-care.
  2. Determined resistance to efforts to help.

Initially these children present with features fairly typical of anorexia nervosa, but the food avoidance is gradually followed by a more generalised avoidance with a marked fear response.

Functional Dysphagia

Children with this condition generally present with complaints of difficulty or pain on swallowing. Features include:

  1. Food avoidance.
  2. Fear of swallowing, choking or vomiting.
  3. No abnormal cognitions regarding weight or shape.
  4. No morbid preoccupation regarding weight or shape.
  5. No organic brain disease or psychosis.

For more information on the above eating disorders in children see Lask & Bryant-Waugh (1999).5

INCIDENCE AND PREVALENCE

For a number of reasons, the incidence and prevalence of childhood-onset anorexia are not known. There have been no epidemiological studies which have focussed specifically on this age group and the strict diagnostic criteria used in wider epidemiological studies may lead to a substantial underestimate of the true incidence. 2 However studies in adolescent populations estimate the prevalence to be in the order of 0.1-0.2% 11, 12 and it is likely to be even lower in children. Although debatable, an increase in actual referral rate of anorexia nervosa in children has been reported.2 Gender distribution: Five to ten percent of cases of anorexia nervosa in the adolescent and young adult population occur in males.13 However, in children, studies have reported that between 19 and 30% of children with anorexia nervosa have been boys.7,9,14,15

At present, there is little epidemiological information on the other eating disorders in children.

MANAGEMENT AND INTERVENTIONS16

Initial assessment

Comprehensive assessment should include physical, psychological and social components. Those with low to moderate risk should be managed as an outpatient. Those who are severely emaciated, with serious risk of self harm, with severe deterioration or with poor response to treatment are deemed high risk and should be considered for inpatient treatment or urgent referral to specialist services.

Anorexia nervosa – outpatient care

Psychological interventions

Psychological interventions are the key element in the management of anorexia.

The delivery of psychological interventions should be accompanied by regular monitoring of a patient’s physical state including weight and specific indicators of increased medical risk.

• When delivering psychological treatment consider, in conjunction with the patient:

– Cognitive analytical therapy (CAT)

– Cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)

– Interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT)

– Focal psychodynamic therapy

– Family interventions focused explicitly on eating disorders

• Focus of treatment should be on weight gain, healthy eating, and reducing other symptoms related to eating disorders.

• Dietary counselling should not be provided as the sole treatment for anorexia nervosa.

Medication

Pharmacological interventions have a very limited evidence base for the treatment of anorexia nervosa.

• Medication is not effective as sole or primary treatment; caution should be exercised in its use for comorbid conditions such as depression or obsessive–compulsive disorder, as these may resolve with weight gain alone

• Avoid using drugs that affect the heart such as antipsychotics, tricyclic antidepressants, some antibiotics and some antihistamines.

Anorexia nervosa – inpatient care

•Body Mass Index (BMI) is a measure of weight in relation to height. Normal BMI range is 18.5-24.9. BMI below 17 is a concern and GPs should consider referral to specialist services. However, BMI below 15 is serious and inpatient care should be considered.

• Consider inpatient treatment for patients with high or moderate physical risk, who have not improved with appropriate outpatient treatment or have significant risk of suicide or severe self-harm.

• Admit to setting that can provide the skilled implementation of refeeding with careful physical monitoring (particularly in the first few days of refeeding) and in combination with psychosocial interventions

• Consider increased risk of self-harm and suicide at times of transition for patients with anorexia nervosa, especially that of the binge–purging sub-type.

Psychological treatment

• Psychological treatment is a key element of an inpatient stay, but evidence for what kind of treatment or approach to treatment is effective, is limited.

• A structured symptom-focused treatment regimen with the expectation of weight gain should be provided, with careful monitoring of the physical status during refeeding.

• Provide psychological treatment with a focus on both eating behaviour and attitudes to weight and shape, and wider psychosocial issues with the expectation of weight gain

• Do not use rigid behaviour modification programmes.

Feeding against the will of the patient

• Feeding against the will of the patient should be an intervention of last resort in care and should only be done in the context of the Mental Health Act 1983 or Children Act 1989.

Post-hospitalisation treatment in adults

• Following discharge, extend the duration of psychological treatment over that normally provided to those who have not been hospitalised, typically for at least 12 months.

• Offer outpatient psychological treatment that focuses on both eating behaviour and attitudes to weight and shape, and on wider psychosocial issues, with regular monitoring of both physical and psychological risk.

Anorexia nervosa –physical management

Anorexia nervosa carries considerable risk of serious physical morbidity. Awareness of the risk, careful monitoring and, where appropriate, close liaison with an experienced physician, are important in the management of the physical complications of anorexia nervosa.

Managing weight gain

• Aim for an average weekly weight gain of 0.5–1 kg in inpatient settings and 0.5 kg in outpatient settings. This requires about 3500 to 7000 extra calories a week

• Provide regular physical monitoring and consider multivitamin/multimineral supplementation in oral form for both inpatients and outpatients.

• Total parenteral nutrition should not be used unless there is significant gastrointestinal dysfunction.

Managing risk

• Inform patients and their carers if the risk to their physical health is high

• Involve a physician or paediatrician with expertise in the treatment of medically at-risk patients for all individuals who are at risk medically.

• Consider more intensive prenatal care for pregnant women to ensure adequate prenatal nutrition and fetal development.

• Oestrogen administration should not be used to treat bone-density problems in children and adolescents as this may lead to premature fusion of the epiphyses.

• Healthcare professionals should advise people with eating disorders and osteoporosis or related bone disorders to refrain from physical activity that significantly increases the likelihood of falls.

Additional considerations for children and adolescents

The involvement of families and other carers is particularly important.

The right to confidentiality of children and adolescents with eating disorders should be respected.

Family members, including siblings, should normally be included in the treatment of children and adolescents with eating disorders. Interventions may include sharing of information, advice on behavioural management and facilitating communication.

Anorexia nervosa

• Family interventions that directly address the eating disorders should be offered to children and adolescents with anorexia nervosa.

• Offer children and adolescents individual appointments with a health professional separate from those with their family members or carers.

• For children and adolescents, once a healthy weight is reached, ensure increased energy and necessary nutrients are available in the diet to support growth and development.

• Involve carers of children and adolescents in any dietary education or meal planning.

Inpatient care of children and adolescents with anorexia nervosa

• Inpatient care of children and adolescents should be within age-appropriate facilities (with the potential for separate children and adolescent services), which have the capacity to provide appropriate educational and related activities. They should also balance the need for treatment and urgent weight restoration with the educational and social needs of the young person.

• Consider using the Mental Health Act 1983 or the right of those with parental responsibility to override the young person’s refusal to receive treatment that is deemed essential.

• Seek legal advice and consider proceedings under the Children Act 1989 if the patient and those with parental responsibility refuse treatment where treatment is deemed essential.

Bulimia nervosa

Following the initial assessment consider:

• As a possible first step, an evidence-based self-help programme – direct encouragement and support to patients undertaking such a programme may improve outcomes. This may be sufficient treatment for a limited subset of patients.

Psychological treatment should form the key element of treatment, so consider:

For adolescents: Cognitive behavioural therapy for bulimia nervosa (CBT-BN) adapted as needed to suit their age, circumstances and level of development.

Where there has been no response to CBT or it has been declined: other psychological treatments,particularly interpersonalpsychotherapy (IPT). (Note: patients should be informed that IPT takes 8–12 months to achieve results comparable with CBT-BN).

Medication may have a role

• Consider a trial of an antidepressant drug as an alternative or additional first step to using an evidence-based self-help programme.

• In terms of tolerability and reduction of symptoms, SSRIs (specifically fluoxetine) are the drug of first choice for the treatment of bulimia nervosa.

• The effective dose of fluoxetine may be higher than for depression.

• Beneficial effects will be rapidly apparent and are likely to reduce the frequency of binge eating and purging, but the long-term effects are unknown.

• No drugs, other than antidepressants, are recommended for the treatment of bulimia nervosa.

Physical management

• Assess fluid and electrolyte balance where vomiting is frequent or there is frequent use of laxatives.

• If electrolyte balance is disturbed, consider behavioural management as the first option

• If supplementation is required, use oral rather than intravenous preparations.

Bulimia nervosa – inpatient or day care

• Consider inpatient treatment for patients with risk of suicide or severe self-harm.

• Admit patients to a setting with experience of managing this disorder.

PROGNOSIS 17

If untreated, anorexia nervosa carries high mortality rates of

10-15%. If treated, one third have full recovery, one third partial recovery and one third have chronic problems. Poor prognostic factors for anorexia nervosa include: chronic illness, late age of onset, bulimic features such as vomiting and purging, anxiety when eating with others, excessive weight loss, poor childhood social adjustment, poor parental relationships and male sex.

Prognosis for Bulimia nervosa is generally good, unless there are significant issues of low self esteem or evidence of severe personality disorder.

USEFUL RESOURCES

National Eating Disorder Association
Tel: 0800 931 2237
Website: www.nationaleatingdisorders.org
 
Royal College of Psychiatrists
17 Belgrave Square
London SW1X 8PG
Tel: 0171 235 2351
Website:www.rcpsych.ac.uk

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
<p> None declared</p>
Details of Authors: 
<p> Dr. Fayyaz Khan, MBBS, CT3 in Psychiatry. South Essex Partnership Trust.<br /> Dr. Uttom Chowdhury, MRCPsych, Consultant Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. South Essex Partnership Trust.</p>
Corresponding Author Details: 
<p> Dr. Fayyaz Khan, MBBS, CT3 in Psychiatry. South Essex Partnership Trust</p>
Corresponding Author Email: 
fayyaz.khan@sept.nhs.uk
References
References: 
1.Gowers, S., Crisp, A., Joughin, N. & Bhat, A. (1991).Premenarcheal anorexia nervosa. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 32: 515-524.
2. Bryant-Waugh, R & Lask, B. (1995).Annotation: Eating Disorders in Children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry. Vol 36, No 2, 191-202.
3.American Psychiatric Association (1994).Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.).Washington, D.C. Author
4. Lask, B. & Bryant-Waugh, R. (1986).Childhood onset anorexia nervosa. Recent advances in paediatrics. No. 8: 21-31. Meadow, R (E.d).Churchill Livingstone: London.
5.Lask, B. & Bryant-Waugh, R. (eds) (1999). Anorexia Nervosa and Related Eating Disorders in Childhood and Adolescence (2nd edition).Hove, Sussex: Psychology Press
6. Tanner, J., Whitehouse, R., &Takaishi, M. (1966). Standards from birth to maturity for height, weight, height velocity and weight velocity: British children, 1965, Parts 1 and 2. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 41: 454-471; 613-635.
7. Fosson, A., Knibbs, J., Bryant-Waugh, R. & Lask, B. (1987). Early onset anorexia nervosa. Archives of Disease in Childhood 621: 114-118.
8. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition.
9. Higgs, J., Goodyer, I. & Birch, J. (1989). Anorexia nervosa and food avoidance emotional disorder. Archives of Disease in Childhood 64:346-351.
10. Lask, B., Britten, C., Kroll, L., Magagna, J. & Tranter, M. (1991). Pervasive refusal in children. Archives of Disease in Childhood. 66: 866-869.
11. Bentovim, D & Morton, J. (1990). Anorexia in males. Postgraduate Medicine 87, 161-165.
12. Whitaker, A., Johnson, J., Shaffer, D., Rapoport, J. & Kalikow, K. (1990). Uncommon troubles in young people: prevalence estimates of selected psychiatric disorders in a non-psychiatric population.Archives of General Psychiatry 47: 487-496.
13. Barry, A. & Lippman, B (1990).Anorexia in males.Postgraduate Medicine, 87, 161-165.
14.Hawley, R (1985). The outcome of anorexia nervosa in younger subjects. British Journal of Psychiatry, 146: 657-660. Hawkins, R.A & Biebuyck, J.F.(1979). Ketone bodies are selectively used by individual brain regions. Science 205: 325-327.
15.Jacobs, B. & Isaacs, S (1986). Pre-pubertal anorexia nervosa. A retrospective controlled study. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 27: 237-250.
16. Eating Disorders, National Institute for Clinical Excellence, 2004
17. Oxford Handbook of Psychiatry, 1st Edition.

Theophylline Toxicity – A Forgotten Entity

Authors
N Altaie, S Malik and S Robertson
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a404

Introduction

It is often forgotten that smoking inducescytochrome P450 (CYP) 1A2, resulting in altered concentrations and required doses of drugs metabolized by this route.  Conversely, upon cessation of smoking, concentrations of these drugs can rise to toxic levels unless appropriate dose adjustments are made.  Medical staff, and others involved with smoking cessation counselling, need to be aware of this if potential harm to patients is to be avoided.  Here, we describe a patient who developed tonic clonic seizures due to Theophylline toxicity, having ceased smoking 2 weeks earlier.

Case Report

Our patient is a 76-year-old lady who presented to A&E feeling generally unwell, with a two day history of dizziness.  Her medical history included atrial fibrillation, which was treated with Digoxin 62.5mcg, and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease, for which she took a combination inhaler of 25mcg Salmeterol Xinafoate and 250mcg Fluticasone Propionate, 2 puffs twice a day, plus Theophylline MR 175mg twice daily.  She had successfully given up smoking 2 weeks prior to admission, having smoked 100 cigarettes per day over the previous 40 years.  On admission, she was in atrial fibrillation, well controlled with a heart rate of 90 beats per minute, and normotensive, with no evidence of postural hypotension.  Respiratory system examination revealed prolonged expiration, in keeping with COPD, but the rest of the examination was unremarkable.  Routine blood investigations, including full blood count, urea, creatinine and electrolytes, liver function tests and C-reactive protein, were all normal apart from a serum potassium level of 3.0mmol/l (NR 3.5-5.0mmol/l).  Theophylline concentrations were not tested at this point.  A chest X-ray showed hyper-inflated lung fields in keeping with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease.

The patient was admitted for observation, and treated with Trimethoprim for a presumed urinary tract infection on the basis of urinalysis, which was positive for leukocytes and nitrites.

Two days following admission, the patient developed facial spasms and twitching of her muscles of her upper limbs. Over the next 24 hours, the patient had two witnessed tonic-clonic seizures, which were terminated with intravenous Lorazepam. An urgent CT (Computed Tomography) scan of the brain was performed.  This showed changes in keeping with small vessel disease only, nothing to account for new onset of seizures. Following a post-ictal period, the patient recovered, but then the following day had a further two tonic-clonic seizures.  It was at this point that a blood Theophylline concentration was requested.

The Theophylline concentration was reported as 41.6mcg/ml (NR 10-19.9mcg/ml), more than twice the upper safe therapeutic concentration.  A search of the laboratory system revealed that this patient’s Theophylline concentration had been within the therapeutic range when last checked 2 months prior to admission, while she was still smoking.

The Theophylline was immediately stopped and the patient closely monitored at the Medical High Dependency Unit for further fits, arrhythmias or electrolyte disturbances.  Other causes of seizures had been investigated and excluded.

The patient’s neurological symptoms improved dramatically following cessation of Theophylline, with no further twitching, muscle spasms or seizures.  Within three days her Theophylline concentration returned to a safe level, but the drug was not recommenced. Unfortunately, however, the patient died from sepsis two weeks following her admission without having left hospital.

Discussion

Theophylline has largely fallen out of favour as a treatment for airways disease due to its very narrow therapeutic index.  Even within the therapeutic range, side effects frequently occur. These side effects range from mild, including tremor and gastrointestinal disturbance, to serious and potentially life threatening, such as seizures and cardiac arrhythmias. Following acute overdose, hypokalemia, hyperglycemia, hypercalcemia, hypophosphatemia, and acidosis commonly occur.

Theophylline is mainly metabolised in the liver by demethylation or oxidation using the cytochrome P450 system.  The 8-hydroxylation of Theophylline to 1,3-dimethyluric acid (1,3-DMU) via cytochrome P450 1A2 is the major pathway.

The cytochrome P450 enzyme CYP1A2 mediates the rate-limiting step in the metabolism of Theophylline1, andthe polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons found in cigarette smoke are potent inducers of this enzyme2.  For this reason, smokers may need up to double the dose of Theophylline to achieve therapeutic effect compared with non-smokers3.

The relationship between smoking cessation and Theophylline has also been the subject of many studies.  Lee et al demonstrated that stopping smoking for 1 week resulted in a 37.6% decrease in clearanceand a 35.8% increase in the half-life of Theophylline, and that the dose needs to be reduced by one fourth to one third after brief abstinence from tobacco to prevent potentially toxic concentrations4.  For this reason, careful monitoring of plasma Theophylline concentration should be considered essentialfor optimal dosing in patients following smoking cessation. The study by Faber et al recommends that the dose of CYP1A2 substrates such as Theophylline should automatically be reduced by 10% on cessation of heavy smoking and thereafter be guided by plasma concentration monitoring5.

We found one report in which Theophylline toxicity resulted in a patient’s death following a similar presentation to the one described above6.  This highlights the close attention that must be paid to drug concentration monitoring by physicians when advising patients to quit smoking.

Theophylline is not the only drug which needs to be considered when patients stop smoking. Other examples are Clozapine, Olanzapine, Haloperidol and Flecanide to name a few. These drugs are also substrates for CYP1A27.

Conclusion

When advising patients to stop smoking, it is essential that physicians routinely review the drugs that the patient is taking to look for those that may require dose adjustments. In the case of Theophylline, careful monitoring of Theophylline concentrations, for instance weekly in the first few weeks following smoking cessation, is essential to avoid potentially life-threatening complications.  

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None Declared
Details of Authors: 
N ALTAIE, MBChB, Wrexham Maelor Hospital, Wrexham, UK. S MALIK, MBBS&nbsp; MRCP,&nbsp;Wrexham Maelor Hospital, Wrexham, UK. S ROBERTSON, MBChB MRCP,&nbsp;Wrexham Maelor Hospital, Wrexham, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
N ALTAIE, MBChB,&nbsp;Department of Renal Medicine,&nbsp;Wrexham Maelor Hospital, Wrexham,&nbsp;LL13 7TD, UK
Corresponding Author Email: 
nawrasih@yahoo.com
References
References: 

1. Faber M.S.,Jetter A.,Fuhr U. Basic and Clinical Pharmacology and Toxicology, Sep 2005, vol./is. 97/3(125-134), 1742-7835

2. American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy, Sep 2007, vol./is. 64/18(1917-1921), 1079-2082

3. Montalto N.J.,Farid P. Consultant, Feb 1997, vol./is. 37/2(259-262), 0010-   7069

4.Lee B.L.,Benowitz N.L.,Jacob III P. Ann Intern Med April 1, 1987 106:553-555;

5. Faber M.S.,Fuhr U. . Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Aug 2004, vol. /is. 76/2(178-184), 0009-9236

6. Rao J.K. P and T, 1996, vol./is. 21/8(432-434+448), 1052-1372

7. Kroon L.A. American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy, Sep 2007, vol. /is. 64/18(1917-1921), 1079-2082

Interview with Dr James Moon

Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a403

 

Dr James Moon is a Senior Lecturer and Consultant Cardiologist at UCL and the Heart Hospital.  He set up and runs the cardiac MRI department dividing his time between clinical practice and research. 

He is part of a team of 5 research fellows in the new Heart Hospital Imaging department. He is interested in understanding the structure and function of the heart, particularly the heart muscle, and in detecting abnormalities of the heart to better target treatment.

How long have you been working in your speciality?

12 years (3 as consultant)

Which aspect of your work do you find most satisfying?

The creative aspects of research - joining the dots on information that does not fit and constructing a coherent body of work.

What achievements are you most proud of in your medical career?

Changing statin prescribing in England – as a registrar, I did not having access to cardiac MRI for 2 years and I worked relentlessly at all levels of the healthcare system –including up to Commons Health Select Committee - on this with the result that £1billion was saved or diverted to treat more individuals with statins – the UK now has the highest uptake of statins for primary prevention in the world.

Developing new ways of detecting different types of disease with MRI or CT scanners – in its latest iteration, we may be onto a technique that can measure a fundamental process common to most diseases and organs – not just the heart, and with CT as well as MRI: the volume of cells, fibrosis and their ratio.

Which part of your job do you enjoy the least?

New bureaucracy which we did without just a few years ago..

What are your views about the current status of medical training in your country and what do you think needs to change?

I worry about a tickbox ‘learning portfolio’ culture which dumbs down initiative and personal responsibility leaving a misplaced sense of entitlement.

How would you encourage more medical students into entering your speciality?

I’ve not seen the need to – cardiology is a fantastic, over-subscribed specialty with something for everyone so its pretty competitive.  

What qualities do you think a good trainee should possess?

The same as those of a doctor.  I have never seen this trainee:consultant divide; there is a continuum of learning and responsibility development.

What is the most important advice you could offer to a new trainee?

My advice is about learning rather than being a trainee. Medicine does not have that many raw facts to learn. What it does have is interconnected systems. Rarely consciously try and learn information – rather, try and link everything you have ever learned together, preventing isolated islands of knowledge. It takes longer to create the story, but you will never forget it and it’s far more rewarding. If you encounter something new - a tricky JVP waveform, an ECG repolarisation abnormality or some esoteric MRCP clinical sign, invoke your know of the physical world and apply it to explain the new phenomena – write the essay, deconvolute the phenomena and build it back up, perhaps with subtle changes to see where that gets you. You have spent decades  learning about the Krebb’s cycle, anatomy, electron transport, fractals, Newtonian dynamics, Brownian motion, fluid dynamics, conservation of energy, entropy, cell structure, evolutionary biology, statistics etc etc – use them.

What qualities do you think a good trainer should possess?

I am not sure I know, but generating enthusiasm in people, and then rewarding and promoting it - that’s a good starting point.

Do you think doctors are over-regulated compared with other professions?

No.

Is there any aspect of current health policies in your country that are de-professionalising doctors? If yes what shouldbe done to counter this trend?

It’s the effects on individuals that concern me.  I fully understand the need for process, protocol teamwork and hierarchy, but these remove individual responsibility

Which scientific paper/publication has influenced you the most?

The non-medical maths/science/philosophy books and magazines I read at school and university. I particularly remember Martin Gardner recreational maths books.  Recently I have used fractals and the concepts behind trapdoor ciphers in my understanding of cardiology.

What single area of medical research in your speciality should be given priority?

Prioritize individual researchers/teams rather than topics to create progress through their enthusiasm and own perceptions of priorities.

What is the most challenging area in your speciality that needs further development?

Managing our increasing technical capability which comes with ever reducing incremental benefit.

Which changes would substantially improve the quality of healthcare in your country?

I would overhaul the way society pays for and develops drugs. I would focus on increasing drug company reward for the risk associated with genuine innovation whilst reducing reward for expensive ‘me too’ drugs with no added value.  My group estimated that about 10% of the NHS drug budget could immediately be reallocated improving societal value for money in prescribing, paying for all those much needed NICE decision cancer type drugs and concurrently turbocharging rather empty pharmaceutical drug development pipelines.

Do you think doctors can make a valuable contribution to healthcare management?  If so how?

Absolutely. If you have transparently good and altruistic ideas, are selfless about who gets he credit for them, and sufficiently driven to achieve results, the NHS is a wonderful place - its like a demagnetized iron – apply a sufficiently persuasive external field, and the domains line up, generating far more force and direction than expected. 

How has the political environment affected your work?

The UK has been great for my field –new techniques are adopted early and the international bane of my field - cardiology-radiology turf wars are less acrimonious here as socialized medicine does not reimburse on a pay per procedure basis..

What are your interests outside of work?    

My young family, recreational science, cooking.

If you were not a doctor, what would you do?

Who knows.  Perhaps an economist or maybe evolutionary biologist.

Diffuse Alveolar Haemorrhage with ANCA associated vaculitis-review of Literature

Authors
Fadi Hammoudeh, Muhammad K. Perwaiz, Setu Patolia, Frances M. Schmidt, Narayan Neupane,Neerja Gulati, Danilo Enriquez, Joseph Quist, Mehjabeen Zahir and Eneh Kennedy
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a402
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Patients with Wegner’s Granulomatosis often present with diffuse alveolar haemorrhage alongside the classical triad of haemoptysis, anaemia and progressive dyspnoea. The diagnosis is confirmed by bronchoalveolar lavage with serial aspirated aliquots of fluid revealing persistently bloody returns. Lung biopsy is very helpful if it shows granulomatous inflammation and vasculitis however it lacks sensitivity and specificity. Studies suggest that the detection of antineutrophilcytoplasmic antibodies (ANCA) along with Proteinase-3 can substitute for biopsy for the diagnosis of Wegner’s Granulomatosis in patients who present with diffuse alveolar haemorrhage.

Keywords: 
Diffuse Alveolar Haemorrhage (DAH), Wegener&rsquo;s Granulomatosis (WG), Anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (ANCA), classical antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (C-ANCA), anti proteinas-3 (PR3)

Definition

Diffuse Alveolar Haemorrhage (DAH) is a rare but serious and frequently life-threatening complication of a variety of conditions. DAH refers to a clinical syndrome resulting from injury to the alveolar capillaries, arterioles, and venules leading to red blood cell accumulation in the distal air spaces because of leakage of alveolar capillaries. Most cases of DAH are caused by capillaritis associated with systemic autoimmune diseases such as ANCA-associated vasculitis, anti-GBM disease, and systemic lupus erythematosus.1 Treatment is with immunosuppressants for patients with autoimmune causes and respiratory support if needed.
Diffuse alveolar haemorrhage syndrome is not a specific entity but is a syndrome that suggests a differential diagnosis and a specific sequence of testing.
 
Aetiology
 
Many disorders can cause alveolar haemorrhage; they include
  1. Autoimmune disorders (e.g., systemic vasculitides, Goodpasture's syndrome, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome)
  2. Pulmonary infections (e.g., invasive aspergillosis, hantavirus infection)
  3. Toxic exposures (e.g., trimellitic anhydride, isocyanates, crack cocaine, certain pesticides)
  4. Drug reactions (e.g., propylthiouracil, diphenylhydantoin, amiodarone, methotrexate, , nitrofurantoin, bleomycin, montelukast, infliximab
  5. Cardiac disorders (e.g., mitral stenosis)
  6. Coagulation disorders caused by diseases or anticoagulant drugs
  7. Isolated pauci-immune pulmonary capillaritis
  8. Idiopathic pulmonary haemosiderosis
  9. Bone marrow or solid organ transplantation.
Clinical Presentation
 
The clinical presentation of diffuse alveolar haemorrhage may reflect either alveolar bleeding alone or features of the underlying cause (e.g., haematuria in Wegener granulomatosis, arthritis in systemic lupus erythematosus). Hence, its recognition requires a high degree of suspicion. Some patients present with severe acute respiratory distress requiring mechanical ventilation. However, dyspnoea, cough, and fever are the common initial symptoms and are most often acute or subacute (i.e., present for less than a week). The fever is usually due to the underlying cause, such as lupus. Haemoptysis may be absent at the time of presentation in up to a third of patients because the total alveolar volume is large and can absorb large amounts of blood, without extending more proximally into the airways. Apparent haemoptysis, if present, must be differentiated from haematemesis or pseudohaemoptysis (alveolar flooding with fluid that resembles blood, as in Serratia marcescens pneumonia, in which the reddish hue of the infecting organism can create the impression of alveolar bleeding).
 
Chest X-ray and Chest CT scan typically shows bilateral infiltrates (figure 1 &2)
 
Figure 1
 
Figure 2
 
DAH & ANCA associated vasculitides
 
Wegener's Granulomatosis (WG) is an uncommon disease that affects about 1 in 20,000 to 1 in 30,000 people.  WG is defined by the triad of granulomatous inflammation of the respiratory tract, vasculitis of small to medium-size vessels and necrotizing glomerulonephritis. The onset of WG may be indolent with few symptoms, or it may have a rapid and severe onset. About 90% of patients have symptoms of a cold or runny nose or sinusitis that fail to respond to the usual therapeutic measures and last considerably longer than the usual upper respiratory tract infection. Other symptoms include nasal membrane ulcerations and crusting, saddle-nose deformity, inflammation of the ear with hearing problems, inflammation of the eye with sight problems, cough (with or without the presence of blood), pleuritis, (inflammation of the lining of the lung), rash and/or skin sores, fever, lethargy weakness, loss of appetite, weight loss, arthritic joint pain, night sweats, and haematuria which may or may not be indicated by a change in urine colour.Thediagnosis of WG depends on the combination of clinical presentation, serological markers, and histopathological findings. ANCA is a sensitive and specific marker for ANCA-associated systemic vasculitis. In a study done by U. Schönermarck et al,9 624 ANCA- positive patients were included, (C-ANCA: 333, P-ANCA: 291). C-ANCA were highly sensitive (81%) and specific (99.5%) for WG, resulting in high positive predictive value (PPV) (94%). Many studies showed that combining proteinase 3 (PR3) and C-ANCA results(C-ANCA/PR3) increases specificity and Positive Predictive Value close to 100%, but reduces sensitivity close to 70%.10,11,13,14 In summary, the presence of C-ANCA & PR3 antibody is highly suggestive of WG. This led to reevaluation of the role of biopsy for diagnosis of WG in multiple studies.4, 14, 15
 
The site of biopsy is dependent upon the clinical status. A nasal or sinus biopsy may be the least invasive way to diagnose WG. Renal biopsy is helpful if there is evidence of renal insufficiency or glomerulonephritis. A lung biopsy should only be considered if potentially diagnostic tissue cannot be obtained from any other site.1 Hoffman et al performed a total of 82 open lung biopsies in patients with small vessel vasculitis of which 89% showed evidence of combined vasculitis and necrosis, granulomas and necrosis were found in 90%.16 59 transbronchial biopsies were performed in 48 patients and only four specimens had evidence of vasculitis and granulomas were identified in an additional three. Thus, the role of transbronchial biopsies in these patients is limited and open lung biopsies are more informative but carry a higher morbidity and mortality.
 
The incidence of DAH has beenreported as between 7-45% in Wegner’s Granulomatosis (WG), and 10-30% in Microscopic Polyangitis (MPA).3, 5, 6 The lungs are the most commonly affected organ in WG with evidence of involvement in over 90% of patients during the course of their disease; in 9% it is the only organ affected. 5,7 In MPA lung involvement is less common than inWG, and occurs in up to 50% of cases during the course of the disease.8 Pulmonary involvement ranges from subclinical changes on high resolution computed tomography to devastating haemoptysis. Approximately 5% of patients will have a fulminant presentation requiring assisted ventilation.
 
Treatment
 
Patients with DAH with or without glomerulonephritis, who are found to have ANCA positive can be generally assumed to have WG or MPA. The type of ANCA (PR3-ANCA or MPO-ANCA) found is irrelevant with respect to the initial management of this patients.1 The backbone of therapy is the early identification of disease followed by the rapid induction of disease control with immunosuppression. Early recognition is crucial, because the prompt institution of supportive measures and immunosuppressive therapy is required for survival. The intensity of the initial treatment depends on the severity of the disease. Based on the European Vasculitis Study Group (EUVAS), which categorized the patients in groups according to the severity of their disease, the presence of DAH put the patient in the severe disease group.17 The management of these patients is a combination of corticosteroid and cyclophospamide. S.L Hogan showed that cyclophosphamide reduces mortality and increase the likelihood of inducing remission in patients with ANCA-associated vasculitis. 18
 
DAH is animportant cause of morbidity and mortality in ANCA- associated vasculitis, the mortality rate may reach 66%, which is six times greater than vasculitis without alveolar hemorrhage.3,19,20,21 Based on the high mortality rate with DAH in ANCA-associated vasculitis, and reduction in mortality shown with cyclophosphamide, treatment with cyclophosphamide should be started as early as possible, based on the clinical presentation and the presence of ANCA, without waiting histological confirmation.
 
Conclusion
 
DAH leading to acute respiratory distress syndrome is a rare and life threatening condition in adults with ANCA positive vasculitis. Patients with DAH with or without glomerulonephritis, who are found to have ANCA positive can be generally assumed to have WG or MPA, and diagnostic lung biopsy may be deferred. Early institution of treatment with prednisone and cyclophosphamide can significantly reduce morbidity and mortality.
 
Key points
1.      Patients with Wegner’s Granulomatosis often present with diffuse alveolar haemorrhage. These patients must be treated promptly as delay in treatment results in high morbidity and mortality.
2.      Lung biopsy is very helpful if it shows granulomatous inflammation and vasculitis however it lacks sensitivity and specificity.
3.      Detection of C-ANCA with Proteinase-3 can substitute for biopsy in the diagnosis of WG in patients who present with diffuse alveolar haemorrhage.
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
<p> Fadi Hammoudeh MD,&nbsp;Muhammad K. Perwaiz MD, Setu Patolia MD,&nbsp;Frances M. Schmidt MD,&nbsp;Narayan Neupane, MD,&nbsp;Neerja Gulati MD,&nbsp;Danilo Enriquez MD,&nbsp;Joseph Quist,MD&nbsp;Mehjabeen Zahir MD, Eneh Kennedy MD, - Interfaith Medical Center at 1545 Atlantic Avenue Brooklyn, NY</p>
Corresponding Author Details: 
Muhammad K. Perwaiz MD, Fellow pulmonary department, Interfaith medical center at 1545 Atlantic Avenue Brooklyn, NY
Corresponding Author Email: 
fhammoudeh@interfaithmedical.com
References
References: 

1.  Specks U. Diffuse alveolar haemorrhage syndromes. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2001; 13:12-17.2.  Travis W. Colby T. Lombard C, et al: A clinicopathologic study of 34 cases of diffuse pulmonary haemorrhage with lung biopsy confirmation. Am J Surg Pathol 1990 ;14:11123.  D. R. Thickett, A. G. Richter, N. Nathani, G. D. Perkins and L. HarperPulmonary manifestations of anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibody (ANCA)-positive vasculitis.  Rheumatology 2006;45:261–2684.  Travis WD, Hoffman GS, Leavitt RY et al. Surgical pathology of the lung in Wegener's granulomatosis. Review of 87 open lung biopsies from 67 patients. Am J Surg Pathol. 1991;15(4):315-335.  J F Cordier, D Valeyre, L Guillevin, R Loire and J M Brechot Pulmonary Wegener's granulomatosis. A clinical and imaging study of 77 cases. Chest 1990; 97: 906-9126.  S J HAWORTH, C 0 S SAVAGE, D CARR, J M B HUGHES, A J REES Pulmonary haemorrhage complicating Wegener's granulomatosis and microscopic polyarteritis British Medical Journal.  1985;290(15);1775-17787.  Aine Burns Pulmonary Vasculitis Thorax 1998; 53:220–2278.  Octavian C. Ioachimescu. Diffuse alveolar haemorrhage: Diagnosing it and finding the cause. Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine .2008;75(4): 258-2809.  U. Schönermarck, P. Lamprecht, E. Csernok, W. L. Gross. Prevalence and spectrum of rheumatic diseases associated with proteinase 3-antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (ANCA) and myeloperoxidase-ANCA. Rheumatology 2001;40:178-18410.  Langford CA. Wegener granulomatosis. Am J Med Sci 2001;321:76-82.11.  Falk RJ, Jennette JC. ANCA small-vessel vasculitis. J Am Soc Nephrol 1997; 8:314-22.12.  Hagen EC, Daha MR, Hermans J et al. Diagnostic value of standardized assays for anti neutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies in idiopathic systemic vasculitis. EC/BCR Project for ANCA Assay Standardization Kidney Int. 1998;53(3):743–53.13.  Moosig F, Lamprecht P, Gross WL. Wegener's Granulomatosis: the current view. Clin Rev Allergy Immunol.  2008;35(1-2):19-2114.  Bosch X, Guilabert A, Espinosa G, et al. Treatment of antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody associated vasculitis: a systematic review. JAMA. 2007; 298(6):655–6915.  Mar EJ, Matsubara O, Nelia S. Tan-Liu et al. The pulmonary biopsy in the early diagnosis of Wegener's (pathergic) granulomatosis: A study based on 35 open lung biopsies. Hum Pathol. 1988;19(9):1065-7116.  Hoffman GS, Kerr GS, Leavitt RY, et al. Wegener’s granulomatosis: an analysis of 158 patients. Ann InternMed 1992;116:488–9817.  Stephen K. Frankel, Gregory P. Cosgrove, Aryeh Fischer, Richard T. Meehan and Kevin K. Brown Update in the Diagnosis and Management of Pulmonary Vasculitis Chest 2006;129;452-46518.  SL Hogan, PH Nachman, AS Wilkman, JC Jennette and RJ Falk Prognostic markers in patients with antineutrophil cytoplasmic autoantibody-associated microscopic polyangiitis and glomerulonephritis Journal of the American Society of Nephrology.1996;7:23-3219.  Gisele Zandman-Goddard MD Diffuse Alveolar Haemorrhage in Autoimmune Diseases. IMAJ 2002;4:461-46220.  Lin Y, Zheng W, Tian X, Zhang X, Zhang F, Dong Y. Antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody-associated vasculitis complicated with diffuse alveolar haemorrhage: a study of 12 cases. J Clin Rheumatol. 2009;15(7):341-4.21.  Chen GX, Dong Y, Ju ZB . A clinical analysis of 32 patients with diffuse alveolar haemorrhage in diffuse connective tissue diseases. Zhonghua Nei Ke Za Zhi. 2008;47(5):362-5

Painless aortic dissection presenting with congestive heart failure

Authors
Usman Ali, Wai Hang Cheung and Ashis Banerjee
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a401
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

A 44 year old man, previously in good health, presented with congestive heart failure, the onset of which was probably four weeks previously. A diagnostic label of community acquired pneumonia led to delay in the diagnosis of type A aortic dissection.

This required surgical management which resulted in a good outcome. The absence of chest pain may have contributed to the delay in diagnosis. Aortic dissection should form part of the differential diagnosis of unexplained acute congestive heart failure. 

Case History

A 44 year old male presented to the emergency department complaining of shortness of breath. The symptoms had commenced suddenly four weeks ago. He had been breathless at rest, and subsequently developed a productive cough with white sputum. He denied chest pain. He was known to have the sickle cell trait but was otherwise in good health. He was a non-smoker.
 
Since the onset of symptoms, and prior to this admission, the patient presented to two different emergency departments. The working diagnosis was, and remained, community acquired pneumonia. On initial presentation empirical treatment for a community acquired pneumonia was commenced. Failure to improve resulted in additional cover for atypical organisms and the prescription of a short course of steroids on the subsequent admissions.
 
Initial observations revealed the patient was tachypnoeic and tachycardic, with a respiratory rate of 25 breaths per minute, heart rate of 114 beats per minute. He was apyrexial (temperature of 36.5°C ). Pulse oximetry showed an oxygen saturation of 94% on room air. His blood pressure was recorded as 183/99 millimetres of mercury.
 
On examination large volume peripheral pulses, raised jugular venous pressure (5 cm), bi-basal crepitations, and bilateral ankle oedema were elicited/identified. Auscultation of the heart revealed a loud diastolic murmur audible throughout the praecordium.
 
A 12 lead ECG showed normal sinus rhythm, normal axis and left ventricular hypertrophy. Arterial blood gas analysis on room air showed a pH of 7.46, pa02 9.6 kPa, pCO2 4.3 kPa, HCO3 23.8 mmol/L, BE + 0.8 and lactate of 0.7 mmol/L. Routine venous blood tests did not identify any elevated markers of infection or inflammation. A chest radiograph (Figure 1) showed cardiomegaly and pulmonary oedema.
 
Figure 1
 
The patient was administered oxygen and given a diuretic to improve his ventilation.
 
The working diagnosis was congestive cardiac failure in the presence of what was presumed to be a new murmur. Urgent echocardiography revealed an aortic root of 6.2cm diameter at sinus level, with an evident dissection flap. There was no obvious haematoma. Severe free flowing aortic regurgitation, a dilated hyperdynamic left ventricle and a 0.7 cm diameter pericardial effusion anteriorly were also noted. It was concluded that the patient had a sealed 7cm type A aortic dissection. This was confirmed by a CT scan (Figure 2).
 
Figure 2
 
Large bore venous access was obtained and an intravenous beta blocker (Labetalol) administered. Urgent transfer to a tertiary cardio-thoracic surgical centre was made. He underwent aortic root and valve replacement, along with coronary artery bypass grafting to the right coronary artery using a reversed long saphenous vein graft. Postoperatively, he was anticoagulated on Warfarin, and was also placed on beta blockade therapy (Bisoprolol), a diuretic (Frusemide), an ACE inhibitor (Ramipril), and a statin (Simvastatin).
 
Discussion
 
Aortic dissection is a medical emergency. If left unrecognised or untreated mortality can be as high as 80% in two weeks, or 90% within three months1,2. 96 % of patients with aortic dissection present primarily with chest pain. The remaining 10% present with symptoms secondary to impairment of blood supply to other organ systems3. Dissections involving the ascending aorta present with retrosternal chest pain, while interscapular pain suggests involvement of the descending aorta. Pleuritic pain may indicate haemorrhage in the pericardial sac, with the potential for acute cardiac tamponade.
 
Only 6% of aortic dissections present with acute congestive cardiac failure. Patients presenting with aortic dissection and congestive cardiac failure are more likely to present without chest pain and have a valvular abnormality. When chest pain is present, the pain is more often mild and less likely to be abrupt in onset. Patients are less likely to be hypertensive on presentation and more likely to present in shock. These patients are more likely to have Stanford type A dissection . Congestive cardiac failure does lead to a delay in surgical intervention4.
 
Congestive cardiac failure is usually due to aortic regurgitation from aortic valve disease, incomplete aortic leaflet closure, or aortic valve disruption. In the setting of unexplained cardiac failure aortic dissection should be considered, especially when an aortic regurgitant murmur has been detected clinically. Heart failure has been associated with supravalvular aortic stenosis in the presence of a painless type A dissection, in a patient presenting with persistent cough5. Rupture of aortic dissection into the right atrium, right ventricle, or main pulmonary artery may lead to a left to right shunt and congestive heart failure6.
 
Painless aortic dissection has been recorded in other contexts, particularly with chronic dissection and in patients with Marfan’s syndrome.The absence of chest pain should not exclude aortic dissection.
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
<p> None declared</p>
Details of Authors: 
<p> Usman Ali, MB,BS FY2 doctor, Wai Hang Cheung, MB,BS ST3 in Medicine, Ashis Banerjee, MS, FRCS, FCEM Consultant, Emergency Department Chase Farm Hospital, Enfield</p>
Corresponding Author Details: 
<p> Ashis Banerjee, Consultant/ lead clinician in emergency medicine Chase Farm Hospital, The Ridgeway, Enfield EN2 8JL, Middlesex</p>
Corresponding Author Email: 
libra19542003@yahoo.co.uk
References
References: 

1. Hirst AE, Johns VJ, Kime SW, Dissecting aneurysm of the aorta. A review of 505 cases. Medicine 1958; 37:217-279

2. Harris PD, Malm JR,  The management of acute dissection of the thoracic aorta. Am Heart J 1969; 78: 419-422

3. Link MS, Pletrzak MP, Aortic dissection presenting as superior vena cava syndrome. Am J Emerg Med 1994; 12:326-328

4. Januzzi, JL, Eagle KA, Cooper JV, Fang J, Sechtem U, Mymel T, Evangelista A, Oh JK, Llovet A, O’Gara PT, Nienaber CA, Isselbacher EM: Acute aortic dissection presenting with congestive heart failure: results from the International Registry of Acute Aortic Dissection. J AM Coll Cardiol. 2005,46:733-735

5. Sakamoto, H, Watanabe, Y, Sugimori, H, Heart failure due to severe supravalvular aortic stenosis in painless type A aortic dissection. Ann Thorac Surg, 2008, 85: 1441-1443

6. Spier, LN, Hall, MH, Nelson, RL, et al. Aortic dissection: rupture into right ventricle and right pulmonary artery. Ann Thorac Surg,1995, 59: 1017-1019

BJMP December 2010 Volume 3 Number 4

BJMP December 2010 Volume 3 Number 4
Full Issue Booklet
Editorial
John Agens
Research Article
Imtiyaz Mansoor, Mushtaq A Margoob, Nasseer Masoodi, Huda Mushtaq, Tayzeen Younis, Arshad Hussain, Shabir Dhar, , Parvez Chowdary
S.M. Coughlin , I. Walker, W.S. Wassif
Hyder Z, Dewer P
Review Article
Jayprakash Gopall , Wen Huang , Yu Zhao
Rakesh Kumar Jha , Yanli Zou, Jin Li, Bing Xia
Vinoth Sankar, Steven Close, Stephen J Leslie
Case Report/Series
Ciaran Clarke , Norbertas Skokauskas
Hye Seon Kim, Ambreen Aftab, Mehraj Shah , Jitendra Nayar
Education & Training
Ovais Wadoo, Aadil Jan Shah, Aamer Sajjad, Dave Fearnley
Clinical Practice
Daljit Singh Sura, Stephen Newell
Viewpoint
Francis J Dunne
Pictures
Suhail Y Hakim, Gursimran Singh Kundan, Sofia Gani Rah
Miscellaneous

To ‘D’ or not to ‘D’ in the older person, that is the question.

Authors
John Agens
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a352

In anticipation of new recommendations from the Institute of Medicine and others, it behooves physicians and healthcare providers to review their knowledge base concerning adequate vitamin D intake for fall and fracture prevention in the elderly. There is enough new data for the Institute of Medicine to consider a new Dietary Reference Intake, or DRI, for vitamin D.1 A recent review by Bischoff-Ferrari et al, of numerous randomized controlled trials of vitamin D supplementation in older persons, concluded that both falls and fractures could be prevented. In addition, a dose-response relationship suggested that the optimal supplementation dose is 700 IU to 1000 IU per day.2 Epidemiologic associations between low vitamin D status and various cancers has led some to recommend balancing risk and benefit of moderate ultraviolet light (UV) exposure against complete UV protection for prevention of skin cancer.3 Others have reviewed the epidemiologic evidence for vitamin D supplementation in treatment of hypertension and prevention of cardiovascular disease.4 These epidemiologic studies are tantalizing, yet the evidence is not sufficient to support a causal relationship in making decisions about vitamin D supplementation for the prevention of cancer and cardiovascular disease. I will limit my editorial comments to preventing falls and fractures.

 
I would suggest looking at potential short- and long-term risks as well as the benefits of any intervention. What evidence do we have for the risks of vitamin D use for prevention? One recent study using a single dose of 500,000 IU of vitamin D daily showed an increased relative risk of fractures,5 but the dose of vitamin D in that study was far higher than other randomized controlled trials. Bischoff-Ferrari et al reviewed documented cases of hypercalcaemia in the randomized controlled trials;2 those authors add that only one trial reported nephrolithiasis, the Women’s Health Initiative.6 It is noteworthy that only the self-reported vitamin D and calcium dose was determined in that study, not the vitamin D status of the subjects. My opinion is that hypercalcaemia is uncommon and its complications are rare.
 
Many interventions that are routinely recommended for the older person probably have higher risks than the 700 IU to 1000 IU of vitamin D per day suggested by the evidence. Medications for hyperlipidaemia are one case in point; antihypertensives are another. Both are considered relatively safe and effective in primary and secondary prevention of cardiovascular disease. The long-term risks of the supplementation of 700 IU to 1000 IU of vitamin D are not well known compared to those long-term risks associated with lipid-lowering drugs or antihypertensives. On the other hand, some older persons at increased fall risk have more immediate threats to their health from a fall or fracture than any long-term risks of vitamin D supplementation. Given the detrimental consequences of falls and fractures in the elderly, the risks of vitamin D supplementation may be worth it. 

 

 

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JOHN AGENS MD, FACP. Associate Professor Geriatrics, Florida State University College of Medicine, 1115 West Call Street Suite 3140- H, Tallahassee, Florida 32306-4300
Corresponding Author Details: 
JOHN AGENS MD, FACP. Associate Professor Geriatrics, Florida State University College of Medicine, 1115 West Call Street Suite 3140- H, Tallahassee, Florida 32306-4300
Corresponding Author Email: 
john.agens@med.fsu.edu
References
References: 

1.  Yetley EA, Brulé D, Cheney MC et al. Dietary reference intakes for vitamin D: justification for a review of the 1997 values. The Am J Clin Nutr. 2009 Mar;89(3):719-727.

2.   Bischoff-Ferrari HA, Shao A, Dawson-Hughes B et al. Benefit-risk assessment of vitamin D supplementation. Osteoporosis Int. 2010 Jul;21(7):1121-1132.
3.   Zeeb H, Greinert R. The role of vitamin D in cancer prevention: does UV protection conflict with the need to raise low levels of vitamin D? Dtsch Arztebl Int. 2010;107(37):638-643.
4.   Holick MF. The D-bate: do calcium and vitamin D affect cardiovascular health? Menopause. 2010;17(4):667-668.
5.   Sanders KM, Stuart AL, Williamson EJ et.al. Annual high-dose oral vitamin D and falls and fractures in older women: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2010;303(18):1815-1822.
6.   Jackson RD, LaCroix AZ, Gass M et.al. Women's Health Initiative trial of calcium plus vitamin D supplementation and the risk of fractures. NEJM. 2006;354:669-683.

 

 

Vertigo- Diagnosis and management in primary care

Authors
Daljit Singh Sura and Stephen Newell
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a351

General Information 

  1. Vertigo is the hallucination of movement of the environment around the patient, or of the patient with respect to the environment 1. It is not a fear of heights.
  2. Vertigo is not necessarily the same as dizziness
  3. Dizziness is a non-specific term which can be categorised into four different subtypes according to symptoms described by the patients:
    1. Vertigo
    2. Presyncope: the sense of impending faint, caused by a reduced total cerebral perfusion
    3. Light-headedness: often described as giddiness or wooziness 2
    4. Disequilibrium: a feeling of unsteadiness or imbalance when standing 2

Classification Vertigo may be classified as:

    1. Central - due to a brainstem or cerebellar disorder
    2. Peripheral - due to disorders of the inner ear or the Vestibulocochlear (VIIIth) cranial nerve

Incidence/Prevalence: Most patients who complain about dizziness do not have true vertigo:

    1.    5 community based studies into dizziness indicated that around 30% of patients were found to have vertigo,     rising to 56.4% in an older population 3
    2.   A postal questionnaire study which examined 2064 patients, aged 18-65, 7% described true vertigo in the       previous year 3
    3.   A full time GP can therefore expect between 10-20 patients with vertigo in one year 3
    4.   93% of primary care patients with vertigo have either benign paroxysmal positional vertigo (BPPV), acute         vestibular neuronitis, or Ménière's disease 4. These conditions are highlighted in Table 2 

Causes A wide range of conditions can cause vertigo, and identifying whether deafness or CNS signs are present, can help narrow the differential diagnosis, as shown in Table 1. 

Table 1 Causes of vertigo
Vertigo with deafness Vertigo without deafness Vertigo with intracranial signs
Ménière’s disease Vestibular neuronitis Cerebellopontine angle tumour
Labyrinthitis Benign positional vertigo Cerebrovascular disease : TIA / CVA
Labyrinthine trauma  Acute vestibular dysfunction  Vertebro-basilar insufficiency and thromboembolism:- lateral medullary syndrome- subclavian steal syndrome- basilar migraine
Acoustic neuroma  Medication induced vertigo e.g. aminoglycosides  Brain tumour:- e.g. ependymoma or metastasis in the fourth ventricle
Acute cochleo-vestibular dysfunction Cervical spondylosis Migraine
Syphilis (rare) Following flexion-extension injury Multiple sclerosis
    Aura of epileptic attack – especially temporal lobe epilepsy
    Drugs – e.g. phenytoin, barbiturates
    Syringobulbia

 Symptoms 

  1. Vertigo may be due to central lesions or peripheral lesions. Vertigo may also be psychogenic or occur in conditions which limit neck movement, such as vertigo caused by cervical spondylosis, or following a “whiplash” flexion-extension injury.
  2. It is essential to determine whether the patient has a peripheral or central cause of vertigo 1.
  3. Information obtained from the history that can be used to make this distinction includes 1
    1. The timing and duration of the vertigo
    2. Provoking or exacerbating factors
    3. Associated symptoms such as
      1. Pain
      2. Nausea
      3. Neurological symptoms
      4. Hearing loss
  4. Central vertigo:
    1. The vertigo usually develops gradually
    2. Except in: an acute central vertigo is probably vascular in origin, e.g. CVA
    3. Central lesions usually cause neurological signs in addition to the vertigo
    4. Auditory features tend to be uncommon.
    5. Causes severe imbalance
    6. Nystagmus is purely vertical, horizontal, or torsional and is not inhibited by fixation of eyes onto an object
  5. The duration of vertigo episodes and associated auditory symptoms will help to narrow the differential diagnosis 5. This is illustrated for various pathologies that cause vertigo, in Table 2
    Table 2 Timing of symptoms
    Pathology Duration Of Episode Associated Auditory Symptoms Peripheral or Central Origin
    Benign Paroxysmal Positional Vertigo Seconds No Peripheral
    Vestibular Neuronitis Days No Peripheral
    Ménière's Disease Hours Yes Peripheral
    Perilymphatic Fistula Seconds Yes Peripheral
    Transient Ischemic Attack Seconds / Hours No Central
    Vertiginous Migraine Hours No Central
    Labyrinthitis Days Yes Peripheral
    Stroke Days No Central
    Acoustic Neuroma Months Yes Peripheral
    Cerebellar Tumour Months No Central
    Multiple Sclerosis Months No Central

    It is important to differentiate vertigo from non-rotatory dizziness (presyncope, disequilibrium, light-headedness). Patients can be asked whether they “felt light headed or felt as if the world was spinning around” during a dizzy spell 3.

  6. Important points in the history:
    1. Onset - specific provoking events such as flying or trauma
    2. Duration:
      1. Seconds - Benign positional vertigo
      2. Hours - Ménière's Disease
      3. Weeks - Labyrinthitis, Post-head trauma, Vestibular neuronitis
      4. Years - may be psychogenic
    3. Associated auditory symptoms - rare in primary CNS lesion
    4. Other associated symptoms
      1. Nausea and vomiting in a vestibular cause
      2. Neurological symptoms such as visual disturbance, dysarthria in a central lesion

Physical/signs 

  1. Examination of ear drums (Otoscopy/ Pneumatic otoscopy) for:
    1. Vesicles (Ramsay Hunt syndrome)
    2. Cholesteatoma
  2. Tuning fork tests for hearing loss – Rinne/Weber tests
  3. Cranial nerve examination. Cranial nerves should be examined for signs of :
    1. Nerve palsies
    2. Sensorineural hearing loss
    3. Nystagmus 3 
  4. Hennebert's sign 1
    1. Vertigo or nystagmus caused by pushing on the tragus and external auditory meatus of the affected side
    2. Indicates the presence of a perilymphatic fistula.
  5. Gait tests:
    1. Romberg's sign (not particularly useful in the diagnosis of vertigo 1)
    2. Heel-to- toe walking test
    3. Unterberger's stepping test 1 (The patient is asked to walk on the spot with their eyes closed – if the patient rotates to one side they have labyrinth lesion on that side
  6. Dix-Hallpike manoeuvre 1
    1. The most helpful test to perform on patients with vertigo1
    2. If rotational nystagmus occurs then the test is considered positive for BPPV. During a positive test, the fast phase of the rotatory nystagmus is toward the affected ear, which is the ear closest to the ground.
  7. Head impulse test/head thrust test
    1. Useful in recognizing acute vestibulopathy 6
  8. Caloric tests
    1. Cold or warm water or air is irrigated into the external auditory canal
    2. Not commonly used

Investigations/Testing to consider:

  1. Special auditory tests
    1. Audiometry helps establish the diagnosis of Ménière's disease
  2. The history is most important and may give a quite good indication of the cause of vertigo. General medical causes such as anaemia, hypotension and hypoglycaemia may present with dizziness, and therefore should be investigated.
  3. If features of CNS causes is suspected from the history or examination:
    1. CT/MRI Brain imaging as appropriate

Treatment 

  1. Treatment should ideally aim at the cause of the vertigo 7:
    1. Medical management – as described below.
    2. Vestibular rehabilitation exercises – e.g. Cawthorne-Cooksey exercises 5.
      1. These exercises aim to help the patient return to normal activity more quickly.
      2. Moving the eyes from side to side and up and down while in bed or sitting down - then moving the head, first with your eyes open and then closed
      3. Other forms use gaze and gait stabilising exercises. Most exercises involve head movement
  1. For most patients the main priority is effective control of the symptoms.
    1. For acute attacks, treatments include 5,8: -
      1. Betahistine hydrochloride 8-16mg upto TDS
      2. Cinnarizine, 15-30 mg TDS or
      3. Prochlorperazine should be reserved for rapid relieve of acute symptoms only 8,12 - tablets 5-10 mg or buccal 3mg TDS or injection 12.5 mg IM or 25mg PR suppository - if vomiting
    2. Preventive measures for recurrent attacks include:
      1. Restrict salt and fluid intake - stop smoking and restrict excess coffee or alcohol 9,10
      2. Betahistine hydrochloride 16mg regularly TDS seems most effective in Ménière's
      3. Cinnarizine 15-30 mg TDS
    1. Points to consider
      1. Warn patients when drugs may sedate 10.
      2. Prochlorperazine is less sedating than some other recommended antihistamines, but may cause a dystonic reaction (particularly in children and young women) 11.
      3. Benzodiazepines are not recommended 9.
    2. Recurrent vertigo
      1. The most important first step in the management of recurrent vertigo is to distinguish vertigo from 'dizziness'.
      2.  In attacks of vertigo there is a sense of mobile disequilibrium ("the room spinning") which, if severe, results in uncontrolled staggering in one direction which may be only prevented by grabbing a solid object 10.
    3. Epley's manoeuvre

          a.     Aims to remove debris from the semicircular canals and deposit it in the utricle where hair cells are not                     stimulated 11      b.     Contraindications include 10:                                         i.     Severe carotid stenosis                                         ii.     Unstable heart disease                                         iii.    Severe neck disease (cervical spondylosis with myelopathy)                                         iv.    Advanced rheumatoid arthritis Consultation and referral:

    1. Refer to secondary care if 10 :
      1. Recurrent separate episodes
      2. Neurological symptoms e.g. dysphasia, paraesthesiae or weakness
      3. Associated sensorineural deafness
      4. If there is an inadequate visualisation of the entire tympanic membrane or an abnormality (e.g. cholesteatoma)
      5. Atypical nystagmus e.g. non-horizontal, persisting for weeks, changing in direction or differing in each eye
      6. Positive fistula sign: pressure on the tragus reproducing symptoms (suggests endolymphatic fistula
    2. If the patient has hearing problems in addition to vertigo then referral should be made to an ENT specialist. Other cases should be referred to a neurologist 10.
    3. While awaiting referral:
      1. Consider symptomatic drug treatment  for no longer than 1 week because prolonged use may delay vestibular compensation
      2. It is important that the person stops symptomatic treatment 48 hours before seeing a specialist, as it will interfere with diagnostic tests such as the Dix-Hallpike manoeuvre.
      3. If the person's symptoms deteriorate, seek specialist advice.

    When to consider hospitalization

    1. Admit the patient to hospital if they have severe nausea and vomiting, and are unable to tolerate oral fluids 9.
    2. Admit or urgently refer the person to a neurologist if they have:
      1. Very sudden onset of vertigo (within seconds) that persists.
      2. Acute vertigo associated with neurological symptoms or signs (e.g. new type of headache - especially occipital, gait disturbance, truncal ataxia, numbness, dysarthria, weakness) which may suggest CVA, TIA, or multiple sclerosis 9.
    3. Admit or refer the person as an emergency to an ENT specialist if they have acute deafness without other typical features of Ménière’s disease (tinnitus and a sensation of fullness in the ear). Sudden onset unilateral deafness would suggest acute ischaemia of the labyrinth or brainstem, but can also occur with infection or inflammation.
      1. Emergency treatment may restore hearing. The person should be seen within 12 hours of the onset of symptoms 9
    4. The urgency of referral depends on the severity of symptoms (e.g. requirement for intravenous fluids because of excessive vomiting) and the suspected diagnosis 9.

     Patient InformationThe Ménière's Society www.menieres.org.ukwww.patient.co.uk/doctor/Vertigo.htm

     

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Daljit Singh Sura, GP ST3 Registrar, North Street Medical Care, RM1 4QJ, UK Stephen Newell, General Practitioner, North Street Medical Care, RM1 4QJ, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr Daljit Singh Sura, GP ST3 Registrar, North Street Medical Care, RM1 4QJ, UK
Corresponding Author Email: 
daljit.singhsura@nhs.net
References
References: 

1.     Ronald H. Labuguen. Initial Evaluation of Vertigo. Am Fam Physician 2006;73:244-51, 254

2.     Kuo CH, Pang L, Chang R. Vertigo - part 1 - assessment in general practice. Aust Fam Physician.                       2008;37(5):341-73.     Barraclough K, Bronstein A. Vertigo. BMJ. 2009;339:b34934.     Hanley K, O'Dowd T, Considine N. A systematic review of vertigo in primary care. Br J Gen Pract.                       2001;51(469):666-715.     Randy Swartz. Treatment of vertigo. Am Fam Physician 2005;71:1115-22, 1129-306.     Information from your family doctor. Vertigo-A Type of Dizziness. Am Fam Physician 2005;71: 67.     Hanley, K. and O'Dowd, T. (2002) Symptoms of vertigo in general practice: a prospective study of                   diagnosis. British Journal of General Practice 52(483), 809-812.8.     British National Formulary9.     NHS Clinical Knowledge Summaries10.   GP Practice Notebook11.   Swartz R. Treatment of vertigo. Am Fam Physician 2005;71:1115-22, 1129-30 12.    Hamid M. Medical management of common peripheral vestibular diseases. Curr Opin Otolaryngol Head Neck          Surg. 2010 Oct;18(5):407-12.

Psychiatry in the doldrums: what price happiness?

Authors
Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a350

A lifetime of happiness! No man alive could bear it: it would be hell on earth

                                                                                  George Bernard Shaw (1856-1950) 
Guess what?    Antidepressants do not work for mild or moderate depression! This amazing ‘revelation’ seems to surface periodically as a popular item in the media and platform for the experts in living, especially since talking therapies are now considered the panacea for all ills. Despite methodological flaws in the research (as with all studies)1 and noticeably, with less scrutiny of talking therapy research, this ‘fact’ is preferentially brought to our attention. That antidepressants have unpleasant side effects and are not always effective we have known all along. When one thinks about it, all drugs have adverse effects. Strange how antidepressants work - they seem to cause unpleasant adverse effects but not beneficial ones! No one doubts that neurotransmitters are involved in pain transmission or are responsible for muscle movement, yet biological pathways are dismissed when ‘emotional’ or ‘psychological factors’ are promoted as causing distress. By contrast, talking therapies cure the problem and are considered safe, it seems.
 
Am I alone in not being surprised? I have never understood how mild depression (whatever that is) becomes moderate, or how normal becomes mild, even with the International Classification of Diseases (ICD 10) and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM IV) to hand. And who has decided there be a minimum duration of two weeks for mild depression? Does it not count if one is suicidal for a week? The corollary of this is seen in another nugget of perceived wisdom masquerading as ‘research’ which informs us that 14 units and 21 units of alcohol per week are considered the upper limits of safe drinking for women and men, respectively. What if intake exceeds these magical figures? A rigid adherence to the dictum would castigate a woman or man as alcohol-dependent imbibing 15 and 22 units per week. This type of anecdotal research has no scientific meaning because one cannot equate units with a way of life, one’s metabolism, stature, weight, and so forth. In the laboratory I can detect mild anaemia from severe anaemia because haemoglobin can be measured, and when to treat is usually quite clear-cut. In mental health studies, as with the alcohol example quoted, the theory is also vague. The usual response from ‘researchers’ in this field is that rating scales are capable of detecting differences in mood, say, which then determines the ‘therapy’ one receives. This is a fallacy. For example, in medicine, small variations in haemoglobin do not make the slightest difference to how a patient feels, though such fluctuations are important.
 
How do you measure tiredness? One can feel tired and have a normal haemoglobin level. In the elderly, for example, abnormal blood indices are often present despite an outwardly well appearance. The anaemia still needs to be treated. Laboratory tests are therefore used to confirm the severity of an illness and are objective, regardless of outward appearances. Treatment is given and the haemoglobin (in this example) returns to normal, without the patient even being aware in many cases. The difference between the above example and a mental health ‘condition’ is that there is no realistic cut-off point between feeling well and being unwell. Therefore, when to intervene is arbitrary. Am I tired because I’m depressed, or is it the other way round? Do two or more weeks of mild happiness mean I am ill? ‘Is there such a thing as moderate happiness?’ ‘Should we be using mood stabilizing medication or talking therapies if we are mildly or moderately happy?’ Absurd. No one speaks of another individual as being mildly or moderately happy. So why should it make sense to talk of someone as mildly or moderately depressed? What next – mildly or moderately normal? Severe conditions require treatment; mild upsets can be managed by simple alterations in lifestyle, and one does not need a medical doctor or an expert in living to tell you so. There is little point in expecting a favourable drug treatment outcome for say, hypertension, if the patient continues to smoke or is grossly overweight. Take the metabolic syndrome of dyslipidaemia, central obesity, hypertension, and insulin resistance: treatment involves removing the causative factors, not prescribing drugs to reduce weight.
 
I am a kind of paranoiac in reverse. I suspect people of plotting to make me happy.
                                                                                                  J.D. Salinger (1919-2010)
The norm for most people is to get on with matters in hand and tolerate life’s daily grind. Some good days, some bad. A lot depends on your financial status too. Nothing new there. It does not make sense to assume antidepressants will make the slightest difference to an individual’s ‘ups and downs,’ as there is no clinical syndrome to address. Living is not a genetic condition, though alterations in genes affect living. There is the risk of medicalising every difficulty one faces. Behaviour is often personality-driven and not a symptom of illness, and though personalities vary, one does not speak of a personality illness or personality condition. Even the term personality ‘disorder’ has come in for much criticism because of the difficulty in defining what is meant by personality.2 One individual may be overtly aggressive, another too passive, and to embrace all eventualities, there is the term passive-aggressive. No point in being perfectionist because nowadays you may fit the obsessive character description. On reflection though, I would rather the cardiologist, surgeon, airline pilot, concert musician and so forth, err on the side of perfectionism! It does not require much imagination to realize that the real test of a ‘condition’ is when an individual begins to feel he/she is not functioning at a healthy level because of a pervasive sense of inertia, lassitude, lack of motivation, persistent gloominess and despair, for reasons apparent or not. Most people feel despondent at times, say after bereavement, or losing one’s job, and likewise many individuals are more motivated, innovative, and ambitious than others. Some conditions, which seem to have a genetic basis, have stood the test of time, such as bipolar disorder, eating disorders, schizophrenia, borderline personality disorder and obsessive compulsive disorder; all other ‘disorders’ less so.
 
That antidepressants often fail to work is nothing new, even for severe depression because there are often too many factors at work. Patients who suffer from severe depression and suicidal ideation would be unlikely to be entering a clinical trial in any event. Furthermore, the theory of a chemical neurotransmitter imbalance is outmoded. It could be that an alteration in receptor sensitivity, either at the presynaptic or postsynaptic site, is the critical factor. Furthermore, it is conceivable that more neurotransmitters are involved than the handful we know of at present. What does the physician do then? Tell patients there is only a 70% chance of getting better with antidepressants and let them get on with it! Anyway, why should antidepressants be any different to other drugs used throughout the entire field of medicine? No drug has a 100% cure rate (save perhaps antibiotics or vaccines for specific infections). When one is well it is easy to be critical, cynical and dismissive. When a patient develops Hodgkin’s Lymphoma or any other serious nonsurgical illness and is told there is a 70% chance of survival with medication it is highly likely he/she would optimistically choose the latter. Why should severe depression be any different?
 
Rating scales cannot be robustly be relied on, at least in psychiatry, as most information is descriptive and there are few instances when a scale can be regarded as having proven validity.3 The Hamilton Rating Scale, a commonly used measure of depression, contains a large number of items relating to sleep and anxiety, and hence sedative antidepressants may seem to be appropriate. It could therefore be argued that the patient is benefiting from a good night’s sleep rather than any inherent antidepressant effect of the drug in question. Thus the side effect of the drug now has a therapeutic effect! This is akin to saying antihistamines work only through their sedative effect! Many scale items are poor contributors to the measurement of depression severity and others have poor interrater and retest reliability. Besides, mental and emotional diagnoses are so often ephemeral, and therefore defy ‘rateability’. Another example is the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), often used as a screening tool: because it is a self-report questionnaire, it poses problems in that the person completing it may distort responses. The question therefore is: how does one prove that antidepressants are effective on the basis of flawed clinical trials even when the evidence in clinical practice is obvious?
 
Meta-analysis is often used as ‘proof’ that research shows or does not show evidence to support a particular theory. However, meta-analysis itself is not foolproof. The methodology is complex and fraught with difficulty.4 The sheer volume of material can impress the naïve and the search for negative outcomes, if it suits the preconceived, intended purpose, will be celebrated in the media as ‘scientists discover’ and so forth. A diligent search of the literature will uncover the sort of results one is looking for, because remember, there are lots of bad trials, no trials are identical, and there is heterogeneity among trial results.
It is clearly very difficult to devise a perfect rating scale, particularly in psychiatry where one is dealing in ‘mind matters’ and the pathoplasticity of mental disorders. Besides, leaving ‘research’ aside, the terminology in psychiatry as a whole is vague and interchanges between lay descriptions and ‘psychiatric’. Does ‘mad’ mean psychotic? What is madness anyway? Is neurotic the same as being a worrier or chronically anxious? Can one be neurotic about one thing and not another? Is a teenager worried about exams (assuming he/she is fully prepared of course) normal, anxious, neurotic or unduly concerned? In medicine, matters are clearer by and large: blood pressure is high, low or normal. We are not comparing like with like, is the usual retort.
 
To be stupid, selfish, and have good health are three requirements for happiness, though if stupidity is lacking, all is lost. 
                                                                                            Gustave Flaubert (1821 - 1880)
Although it is easy to accept that antidepressants are ineffective for mild or moderate depression, one has to consider that in even in major depression the effects of spontaneous remission (75% in 12 weeks in some instances)5, 6 and natural fluctuations need to be taken into account. Even patients with chronic symptoms, who normally seek help when their symptoms are at their worst, sometimes improve anyway. Take a simple known fact: the prevalence of pain in patients with depression is high, around 65%, and the average prevalence of depression in pain clinics is nearly of a similar order. Pain symptoms in depression are not adequately treated by Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs) or indeed by amitriptyline (commonly used for pain relief) and hence depression is prolonged.7 On reflection it should not be too difficult to comprehend why drugs do not always work given that some three billion base pairs of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) make up the human genome. To add to the complexity, copy number variation refers to differences in the number of copies of a particular region in the genome, which is associated with susceptibility or resistance to disease.
 
Patients who are depressed and helped by medication are now being told by irresponsible ‘counsellors’ and sometimes by their own family doctors, that they are really only taking sugar pills, because of selective information taken from flawed antidepressant drug trials. By the same token should patients also give up their counselling sessions and take a sugar pill? It should not be forgotten that a true placebo control is impossible in psychotherapy unlike physical methods of treatment (though still difficult), whatever the flaws inherent in the latter. It seems odd that psychological data in ‘therapy studies’ carried out by non-clinicians and clinicians gets to be called ‘science’ whereas drug research carried out by scientists becomes ‘flawed science?’ Even so, countless dubious articles of ‘human interest’ manage to appear in prestigious medical journals under the apparent authorship of ‘leading figures in the field’ (being a pop celebrity physician or psychologist helps) where the psychobabble is fed to the reading classes who in turn regurgitate it to their naïve, well-intentioned adherents, and to the media. I don’t blame the latter: all the media want is a good story; ‘human interest’ items will sell newspapers regardless of their quality or accurateness. People who run the media have little understanding of science and wear their ignorance as a badge of honour.8 Therefore it comes as no surprise when it is discovered that antidepressants do not work for mild or moderate depression that the slogan becomes ‘antidepressants do not work at all,’ which is what the critical psychiatry faction wanted in the first place.
 
If you can’t explain it simply you don’t understand it well enough.
                                                                                (Albert Einstein 1879-1955)
Ironically, as in neuropharmacology, it is through progress in molecular biology that advances in psychotherapy research will be made as molecular genetic findings unfold over the next few years; it is likely that biological vulnerability will become increasingly detectable; although single genes and polymorphisms will probably never account for a large proportion of variability, combinations of genes may increasingly identify specific types of environmental vulnerability.9, 10 No mental health condition is ‘all genetic or environmental.’ However, it is through neuropharmacological research that the mechanisms of action of various drugs used in neurology and psychiatry have been identified and helped to develop an understanding of biological substrates underlying the aetiology of psychiatric disorders. Genetic studies help us understand why some individuals are more prone to becoming ill given the same environmental stress factors.
 
The overriding clinical impression by doctors in clinical practice and in hospital settings is that patients tolerate minor side effects in the hope that benefits will accrue in the long term, as they do with the very unpleasant adverse effects from other drugs used in medicine (chemotherapy, for example). It is incumbent for doctors to stress that antidepressants do work for severe depression (though not in all cases) and mood stabilizers are helpful in bipolar disorder, and advise about untoward effects.11 Doctors should also emphasize that the therapeutic effect is not that of a placebo, much in the same way that methylphenidate helps many children with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) when it is properly diagnosed and not attributed to poor parenting skills. The beneficial effects of antidepressants when they do occur are noticed objectively, usually within four to eight weeks of taking the medication, sometimes sooner. Patients are not coerced into feeling better by the charismatic charm of the physician, who may be sceptical to begin with, in any event. Besides, ‘charisma’ wears a bit thin when one continues to feel miserable and unresponsive to treatment of whatever sort. Cognitive therapy is effective for those who are motivated and not too disabled with lethargic indifference to engage. Behavioural methods do work, because specific techniques are employed which allow accurate objective evidence (cessation of smoking, desensitisation for phobias, amelioration of obsessive rituals) to be gathered.
 
There is a vast grey area between what constitutes ‘normal’ and ‘mild or moderate’ depression. In most cases, even if one concedes that a patient is ‘mildly or moderately’ depressed there is usually no need to interfere, because everyday issues are usually the triggering factors. Most ‘psychiatric’ conditions are not psychiatric, and life’s ills and worries are best left to the General Practitioner (GP) to offer advice, perhaps a close friend, or even a next-door neighbour. Best to throw away all the psychobabble bibles and ‘treatment packages’ by the experts in living who earn a good income exploiting patients’ weaknesses. Instead, patients should be taught to rely more on their natural intuition and cultivate inner strengths and talents. When depression, mood swings, phobias, obsessive rituals, and inner turmoil (for example, derogatory hallucinations, tormenting thoughts) become overwhelming, that is the time to seek medical advice. Most people (unless delusional) know which category they fit into, and should be able to receive help or intervention to deal with mental anguish before it becomes too disabling. 
Many patients get better with or without talking therapies or medication, through sheer determination. At least with pharmacotherapy the medication can be thrown out after a reasonable period of adequate dosage. Either the drug works or it does not. Psychotherapy theoretically, particularly psychoanalysis, has no end, and can prove very costly. The top-up sessions are not free either! Even the National Health Service (NHS) will only offer a certain number of sessions and then you are on your own. Of course, there is the homework and perhaps a few more top-up sessions, if you make enough fuss! By all means investigate the alleged fraudulent business practices of Big Pharma and eliminate the biased positive results of drug trials. Author bias should also be scrutinized to eliminate personal prejudice. There is no need for patients to be duped by the empty rhetoric perpetuated by the experts in living if we are simultaneously led to believe that life‘s ills will be resolved through the use of a sugar pill.
 
To be conscious that you are ignorant is a great step to knowledge.
                                                                                       Benjamin Disraeli (1804 - 1881)
Within the field of psychiatry (and psychology) there are those who do not believe in drug treatments, ADHD, eating disorders, to mention a few. Everything is environmentally induced or caused by bad parenting, we are told by some self-appointed ‘life experts‘. And there are those who thrive on being deliberately controversial in an effort to raise their media profile and income. What a pity. Cardiology does not compete with cardiothoracic surgery nor does gynaecology compete with obstetrics, for example. Debate - yes. Antagonism - no. It is time   for psychiatry to re-examine and distance itself from the popular psychobabble of the agony aunts and uncles before it completely loses its sense of professionalism. Because there are so many overlapping clinical scenarios within psychiatry and neurology, the former needs to align itself with the latter specialty and by doing so will gain respectability. The ever-widening chasm between psychiatry and other medical disciplines has been gathering momentum over the years, leaving psychiatry more alienated than ever. Perhaps there is also a case for subsuming some psychiatry specialties back into general psychiatry, for example, a Consultant General Psychiatrist with a ‘special interest’ in the conditions a Child Psychiatrist might be expected to deal with, such as Tourette’s syndrome, ADHD, and psychoses. Fewer graduates are now interested in pursuing psychiatry because they do not want to study medicine for years only to end up being marginalized as an on-looker in some multidisciplinary setting, devoid of any responsibility or decision-making. It is not that Cinderella will not be going to the Ball; there will be no Ball to go to. 
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1.    Ioannidis AP. Why most published research findings are false. PloS Med. 2010; 2(8): e124

2.    Berrios GE. Personality disorders: a conceptual history. In: Personality Disorder Reviewed. Gaskell, 1993. Eds        Tyrer P, Stein G Glasgow: Bell & Bain Limited.
3.    Ferguson B, Tyrer P. Rating instruments in psychiatric research. In: Research Methods in Psychiatry. Gaskell,        1989. Eds Tyrer P, Freeman C. Oxford: Alden Press.
4.    Eysenck HJ. Systematic reviews: meta-analysis and its problems. Br Med J. 1994; 309: 789.
5.    Andrews G. Placebo response in depression: bane of research, boon to therapy. Br J Psych. 2001; 178:            192-194.
6.    Zimbroff DL. Placebo response in antidepressant trials. Br J Psych. 2001; 178: 573-574.
7.    Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Katon W, Kroenke K. Depression and pain co morbidity: a literature review. Archives          of Internal Medicine. 2003; 163: 2433-2445.
8.    Goldacre B. Bad Science. London: Fourth Estate; 2008.
9.    Fonagy P. Psychotherapy meets neuroscience: a more focused future for psychotherapy research. The              Psychiatrist. 2004; 28: 357-359.
10.  Plomin R, McGuffin P. Psychopathology in the postgenomic era. Annual Review of Psychology. 2003; 54:            205-228.
11.  Dunne FJ. Lithium toxicity: the importance of clinical signs. Br J Hosp Med. 2010; 71: 216-210.

Interview with Professor Richard D Griffiths

Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a349

Richard D Griffiths BSc, MD, FRCP, FHEA

Prof Griffiths is a Professor of Medicine (Intensive Care), Dept of Musculoskeletal Biology, Institute of Ageing & Chronic Disease, Faculty of Health & Life Sciences University of Liverpool, and Honorary Consultant Physician in Intensive Care Medicine, Whiston Hospital, UK.
 
He obtained a BSc in Physiology during undergraduate training in medicine (MBBS) at University College London during the ‘70s. During the early ‘80s in London obtained a research MD studying muscle energetics in the early days of human Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy. Became a consultant in adult Intensive Care Medicine in 1985 following a move to Liverpool in 1984 and continued research interests in muscle and expanded these into nutrition (glutamine) and the critically ill. Since then has been a pioneer of the rehabilitation of the post-ICU patient. He extensively involved over the last two decades in undergraduate curriculum reform and as the Director of the Final Year has pioneered a fully portfolio based professional learning programme.
 
How long have you been working in your speciality?
I have been a consultant intensive care physician for more than 25 years.
 
Which aspect of your work do you find most satisfying?
To be able to improve patient care through clinical research and the training of medical students.
 
What achievements are you most proud of in your medical career?
Raising the awareness of the physical, psychological and cognitive challenges ICU patients and relatives face during recovery and contributing to the evidence base guiding rehabilitation.Clinical nutrition research on glutamine and identifying the need to use six month mortality outcomes in the critically ill. Creating a final year of undergraduate medical training that fosters professionalism and critical self awareness based upon a clinical portfolio and appraisal process that produces graduates fit for practice.  
 
Which part of your job do you enjoy the least?
Very little, but perhaps the ever increasing bureaucracy of regulation in practice and research.
 
What are your views about the current status of medical training in your country and what do you think needs to change?
In the UK most medical schools have radically reformed their curriculum to meet the needs of modern medicine and life- long learning. In Liverpool our students are recognized to be well prepared with the skills to ensure patient safety and start foundation training following a course commended by clinicians, hospitals, examiners and GMC alike. Post-graduate changes have paralleled these developments and while the training structures and closer observations are to be commended the restrictions on working time remains a concern for the acquisition of real “shop floor” experience. Our trainees simply don’t get enough “flying hours” as in the past.
 
How would you encourage more medical students into entering your speciality?
Intensive care medicine is popular. The problem for students is to understand how to get there. The new Faculty of Intensive Care medicine, that has just starte, brings an independent speciality out from under the umbrella of its various parent specialities and hopefully will provide the focus to make the career pathway clearer in the future.
 
What qualities do you think a good trainee should possess?
All those attributes that the GMC expect of a practitioner! In particular I like to see enthusiasm, self awareness and measured confidence, an enquiring and questioning mind and a degree of professional flexibility mixed with the ability to ask for help and advice. I need to trust them just as their patients need to as well.
 
What is the most important advice you could offer to a new trainee?
Stay calm, be professional and follow the basic principles of good medical practice doing the simple things well, and don’t be afraid to ask for help.
 
What qualities do you think a good trainer should possess?
Maintain professionalism and be a role model at all times with the ability to listen, support and recognize the strengths as well as being firm with those things that need developing.
 
Do you think doctors are over-regulated compared with other professions?
No, while regulation does not itself prevent bad medicine it does prevent it being ignored.
 
Is there any aspect of current health policies in your country that are de-professionalising doctors? If yes what should be done to counter this trend?
De-professionalising only occurs when doctors avoid taking leadership roles. I think this was a fear in the recent past but in the last 10 years in the UK there has been a strong drive to redefine professionalism and the role of the doctor for the 21st century and it is central now to modern undergraduate and post graduate training with the importance of Consultants and GPs taking leadership roles in planning health care delivery.
 
Which scientific paper/publication has influenced you the most?
Huxley AF 1957 A theory of muscular contraction” Prog. In Biophys. And Biophys. Chem; 7:255.
Professor Sir Andrew Huxley was awarded the Nobel prize in medicine in 1963 with AL Hodgkin for nerve conduction but my personal memory is in muscle physiology (as one of my tutors) for his work on the theory of muscle contraction and the role of cross bridges. His clarity of thought was demonstrated in his ability to always ask the question everyone else wished they had asked! He was a kind and gentle teacher that gave time even for a simple medical student.
 
What single area of medical research in your speciality should be given priority?
The brain is the forgotten organ in multiple organ failure. We now recognize that acute brain dysfunction is a serious problem but we know little about its pathology, how to prevent it or recover from it.
 
What is the most challenging area in your speciality that needs further development?
There has been a rush towards ill conceived large scale pragmatic clinical effectiveness studies of various therapies few of which have shown much to change practice. Rather there is a need for more detailed scientific research to better define efficacy of therapies by exploring the pathological processes and the genetic and environmental influences of common disorders that result in multiple organ failure.
 
Which changes would substantially improve the quality of healthcare in your country?
Addressing the challenge of an ageing population and in particular the community medical and non-medical support of the aged infirm so that modern medicine does not grind to a halt.
 
Do you think doctors can make a valuable contribution to healthcare management? If so how?
By showing leadership and making the changes happen and not leaving it to others perhaps less informed to direct change.
 
How has the political environment affected your work?
I have tried to ignore it as much as possible. Politics is a business best left to politicians while the rest of the world gets on with life.
 
What are your interests outside of work?  
I treasure my family, a marriage of 28 years, with two undergraduates in medicine and one in architecture and doing all the jobs they ask of a father. When not escaping to the south of France or walking I become a generalist handyman so it can be a gardener, electrician, plumber, decorator, carpenter, car mechanic………and the Sunday Roast!
 
If you were not a doctor, what would you do?
With the exception of playing a musical instrument anything that combines academia, teaching and its practical application, but with preference in the natural world.

 

Portal vein air embolism

Authors
Suhail Y Hakim, Gursimran Singh Kundan and Sofia Gani Rah
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a348
A 45- year -old man hit by a speeding vehicle presented with chest and abdominal pains, along with dyspnea and vomiting. On examination, vitals signs were pulse rate of 122 per minute, blood pressure of 100/60 mm of Hg and respiratory rate of 28 per minute. Chest examination showed tenderness on the lower ribs. The patient had ecchymotic patches and abrasions on his lower chest and abdomen. Abdominal examination showed diffuse tenderness in all quadrants. The patient also had an open fracture of right femur. Arterial blood gas analysis showed hypoxia. Liver enzymes were normal. Chest X-ray and FAST (Focused Assessment with Sonography for Trauma) did not reveal any obvious pathology. CT scan of the chest showed small contused areas of lungs on both sides. Contrast CT abdomen showed the following picture.
 
Medicine in pictures
 
 
CECT (Contrast Enhanced Computed Tomography) of Abdomen.
 
Question: What is this radiological finding?
 
Answers:
1. Pneumobilia
2. Liver Laceration
3. Portal vein air embolism
4. Oriental cholangiohepatitis.
 
Correct answer and description – at the end of the article
 
Differential diagnosis:
 
Air in the portal vein has many causes including Necrotizing entero-colitis, Inflammatory bowel disease, Pneumatosis intestinalis, Mesenteric ischemia, Perforated peptic ulcer, Trauma etc.
 
Explanation:
 
Pneumobilia means air in the biliary tree. This condition refers to central location of the air which does not extend to within 2 cm of the liver capsule. It is most commonly seen in patients following surgery in which a biliary-enteric anastomosis has been created or a sphincterotomy (sphincter of Oddi) has been performed.
Liver laceration is seen as a non-enhancing region, linear or branching, hypo-dense wedge lesion extending to liver surface.
 
The CT findings in oriental cholangiohepatitis can present as intra- or extra hepatic duct stones, dilatation of the extra hepatic duct with relatively mild or no dilatation of the intrahepatic ducts or as localized dilatation of the lobar or segmental bile ducts.
 
Discussion:
 
Gas in the portal vein is a rare and usually fatal condition, and its presence in trauma is a rare occurrence. Various terms are used to describe the condition like hepatic portal vein gas (HPVG), pneumoportogram, gas embolism of the portal vein etc. It has to be differentiated from air in the biliary radicals. Portal venous gas manifests on CT as small, tubular air densities in the peripheral regions of the liver, predominantly in the left hepatic lobe in the left portal vein as it is more anterior. Due to the centrifugal flow of blood in the portal venous system, air bubbles appear to extend within 2 cm of the liver capsule 1, 2 . Susman and Senturia state that air in the biliary radicals is more centrally placed and extends  up to the hilum and into the common hepatic duct due to the centripetal flow of bile 3 . In the pediatric age group the commonest cause attributable is necrotizing entero-colitis, and along with pneumatosis intestinalis it is in fact pathognomic of the condition4 . The pathophysiology behind air entering portal vein is intestinal mucosal damage leading to air entering the venules that connect into the portal vein.  This was demonstrated in an experiment where hydrogen enema was given to a dog and subsequent  mesenteric venous gas was noted5.  Outcomes are poor in non-trauma cases. In the absence of CT findings associated with bowel ischemia, portal venous gas due to trauma or iatrogenic causes may be treated conservatively 6 . However, blunt trauma can be varying in severity and intensity, and the likelihood of polytrauma should be considered by the treating physician. 
 

Correct answer is option 3 - Portal vein air embolism. Portal Vein Air embolization also called HPVG ( hepatic portal vein Gas).Long arrow showing air in the left portal vein and the arrow head showing the contrast filled right portal vein.

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
SUHAIL Y HAKIM, MS,FNB (Trauma Care)Trauma Surgeon, Department of General Surgery & Trauma, Lokmanya Tilak Municipal Medical College and Hospital, Mumbai, India. GURSIMRAN SINGH KUNDAN, MS, Senior Resident, Department of General Surgery & Trauma, Lokmanya Tilak Municipal Medical College and Hospital,Mumbai, India. SOFIA GANI RAH Resident, Department of General Surgery & Trauma, Lokmanya Tilak Municipal Medical College and Hospital, Mumbai, India.
Corresponding Author Details: 
SUHAIL Y HAKIM Suhail MS,FNB (Trauma Care),Trauma Surgeon, Department of General Surgery & Trauma, Lokmanya Tilak Municipal Medical College and Hospital, Mumbai, India. Presently Trauma Specialist with DHS Kashmir.
Corresponding Author Email: 
E Mail: dryaqoob@rediffmail.com
References
References: 
1. Sebastia C, Quiroga S, Espin E et al. Portomesenteric vein gas: pathologic mechanisms, CT findings, and prognosis. Radiographics 2000; 20:1213-1224. (s)
2. Hussain A, Mahmood H, El-Hasani S. Portal vein gas in emergency surgery. World J Emerg Surg 2008 ;3: 21. (s)
3. Susman N and Senturia H. R. Gas embolization of the portal venous system. Am J Roentgenol Radium Ther Nucl Med 1960; 83: 847.
4. Ergaz Z, Arad I, Simanovsky N. Portal venous gas following trauma in a preterm infant. Fetal Pediatr Pathol 2006 ;25 :147-50
5. Shaw A, Cooperman A and Fusco J. Gas embolism produced by Hydrogen Peroxide. N Engl J Med 1967; 277: 238.
6. Pate A, Amin F, Nuqui M et al. Intrahepatic air pneumobilia vs. Portal venous gas. The Internet Journal of Surgery 2009,Volume 21 Number 2.

Prevalence of Psychiatric Co morbidities in Traumatic Amputees-A cross sectional study from Kashmir (Indian Part).

Authors
Imtiyaz Mansoor, Mushtaq A Margoob, Nasseer Masoodi, Huda Mushtaq, Tayzeen Younis, Arshad Hussain, Shabir Dhar and Parvez Chowdary
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a347
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background and objectives: Loss of a limb for any a reason is a major event with profound implications on the psychological health of an individual involved. Due to prevailing sociopolitical disturbances in Kashmir Valley (Indian administered) and lack of epidemiological data, a study of amputation and its co-morbid psychiatric conditions seems crucial for planning care management for these patients. The aim of our current study was to study various socio-demographic variables of amputees and to find prevalence of psychiatric disorders in amputees from the out-patient population.

Methods: A total of 100 consecutive cases of amputation were studied. Patients who had an amputation were identified and diagnosed according to DSM-IVcriteria for psychiatric co morbidities. Epidemiological and demographic data obtained from the interview of the subjects was analysed and simple percentages were obtained. Prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities and indication for the amputation were calculated.
Results: In our study we found that, majority (45%) of the amputees were males in the age group of 15-30 years from rural areas (81%) with low literacy rates. Motor vehicle accident accounts for majority (53%) of amputations followed by 21% from ongoing sociopolitical disturbance (landmines, blast, firearms). The most common co-morbid psychiatric condition in our study was major depressive disorder (63%). 40% of patients were suffering from anxiety disorders which included 20% as PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder), 4% as ssPTSD (sub syndromal PTSD), 10% as GAD (Generalized Anxiety Disorder), and 6% as panic disorder.
Conclusion: Most of the patients with psychiatric co-morbidities were males of younger age group from rural areas. Major depressive disorder was the most common co-morbidity.
Keywords: Psychiatric co-morbidities, traumatic amputation, major depressive disorder, PTSD
Keywords: 
Psychiatric co-morbidities, traumatic amputation, major depressive disorder, PTSD

Background:

Loss of a limb for any a reason is a major event with profound implications on the psychological health of an individual involved. It has been seen that 20-60% of the amputees attending surgical or rehabilitation clinics are assessed as being clinically depressed1-3. Individuals suffering traumatic limb loss at any age are likely to suffer subsequent difficulties with their body image, but these relationships are more striking in the younger age groups who have experienced traumatic injuries. The psychological reactions to amputation are clearly diverse and range from severe disability at one extreme; determined and effective resumption of a full and active life at other end. Indeed, among adults the age at which an individual receives the amputation is also an important factor. The investigation of psycho-social adaptation to amputation has generated a plethora of clinical and empirical studies 4-7. An amputation is typically equated with loss of once perception of wholeness 8, loss of spouse 9, symbolic castration and even death 10, 11. The individual’s response to a traumatic event is influenced by personality traits, psychiatric premorbid state, gender, peri-traumatic dissociation, prolonged disability of traumatic events, lack of social support and inadequate coping strategies 12-15. Even though the previous research on consequences of amputation has focused primarily on relationships among demographic variables, coping mechanisms, and outcome measures; there is lack of literature on prevalence of various specific psychiatric disorders post-amputation 16, 17. Most of the literature and research on prevalence of specific psychiatric morbidity has largely focused on symptoms of depression18.

To the best of our knowledge there has been very little published about the psychiatric co-morbidity in the victims of amputation. In view of paucity of studies in this field, especially due to prevailing sociopolitical disturbances in Kashmir valley (Indian administered), study of amputation and its co morbid psychiatric conditions seems crucial for planning care management of these patients. Such a study seems justified for more than one reason, as the present state of affairs is in sharp contrast to the traditional circumstances that people of valley used to live in. The aim of our current study is:
  1. To study various socio-demographic variables of amputees.
  2. To find prevalence of psychiatric disorders in amputees from the out-patient population of the bones and joint surgery hospital, Srinagar which also has an artificial limb rehabilitation centre attached with it.
 
Materials and methods:
 
The study was conducted in the Post Graduate Department of Orthopaedics, Govt. Medical College, Srinagar. This 200 bedded hospital is the sole orthopaedic hospital in the Kashmir valley and Ladakh and caters to the needs of all districts of the valley and Ladakh region and some areas of Jammu province. It is affiliated to Govt. Medical College, Srinagar as the teaching hospital, for both under and post graduate studies. A total of 100 patients were studied. The sample comprised of 100 consecutive cases of amputation. Patients who had an amputation were identified and diagnosed according to DSM-IV 19 lead criteria for psychiatric co morbidity. After patient consent, a detailed history was taken, and a general physical examination was performed to identify any medical problems. A detailed semi structured interview with all relevant items from MINI 20 (mini international neuro psychiatric interview) was administered to all the cases included in the study. The cases were selected on the basis of inclusion and exclusion criterion.
 
Inclusion criteria:
  1. Informed consent from the patients under study
  2. Amputation of more than one year duration
  3. Age more than 14 years and less than 60 years
  4. Patients were included in the study irrespective of their sex
 
Exclusion criteria:
  1. Those who do not give consent
  2. Those persons who have history of any DSM-IV axis I or axis II disorder before the development of amputation.
  3. Presence of disabling medical or neurological conditions like motor neuron disease, Parkinson disease, etc.
  4. Age less than 14 years
  5. Age more than 60 years
 
Observations and results:
 
The data was categorised according to age, sex, residential address, education etc. Data obtained from the interview of the subjects was analysed and simple percentages were obtained. Besides socio-demographic profile, prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities and reason for amputations were calculated. Results are shown in tables 1-3.
 

Table-1: Socio-demographic characteristics of the amputees

Characteristic
Number (n)
Percentage
Age                                             15-30
45
45
                                                   31-45
30
30
                                                   46-60
25
25
Sex                                              Male
79
79
                                                   Female
21
21
Education                                     Illiterate
61
61
                                                   Literate
39
39
Marriage                                       Married
55
55
                                                   Un-married
45
45
Residence                                     Rural
81
81
                                                   Urban
19
19
Occupation                                   Domestic workers
42
42
                                                   Unskilled laborers
19
19
                                                   Students
17
17
                                                   Businessmen
16
16
                                                   Govt. employees
06
06
Religion                                        Islam
95
95
                                                   Sikhism
03
03
                                                   Hinduism
02
02
 
Table-2: Indication/cause of amputation
Indication/cause
Number (n)
Percentage
Motor vehicle accident
53
53
Blast
11
11
Land mine
06
06
Fire arm injury
04
04
Others*
26
26
*The others include fall from tree, electrocution, machinery mishap, fall from hillock.
 

Table-3: Prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities in amputees

Co morbidity
Number(n)
Percentage
Major depressive disorder
63
63
Post traumatic stress disorder
20
20
Impulse control disorder
19
19
Phantom limb phenomenon
14
14
Generalized anxiety disorder
10
10      
Panic disorder
06
06
Sub syndromal PTSD
04
04
None
16
16
 
 
Discussion
 
Socio-demographic profile:  In our study we found that males out-numbered females by approximately 4:1 ratio (79% males, 21% females). The majority (45%) of the amputees were males in the age group of 15-30 years, followed by 30% in the age group of 31-45 years and 25% in the age group of 46-60 years. The most likely explanation for this observation is that younger people are known to have higher exposure to the violence as compared to older people. In addition younger patient readily seek help for their psychological problems in comparison to older people. The results are consistent with the study conducted by Ebrahimzadeh et al 21 and Shukla 1 et al. Male predominance could be derived from the reason that ours is a patriarchal type of society where the men are the bread earners of the family and the women usually prefer to stay at home. Another reason could be that men report for rehabilitation and also seek help for their psychological problems more readily. Similar findings have also been reported by Cavanagh et al where they reported 75% of patients were male 22. 55% of our patients were married which could be due to the reason that majority of our sample were of adults in the marriageable age group. The findings of our study are consistent with the earlier reported studies by Margoob et al 23. We also observed that majority (81%) of our cases were from rural areas with low literacy rates. Most likely explanation for this observation is that the majority (74.9%) of the population in our state is from rural back ground. Low literacy rates is explained on the basis that most of the people who visit government hospitals of our valley are from poor background where it is very difficult for people to achieve and afford formal education. The other reason could be that Jammu & Kashmir is one of the states of India where literacy rates are low (54.46%) than average in India (65.38%) 24. Shukla et al in their study of amputees reported that majority of their patients were uneducated 1. In our study majority of the patients (95%) were Muslim. This is explained by the demographic profiles of the valley of Kashmir-Muslims are the majority community and other communities like Hinduism, Sikhism form part of minority. The greater percentage of Muslims is also substantiated because of mass exodus of minority community in early nineties with start of armed conflict in Kashmir whereby non Muslims migrated amass to different parts of the country.
 
Reason for amputation: In our study motor vehicle accident account for majority (53%) of the amputations. Most plausible explanations include overwhelming increase of traffic with road being in dilapidated conditions, narrow lanes, lack of driving skills by the motorists, lack of road signs and poor judgment while crossing the road by the pedestrians across the valley 25. The lawlessness and violence in valley also contribute to reckless driving and negligence of law enforcement agencies. The other collective percentage of 21% which includes 11% for blast injuries, 6% for land mine explosions and 4% for fire arm injury is significant by all means because of the ongoing sociopolitical disturbance in Kashmir since 1990s. The above findings are in accordance with high prevalence of traumatic events in Kashmir as observed by Margoob et al 23. The study revealed that 59.51% of adult men and 57.39% of women have lifetime prevalence of exposure to traumatic events.
 
Prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities:The most common co morbid psychiatric condition in our study was major depressive disorder. 63% of patients were suffering from it. Our results are in accordance with the study conducted by Shukla et al (70.2%). Similar findings have also been reported by Rendal et al 3 and Kashif et al 26.In our study 40% of patients were suffering from anxiety disorders which included 20% as PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder), 4% as ssPTSD (sub syndromal PTSD), 10% as GAD (Generalized Anxiety Disorder), and 6% as panic disorder. The higher prevalence of PTSD in our study sample is because of higher rate of PTSD in this part of the world as reported in a series of studies by Margoob et al 23.   The results of our study are also in agreement with those reported by Fukunishi 26 (33.9%), and Grieger et al 27. 19 % of patients in our study reported impulse control disorder in the form of crying spells and outbursts of anger. The lower prevalence of phantom phenomenon (14%) in our sample could be attributed to the fact that the time duration since amputation was variable and usually of longer duration. This is in agreement with the study by Ebrahimzadeh et al 21 where it is reported that 40% of the patients had phantom sensation and 32% were suffering from phantom pain. In another study by Lacorix et al 29, 90% had phantom sensation and 29% had phantom pain. Our observation is further substantiated by Melzack 30, Sherman et al 31, and Pezzin Et al 32 who in their respective studies reported that phantom limb sensation and pain gradually decreases with time. In our study 16% of the patients reported to have no psychiatric co morbidity. This could be due to various coping strategies adopted by the patients with primarily religious and spiritual involvement and obedience to local clergy, Imams (person who leads daily worship services at mosques) and spiritual healers 33. This observation is in agreement with the study by Margoob et al 34. In another study Huda et al 33 and Margoob et al 36 found that resorting to religious practices happens to be most often used coping method for dealing with problems and intense emotions of trauma in Kashmiri society. Similar observations have been made by studies in internally displaced people of Chechnya by Jong Kde et al 35.
 
In light of the above observations of our study, spreading awareness about the co-morbid psychiatric disorders in amputees can be very helpful in diagnosing and proper treatment of such cases and further to prevent chronic debilitating course associated with amputation. More intensive physical and psychiatric rehabilitation with the attention to the provision of prosthesis, retraining, and financial support packages may improve the quality of life of these patients.
 
Limitations of our study include a small sample size (100). Also results can’t be generalised for rest of India or Asia because of socio-political and religious practice differences.
 
Conclusion:
 
Psychiatric co-morbidities are very common in amputees in our study. Most of the patients were married males of younger age group from rural areas. The majority of the sample population comprised of unemployed people and those less educated. Major depressive disorder is the most common co-morbidity followed by anxiety disorders in which PTSD subjects were predominant followed by impulse control disorder and phantom phenomenon respectively. A significant number reported no symptoms of mental health illness. 
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Imtiyaz Mansoor MD,DA-Registrar Dept of Psychiatry, SKIMS Medical College Bemina, Srinagar Kashmir (India) Mushtaq A Margoob MD-Prof and Head, Dept of Psychiatry GMC Srinagar, Kashmir (India) Nasseer Masoodi, MD, CMD, CPE, FACP-Assistant Professor Clinical Sciences FSU College of Medicine, Tallahassee, FL. Courtesy Assistant Professor Geriatrics UF College of Medicine, Gainesville, FL. Medical Director Health Services ACV Inc, Dowling Park, FL, USA, Huda Mushtaq MA ,M Phil-Lecturer Clinical Psychology GMC Srinagar, Kashmir (India) Tayzeen Younis MBBS, DGO-Registrar, SKIMS Medical College Bemina, Srinagar Kashmir (India) Arshad Hussain MD-Lecturer Dept of Psychiatry GMC Srinagar, Kashmir (India) Shabir Dhar MD-Lecturer Orthopedics, SKIMS Medical College Bemina, Srinagar Kashmir (India) Parvez Chowdary -Registrar Dept of Anesthesiology GMC Srinagar, Kashmir (India)
Corresponding Author Details: 
Imtiyaz Mansoor MD, DA-Registrar Dept of Psychiatry, SKIMS Medical College Bemina, Srinagar Kashmir (India)
Corresponding Author Email: 
muqeetbiya@yahoo.com
References
References: 

 1.  Shukla GD, Sahu C, Tripathi RP, Gupta D. phantom limbs: A phenomenological study. Br J Psychiat                     1982;141:54-58.

  1. Kashani JH, Frank RG, Kashni SR, et al. Depression among amputees. J Clin Psychiat 1983;44:256-258.
  2. Randall G, Ewalt J, Blair H. Psychiatric reaction to amputation. JAMA 1945;128:440-446.
  3. Bradway JK, Malone JM, , Racey J et.al.: Psychological adaptation to amputation: an overview. Orthotics and prosthetics.1984; 38:46-50
  4. Kohl SJ: Emotional coping with amputation, in rehabilitation psychology: A comprehensive textbook, edited by Kruger DW, Rockville, MD, Aspen, 1984, pp 273-282
  5. Livneh H, Antonak RF: Psychosocial adaptation to chronic illness and disability. Gaithersburg, MD, Aspen, 1997
  6. Moos RH, Schaefer JA: The crisis of physical illness in coping with physical illness, vol2, New perspectives, edited by Moos RH.,New York Plenum, 1984, pp 3-31
  7. Kingdon D, Pearce T: Psychosocial assessment and management of the amputee, in rehabilitation management of the amputees, edited by Banarjee S. Baltimore, MD, Williams and Wilkins 1982, pp 350-371
  8. Parkes CM: Components of the reaction to loss of a limb spouse or home. Jour Psychosom. Res 1972; 16: 343-349
  9. Block WE, Ventur PA: A study of the psychoanalytic concept of castration anxiety in symbolically castrated amputees. Psychiatr Q 1963; 37: 518-26
  10. Goldberg RT: New trends in the rehabilitation of lower extremity amputees. Rehabil Lit 1984; 45:2-1
  11. Schnyder U, Moergeli H, Trentz O, et al: Prediction of psychiatric morbidity in severely injured accident victims at one-year follow-up. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 164:653–656
  12. Scragg P, Jones A, Fauvel N: Psychological problems following ICU treatment. Anaesthesia 2001; 56:9–14
  13. Richter JC, Pajonk FG,Waydhas C, et al: Quality of life after long-term Surgical intensive care treatment. Anaesthesist 2000; 49:822– 828
  14. Pajonk FG, Fischer A, Waydhas C, et al: Outcome of long-term intensive therapy of surgery patients. Unfallchirurg 2002;105:423–430
  15. Desmond DM, MacLachlan M: coping strategies as predictors of psychosocial adaptation in a sample of elderly veterans with acquired lower limb amputation. Soc sci med 2006;62:208-216(cross ref)(medline)
  16. Kamenchenko PV, Yastrebov VS, Tiganov AS (eds): psychiatric consequences of traumatic amputations. Clinical disorders and stressful life events. International universities press stress and health series, no 7. Edited by Miller TW.
  17. Sarah R Cavanagh, Lisa M Shin, Nasser Kramouz, Scott L Roch: psychiatric and emotional sequelae of surgical amputation.
  18. American Psychiatric Association : Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders.4th Edn.Washington D.C.American Psychiatric Association, 1994
  19. Mini International neuro-psychiatric interview.DSM 4, D..Sheehan,J.Janavs et al M.i.n.i. 5.0.0(July, 1) 1999
  20. Ebrahimzadeh M.H. Fattahi A.S. Long-term follow-up of Iranian veteran lower limb amputees from Iran-Iraq War:A study of 168 cases.Kosar Medical Journal, Iran (Persia),2004; 10;190-120
  21. Cavanagh SR, Shin LM, Karamouz N, Rauch SL: Psychiatric and emotional sequelae of surgical amputation. Psychosomatics 2006, 47:459–464
  22. Margoob MA et al. community prevalence of trauma in south Asia- experience from Kashmir JK Prac. 2006, 13 (supplement) S14-S17
  23. Paper-2, Jammu and Kashmir, census of india-2001.
  24. Yatoo GH and Tabish A. the profile of head injuries and traumatic brain injury deaths in Kashmir. J Trauma Manag Outcomes. 2008, 2:5.
  25. Kashif AW, Walia TS et al. effect of short term psychiatric intervention in amputees. MJAFI 2004; 60:231-234.
  26. Fukunishi,I, Sasaki K, Chishima,Y.Anze M.Saijo M: Emotional disturbance in trauma patients during the rehabilitation phase.Gen.Hosp Psychiatry 1996: 18: 121-127.
  27. Grieger TA, et al. PTSD and depression in battle-injures soldiers. Am J Psychiatry 163:10, oct2006.
  28. Lacroix R, Melzack R, Smith D, Mitchell N. Multiple phantom limbs in a child. Cortex 1992;28:503±507
  29. Melzack,R. Phantom limbs and concepts of neuromatrix Neurosci 1990,13:88-92.
  30. Sherman RA, Sherman CJ, Gall NG. A survey of current phantom limb pain treatment in the United States. Pain 1980;8:85±99
  31. Pezzin L.E. Dillingham T.R., Mackenzie E.J. Rehabilitation and long term outcomes of persons with trauma related amputations.Phys.Med Rehabil.2000:81; 292-300
  32. Huda M, Margoob et al. Pir, Faqir and psychotherapist: their role in psychosocial intervention of trauma. JK Pract 2006; 13(suppl1):s89-s93.
  33. Margoob et al. one year longitudinal study of snowstorm disaster survivors in Kashmir. JK pract 2006; 13(suppl1):s29-s38.
  34. Jong KDe et al, Kams Vander et al. the trauma of ongoing wasr in Chechnya, a MSF report 2004.
  35. Margoob MA, Firdosi M et al. Treatment seeking PTSD patient population-experience from Kashmir. JK Practitioner 2006;13(supp 1):s57-s60.

The impact of the provision of extended laboratory service of Troponin T assay

Authors
S.M. Coughlin, I. Walker and W.S. Wassif
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a346
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

The impact of extending the cut-off time for the provision of Troponin T assay from 4:00 to 7:00 pm, focusing specifically on same-day patient discharge was studied over a four-month period. The number of patients discharged on the same day, who would have otherwise been admitted overnight, was determined. The fiscal benefit of the extended laboratory service was then calculated. Of the 140 patients included in the study, 36 (26%) patients were discharged on the day of hospital presentation based on a negative Troponin T concentration; all except one had a Troponin T <0.03ug/L. Based on the cost of overnight stay of £657 we concluded that the extended service would save the hospital £70,956 annually.

Extending the provision of Troponin T assay for 3 hours daily is cost effective and reduces the number of unnecessary hospital admissions of patients presenting with chest pain of non-cardiac origin.
Keywords: 
Troponin T, lipid profile, cost-effectiveness, hospital admission

Introduction

Troponin T is a protein component of cardiac muscle. When death or damage of the myocardium occurs, it is released in to the circulation and can be detected by immunoassays 1. Troponin T is a sensitive and specific marker of myocardial damage when taken at least 12 hours after a suspected cardiac event and can be detected up to 7-10 days after myocardial damage 1,2. When used in conjunction with clinical history, electrocardiograms (ECGs) and cardiac imaging it is effective in excluding acute coronary syndrome (ACS) and myocardial infarction (MI). The cost of a Troponin T assay is £3.75 per sample inclusive of staff time.
 
Troponin concentrations have been incorporated in up to date definitions of acute MI. One of the criteria for diagnosis of acute MI is the detection of rise and/or fall of cardiac biomarkers (Troponin) with at least one value above the 99th percentile of the upper reference limit (URL) together with evidence of myocardial ischaemia with at least one of the following: ischaemic symptoms, new ischaemic ECG changes, pathological Q waves on ECG, or imaging suggesting loss of viable myocardium or new regional wall abnormality 3. Other criteria include unexpected cardiac death involving cardiac arrest, Troponin concentrations associated with percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) and coronary bypass grafting (CABG) and pathological findings of acute MI 3. Troponin T is an important component of the risk stratification of patients with acute myocardial ischaemia and can be used to predict 30-day mortality 4,5.
 
Detection of a rise and/or fall in Troponin T concentration is important when diagnosing acute MI 3,6. It is the rise and fall that differentiates individuals who have sustained myocardial damage from other causes such as chronic kidney disease (CKD) 3, 7. In these other conditions the elevated Troponin T concentrations are sustained. To establish the diagnosis of MI, one elevated value above the decision level is required. The demonstration of a rise and/or fall in Troponin T levels assists clinicians in distinguishing elevated background Troponin T concentrations from elevations in the same patients suggestive of MI.  Detection of rise and/or fall also identifies those patients with re-infarction within a short time period after an acute MI 8.
 
It is important to remember however that if the patient presents 24 hours after the onset of symptoms this rise and fall of Troponin T concentration is not necessary to make the diagnosis of MI. Troponin T levels must be interpreted in the light of the clinical presentation. An elevated concentration of Troponin T in the absence of clinical evidence of ischaemia should prompt a search for other aetiologies, such as CKD, congestive heart failure, myocarditis, aortic dissection, or pulmonary embolism 3, 6.
Risk stratification also includes the measurement of lipid profile in those presenting with suspected ACS or MI. To ensure that a cholesterol level representative of the patient’s normal baseline the blood sample must be organised within 24 hours of the event. In those with delayed presentation or where cholesterol is omitted on admission clinicians should wait until 3 months after the event to obtain a reliable cholesterol level, although most would be expected to have started lipid-lowering medications 9,10,11.
 
Method
 
We studied Troponin T requests made between 4pm and 7pm for a four-month period. Request cards were retrieved and the Troponin T result for each request was obtained. Any other Troponin T results obtained at any time relating to that event were noted as well as any rise and fall of the Troponin T concentrations. Review of the hospital notes for each patient established the working diagnosis, whether any other appropriate investigations had been carried out during admission, co-morbidities that were present and current relevant medications.
 
The final patient outcome was noted. The number of patients discharged on the same day, who would have otherwise been admitted overnight, based on Troponin T concentration was determined. Those patients with a Troponin T concentration above the 99th percentile of the upper reference limit (URL) used in the local laboratory (Troponin T <0.03ug/L) who were not discharged on the day of Troponin T measurement were identified and the reason for admission determined. The fiscal impact of the extended laboratory service was calculated.
 
Results
 
Of 162 Troponin T requests received during the four-month period, 140 (86%) were included in the study; 22 (14%) were excluded (12 haemolysed, 1 unlabelled, 2 not on computer system, 7 clinical notes unavailable).
 
The study population comprised of 74 (53%) male and 66 (47%) female patients. The age range was 21 – 101 years; mean (±SD) 67.6 (±16.8).
 
Half of Troponin T requests were received from the Acute Assessment Unit (AAU), 20% from the Emergency Department, 14% from inpatients, 8% from the Critical Care Complex (CCC) and 8% from the Coronary Care Unit (CCU).
 
Clinical notes indicated that 97 (69%) of Troponin T requests were taken appropriately at least 12 hours after the onset of the event, 19 (14%) were taken less than 12 hours after the event, in the remaining 24 (17%) the time of sample in relation to the event was not known. Interestingly only 30% of request cards had documented that sample was taken at least 12 hours after the event.
 
The indication documented on each request card is detailed in Figure 1. Indications detailed under other included: trauma, sepsis, collapse, cold & clammy, oesophageal cancer with hypercalcaemia, poor complex tachycardia, post-operative after abdominal aortic aneurysm repair, respiratory infection, sweating, palpitations, fall and repeat bleed because of previously unsuitable sample.
 
Figure 1: Indication noted on request card for Troponin T. ACS: acute coronary syndrome, MI: myocardial infarction, SOB: shortness of breath, LVF: left ventricular failure, CCF: congestive cardiac failure.
 
One hundred and two (73%) patients had a non-elevated Troponin T concentration of <0.030ug/L and 38 (27%) had an elevated Troponin T concentration >0.03ug/L. Only 5 (4%) patients had the rise and fall of Troponin T documented.
 
Eighty-three (59%) patients had no lipid profile measured during the attendance/admission. Of the remaining 57 patients, 31 (54%) had cholesterol assayed within 24 hours of the event, in 16 (28%) the cholesterol was taken between 2 and 17 days after the event and in 10 (18%) patients the time of cholesterol assay in relation to the event was not known. Overall only 1 in 5 patients had a lipid profile obtained within 24 hours of the event.
 
Interestingly of the 38 patients with raised Troponin T concentration of >0.03ug/L only 13 (34%) had a lipid profile organised. Only 7 of the 13 (54%) were obtained within 24 hours of the event, 4 were taken between 2 and 10 days after the event and in 2 patients it was not known when the lipid profile was obtained in relation to the event.
Overall no correlation was noted between cholesterol and Troponin T concentrations in all patients who had an elevated Troponin T concentration and cholesterol measured. Interestingly in those where cholesterol was measured within 24 hours of the suspected cardiac event there was some correlation, but the numbers involved were small.
 
The working diagnosis as stated in hospital notes is documented in Table 1.
 
Table 1: Working Diagnosis
Working Diagnosis
Number (%)
ACS/MI
62 (44.3%)
Arrythmia/Arrest
8 (5.5%)
Fast AF/atrial flutter
  6 (4.3%)
CCF/LVF
  5 (3.6%)
Myocarditis
 1 (0.7%)
Musculoskeletal chest pain
  7 (5.0%)
Respiratory complaint
18 (12.9%)
GORD put in legend
  4 (2.9%)
Other
11 (7.9%)
No diagnosis
 18 (12.9%)
                                                               Total
          140 (100%)
ACS, acute coronary syndrome; MI, myocardial infarction; AF, atrial fibrillation; CCF, congestive cardiac failure; LVF, left ventricular failure; GORD, gastro-oesophageal reflux disease.
 
Table 2: Reason why those patients with non-elevated Troponin T concentration of <0.03 (ug/L) were not discharged on the same day by the clinician.
Reason for admission
Number of patients
Trop T assayed <12hrs
5 (8%)
Ongoing chest pain
10 (15%)
ECG changes
3 (5%)
High CAD risk patient
2 (3%)
Monitoring and cardiology review
2 (3%)
Already inpatient
7 (10%)
Repeat attendance in 24hrs
1 (1%)
Other medical (non-cardiac) problem
28 (42%)
No reason documented
6 (9%)
Outcome not available
1 (1%)
Self discharge
2 (3%)
                                                                  Total
67 (100%)
 
All of the 36 (26%) patients except one who were discharged on the day of Troponin T assay had a negative Troponin T concentration of <0.030ug/L. This patient had CABG one month previously and presented with chest pain and associated cough, although his Troponin T was 0.14ug/L, this was deemed not significant in view of a previous Troponin T concentration of 0.16ug/L assayed two days earlier.
 
Sixty three (45%) patients remained in the AAU or were admitted to a medical ward, 15 (11%) were admitted to CCU, 4 (3%) to CCC and 18 (13%) were already inpatients. Of the remaining 3 patients, 2 self-discharged and in 1 the final destination was not available.
 
Of those patients with a raised Troponin T concentration of >0.03ug/L 5 died during this attendance.
The majority (60/102) of patients in whom Troponin T was not raised (<0.030ug/L) still required hospital admission (Table 2). Another 6 patients with a non-elevated Troponin T concentration had no obvious reason for admission documented.
 
Based on an overnight stay cost of £657 we conclude that the laboratory’s extension of Troponin T service of 3 hours would save the hospital £70,956 annually. No additional manpower was required to provide the extended laboratory service as Biomedical Scientists are already providing urgent out of hour on-call service for other biochemical analysis. No additional laboratory costs were incurred, as the same number of samples would have been analysed during working hours the following day.
 
Discussion
 
There was sufficient demand for Troponin T assay to justify extension of the laboratory service for 3 hours each day. As expected most requests for Troponin T came from the AAU and the Emergency Department where the majority of patients with chest pain of potential cardiac origin would initially present. In those patients presenting with suspected myocardial damage 3 out of 4 had chest pain of non-cardiac origin.
 
In those patients where the time of event was known the majority had an appropriate Troponin T assay taken at least 12 hours after the event suggesting that most of the medical and nursing staff were well informed. In contrast it appears that only few of the medical profession were aware of the need to measure lipid profile soon after admission as only 1 in 5 patients had their lipid profile organised within 24 hours of the event.
 
The majority of requests had appropriate clinical details to justify Troponin T request. However one in four requests were deemed inappropriate (Fig. 1). Since Troponin T may be raised in other conditions the assay should be reserved for those patients where myocardial damage is suspected. Inappropriate testing is potentially hazardous and may expose patients to further unnecessary invasive investigations e.g. cardiac catheterisation with associated morbidity and mortality.
 
In patients presenting with chest pain, Troponin T assayed appropriately >12 hours after onset of the event can be used effectively to exclude myocardial damage and discharge can be made on the basis of this result without the need for admission. A small proportion (6%) of patients with non-elevated Troponin T concentrations who had no obvious reason for admission, were deemed unnecessary.
 
Dyslipidaemia plays an important role in the risk stratification of patients with suspected ACS or MI, yet only one in five patients with myocardial damage had a lipid profile organised within 24 hours of the event. Cholesterol measurements organised between 2 and 17 days after the event would not have been representative of the true concentration and were deemed inappropriate. Too few lipid profiles were assayed within 24 hours of the event in patients with an elevated Troponin T concentration to determine whether there is any correlation between cholesterol and Troponin T concentrations.
 
Similarly only a small number of patients had the rise and fall of Troponin T documented. The lack of serial measurements of Troponin T concentrations may have resulted in failure to recognise some patients with other conditions, which may cause elevated Troponin T concentrations and potentially subject them to unnecessary further invasive investigations.
 
The provision of the extended laboratory service had a positive impact; it enabled earlier discharge of patients with chest pain of non-cardiac origin, resulted in fewer unnecessary overnight hospital admissions and reduced the demand on hospital beds. Extending the service did not result in extra work for junior doctors, on the contrary by improving the efficiency of the process has not only speeded the patient journey but has improved junior doctors’ time-management.
 
We have shown that extending the provision of Troponin T assay for 3 hours daily has both fiscal and management benefits and reduces the number of unnecessary hospital admissions. Further extension to incorporate a 24-hour laboratory service for this assay would potentially reduce hospital admissions further with more potential savings.
 
Conclusion
 
Extending the provision of Troponin T assay for 3 hours daily has fiscal and management benefits and reduces the number of unnecessary hospital admissions of patients presenting with chest pain of non-cardiac origin.
 
Learning Points
• Extending Troponin T service has a fiscal benefit.
• Rise and fall of Troponin T values should be documented.
• Lipid profile should be organised within 24 hours in all patients presenting with chest pain of potentially cardiac origin.
• Measuring Troponin T where myocardial damage is not clinically suspected is potentially hazardous and may expose patients to further inappropriate and invasive investigations with associated morbidity and mortality.
• In the current climate of litigation detailed documentation is necessary.
 

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
S.M. COUGHLIN MBBChir DRCOG I. WALKER Chief Biomedical Scientist, Bedford Hospital W.S. WASSIF MB ChB MSc CSci MD FRCPath FRCP.Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Bedford Hospital Departments of Emergency Medicine and Clinical Biochemistry, Bedford NHS Trust, Kempston Road, MK42 9DJ, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Stephanie Coughlin GPVTS ST3, Lower Clapton Health Centre, 36 Lower Clapton Road, London, E5 0PD
Corresponding Author Email: 
dr.stephaniecoughlin@gmail.com
References
References: 

 

  1. British Heart Foundation (Factfile 08/2003). What are cardiac troponins? 
  1. Ebell M H, Flewelling D, Flynn C A. A systematic review of Troponin T and I for diagnosing acute myocardial infarction. J Fam Pract 2000; 49: 550-6.
  1. Thygesen K, Alpert J S, White H D, Joint ESC/ACCF/AHA/WHF task force for redefinition of myocardial infarction, Jaffe A S, Apple F S et al. Universal definition of myocardial infarction. Circulation 2007; 116: 2634-53.
  1. Ohman E M, Armstrong P W, Christenson R H, Granger C B, Katus H A, Hamm C W et al. Cardiac troponin T levels for risk stratification in acute myocardial ischaemia. New Engl J Med 1996; 335: 1333-42.
  1. Atkinson P R T, Lawson L A, Shankar S, Cooper J, Wassif W S. Bedside cardiac marker testing as a tool in risk assessment for acute coronary syndromes in the emergency department. The Middle East Journal of Emergency Medicine 2003; 3:1.
  2. Jaffe A S. Chasing troponin: how long can you go if you can see the rise? J Am Coll Cardiol 2006; 48: 1763-4.
  1. Le E H, Klootwijk P J, Weimar W, Zietse R. Significance of acute versus chronic troponin T elevation in dialysis patients. Nephron Clin Pract 2004; 98: 87-92.
  1. Apple F S, Murakami M M. Cardiac troponin and creatine kinase MB monitoring during in-hospital myocardial re-infarction. Clin Chem 2005; 51: 460-3.
  1. Wattanasuwan N, Khan I A, Gowda R M, Vasavada B C, Sacchi T J. Effect of acute myocardial infarction on cholesterol ratios. Chest 2001; 120: 1196-9 
  1. Sewdarsen M, Vythilingum S, Jialal I, Nadar R. Plasma lipids can be reliably assessed within 24 hours after acute myocardial infarction. Postgrad Med J 1988; 64: 352-6.
  1. Gore JM, Goldberg RJ, Matsurroto AS, Castelli WP, McNamara PM, Dalen JE. Validity of serum total cholesterol levels obtained within 24 hours of acute myocardial infarction. Am J Cardiol 1984; 54: 722-5.

 

Prospects of Adult Stem cells therapy in Peripheral Vascular Diseases

Authors
Jayprakash Gopall, Wen Huang and Yu Zhao
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a345
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Peripheral Vascular Disease (PVD) is a growing medical problem and presents itself mainly in two different clinical forms. Intermittent claudication is an early moderate manifestation, while patients with critical limb ischaemia suffer from severe muscle tissue loss or ulcers and are at high risk of limb amputation. Despite recent advances in surgical and radiologic vascular procedures, a large number of patients are not eligible for these revascularisation procedures. Recent evidence indicates that adult stem cells (ASC) are a potential new therapeutic target. This review discusses the potential of ASC in patients with PVD. The safety of stem cells must be scrutinised and assessed throughout the entire treatment and research process. Guidelines and strategies must also be developed to ensure that every aspect of stem cell use from identification and isolation of stem cells to stem cell transplant is stringently coordinated.

Abbreviations: 
Peripheral Vascular Disease (PVD),Adult Stem Cell (ASC),Intermittent Claudication (IC),Critical Limb Ischemia (CLI),Peripheral Arterial Occlusive Disease (PAOD), Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF), Fibroblast Growth Factors (FGFs),Bone Marrow (BM), Endothelial Progenitor Cells (EPC), Bone Marrow Mononuclear cells (BM-MNC), Granulocyte Colony Stimulating Factor (G-CSF),Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells (PB-MNC), Therapeutic Angiogenesis using Cell Transplantation (TACT).
Keywords: 
Adult stem cells, peripheral vascular disease, critical limb ischaemia, therapeutic neo-angiogenesis.

Introduction

Currently, peripheral vascular disease (PVD), causing an inadequate oxygen supply to the limbs, globally affects no less than 3–10% of the population1. Peripheral vascular disease, including diabetic foot, arteriosclerosis obliterans, and thromboangitis obliterans, commonly affect the arteries supplying the leg. Based on the severity of the symptoms, usually two clinical presentations are distinguished: intermittent claudication (IC) is characterised by pain upon walking while critical limb ischaemia (CLI) is a more severe form in which pain occurs at rest and which is accompanied by necrosis and ulceration.

Peripheral arterial occlusive disease (PAOD) is estimated to develop in 500 to 1000 individuals per million persons per year2, 3. The prevalence of all stages of PAOD in the general population is estimated to be 4.2% to 35%. Within this group, 4.3% to 9.6% will experience progression of the disease towards CLI, eventually resulting in amputation of the affected limb4. Diabetic PAOD patients are at the highest risk within this patient group: they are about 10 times more likely to come to amputation, and the prevalence of gangrene is 20 to 30 times higher2. CLI has important functional implications and a major impact on the quality of life. Quality of life indices of patients with CLI have been reported to be similar to those of terminal cancer patients5. In addition, CLI is associated with surgery and hospitalisation6. CLI is also associated with increased mortality (the 1-year mortality is approximately 25% and may be as high as 45% after amputation)7 , and even asymptomatic PAOD by itself is a significant predictor of cardiovascular morbidity and death8. While obstructive atherosclerotic disease is the most common cause of PVD, some forms of vasculitis, such as thromboangiitis obliterans or Buerger’s disease, also result in peripheral ischaemia (in feet and/or hands), often progressing to tissue loss and major amputations9,10.
Unfortunately, a significant proportion of patients (including both IC and CLI cases) are not eligible for or do not beneficially respond to these revascularisation procedures due to the widespread nature or the distal location of the obstructions or due to the presence of co-morbidities putting them at higher risk for peri-procedural death.
For these ‘no-option’ patients, non-invasive revascularisation strategies have been introduced, which fall into two categories: single gene/protein-based or cell-based strategies. Angiogenic growth factor (e.g., vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), fibroblast growth factors (FGFs), and hepatocyte growth factor) therapy has been tested clinically since more than 5 years. But the overall benefit for PVD patients has been disappointing11.
Consequently, exploring new strategies for revascularisation of ischaemic limbs is of major importance.
 
What are stem cells?
Stem cells are defined as a cell population capable of self-renewal, proliferation and differentiation. They serve as a repair system for the body.
Stem cells are classified into two different types during the development of the organism: embryonic stem cells and adult stem cells (ASCs).
The use of adult stem cells in research and therapy is not as controversial as embryonic stem cells, because the production of ASC does not require the destruction of an embryo. Additionally, because in some instances ASC can be obtained from the intended recipient, (an autograft) the risk of rejection is essentially non-existent in these situations.
 
Where are adult stem cells found, and what do they normally do?
Adult stem cells (ASCs) have been identified in many organs and tissues, including brain, bone marrow, peripheral blood, blood vessels, skeletal muscle, skin, teeth, heart, gut, liver, ovarian epithelium, and testis. In HYPERLINK "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adult" \o "Adult"adult organisms, stem cells and HYPERLINK "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progenitor_cell" \o "Progenitor cell"progenitor cells act as a repair system for the body, replenishing specialised cells, but also maintain the normal turnover of regenerative organs, such as blood, skin or intestinal tissues. They are thought to reside in a specific area of each tissue (called a "stem cell niche"). In many tissues, current evidence suggests that some types of stem cells are pericytes, cells that compose the outermost layer of small blood vessels. Stem cells may remain quiescent (non-dividing) for long periods of time until they are activated by a normal need for more cells to maintain tissues, or by disease or tissue injury.
The concept of stem cell based revascularisation emerged in 1997, when Isner’s group described circulating cells in adults called endothelial progenitor cells (EPC) with the capacity to differentiate into endothelial cells (EC) and incorporate into new vessels in ischaemic tissue12. Since then, the number of studies reporting on stem cell related revascularisation has exponentially increased. Bone marrow (BM) derived stem cells have been identified as a potential new therapeutic target. Most adult stem cells are lineage-restricted (multipotent) and are generally referred to by their tissue origin for example: mesenchymal stem cell, adipose-derived stem cell, endothelial stem cell etc13, 14.
In the 1950s, researchers discovered that the bone marrow contains at least two kinds of stem cells. One population, called hematopoietic stem cells, forms all the different types of blood cells in the body. A second population, called bone marrow stromal stem cells (also called mesenchymal stem cells, or skeletal stem cells by some), were discovered a few years later. These non-hematopoietic stem cells make up a small proportion of the stromal cell population in the bone marrow, and can generate bone, cartilage, fat, cells that support the formation of blood, and fibrous connective tissue.
Adult stem cell treatments have been successfully used for many years to treat leukaemia and related bone/blood cancers through bone marrow transplant15.
 
Relationship between neoangiogenesis and cell population.
Neoangiogenesis:
Three concepts of vascular growth have been described to date—angiogenesis, vasculogenesis, and arteriogenesis (collateral artery growth)—which represent different aspects of an integrated process. Stimulation of arteriogenesis seems clinically most relevant and has most recently been attempted using autologous bone marrow transplantation with some beneficial results, although the mechanism of action is not completely understood.
Cell population:
Hematopoietic stem cells may be CD34+ AC133+ or CD34- AC133+ or CD34+ AC133-. Vascular development is regulated by growth factors and their receptors such as vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and VEGF tyrosine kinase receptors such as VEGFR-1 (flt-1) or VEGFR-2 (KDR or flk-1). Other growth factors such as angiopoietin-1 that bind a tyrosine kinase receptor Tie-2 may be involved in completing the vascular architecture by assembling pericytes and smooth muscle cells around endothelial cells16.
Marrow or peripheral blood CD34+ hematopoietic stem cells express VEGFR and Tie.12 When cultured ex-vivo in fibronectin-coated flasks with VEGF, CD34+ AC133+ cells differentiate into endothelial cells by morphology, acetylated low-density lipoprotein incorporation, nitric oxide release, Von Willebrand factor expression, and lectin binding17.
The unfractionated mixture of hematopoietic mononuclear cells includes more differentiated cells that are thought to provide angiogenic cytokines as well as stem cells that become incorporated into collateral vessels by a process of neoangiogenesis. In clinical trials, Tateishi-Yuyama et al.18 injected autologous bone marrow mononuclear cells into patients with ischaemic PVD. Patients were selected for chronic ischaemic extremity pain or non-healing ischaemic ulcers or both and a resting blood pressure ankle-brachial index less than 0.6. Bone marrow cells were collected under general anaesthesia from the posterior superior iliac crest and with a 26-gauge needle injected into the gastrocnemius muscle of the ischaemic leg in multiple sites divided by a 3x3 cm grid. Significant improvement in the ABI, trans-cutaneous oxygen pressure, and pain-free walking occurred following treatment18.
Several independent clinical studies have reported beneficial effects of the administration of bone marrow mononuclear cells (BM-MNC), Granulocyte Colony Stimulating Factor (G-CSF) mobilised Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells (PB-MNC), G-CSF-mobilised PB-MNC after ex vivo culturing, G-CSF mobilised CD34+ cells, and G-CSF mobilised CD133+ cells in patients with CLI. However, no direct comparisons have been performed and it is still unclear which cell types or subpopulations provide the best treatment results. The progenitor cells specifically involved in vascular repair and neovascularisation were initially thought to originate from the CD34+ hematopoietic progenitor cell population, analogous to the common hemangioblast precursor in embryonic development19, 20.
Consistently, in the Therapeutic Angiogenesis using Cell Transplantation (TACT) study, legs that were injected with PB-MNC, containing approximately 500-fold less CD34+ cells than BM-MNC, showed much smaller increases in collateral perfusion as compared with BM-MNC-injected legs.18,21 Furthermore, Saigawa et al demonstrated a correlation between the number of implanted CD34+ cells and the efficacy of bone marrow implantation21.
However, several studies suggest that CD34- cell populations also play an important role in the beneficial effects of BM cell therapy. Asahara et al already showed that CD34- cells, added to CD34+ cells in culture, improved outgrowth of cells with an endothelial phenotype12. Co-culture of CD34+ cells with CD34-cells in an in-vitro 3-D matrix model using human microvascular endothelial cells significantly enhanced neovascularisation as compared with CD34+ cells alone22.Other groups described that non-hematopoietic bone marrow mesenchymal precursor cells and myeloid/monocyte lineage cells (CD14+) can also differentiate into EPC or into cells with EPC characteristics23-26. Iba et al compared the angiogenic effects of the same numbers of BM-MNC and PB-MNC (containing 2.4% and 0.02% CD34+ cells, respectively) in a rat hind limb ischaemia model and showed that although there was no incorporation of PB-MNC, the angiogenic effect of PB-MNC was approximately 72% relative to that of BM-MNC27. Moreover, Tateno et al showed that there was no significant difference in stimulation of neovascularisation after infusion of PB-MNC and BM-MNC10.
These data suggest that, apart from incorporation of EPC, EPC supply of angiogenic factors such as vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), basic fibroblast growth factor, and angiopoietin-1 plays an important role. This role of the paracrine effects of EPC on vascular growth have also been demonstrated by the group of Schaper28, 29.
A recent report proposed that implanted cells stimulate muscle cells to produce angiogenic factors, thereby promoting neovascularisation10. Yang and co-workers reported a simple and effective therapeutic approach for diabetic limb ischaemia by autologous transplantation of G-CSF -mobilised peripheral blood stem cells30.
Thus, different cell populations are involved in vascular repair and neovascularisation, and these cells may act via direct incorporation into the endothelial layer and endothelial differentiation, by supply of angiogenic factors, or by a combination of both31.
The majority of studies on cell therapy for CLI have used whole MNC fractions and at this moment it is unclear whether administration of more selected cell populations or ex-vivo culture toward an endothelial phenotype would be more effective.
Although clinical studies showed promising results from both BM-MNC and G-CSF-mobilized PB-MNC, recent data suggest that functional activity of the G-CSF mobilised cells, as assessed by the migratory response to VEGF and stromal cell-derived factor1, is significantly reduced as compared with non-mobilised cells from the same patient. Also in in-vivo experiments in nude mice with hind limb ischaemia, G-CSF-mobilised EPC show a reduced capacity to augment blood flow recovery and to prevent necrosis as compared with the same EPC without G-CSF stimulation32.
It is important to note that cell isolation protocols may also have a major impact on the functional activity of BM-derived progenitor cells33.
 
Optimal Dosage
It is remarkable that all studies discussed above reportfavourable outcome, despite varying dosages, with an even so varying concentration of CD34+ cells. In the studies involving BM cell administration, amounts of aspiratedBM cell ranging from 80 to 1000 ml, from which theinjected dosage of progenitor cells was retrieved, were reported.In the TACT Study18 and in the study by Higashi etal.34 approximately 1.6x 109 MNC were obtained from 500ml of BM, whereas Durdu et al.9 retrieved a 50-fold of MNCfrom the same amount of BM (101x109 MNC from 653 mlof BM). Bartsch et al.35 separated a 2.5 times smaller amountof MNC from the same amount of BM (0.1x109 MNC from80 ml of BM). The fraction of CD34+ cells in the isolatedMNC population varies from 0.6% in the study by Kajiguchiet al.36 to 2.4% in the TACT study18.
 
Clinical Evaluation
Currently used measures for clinical evaluation, such as ankle-brachial pressure index, are subject to factors other than improvements in perfusion alone. In accordance with the Trans-Atlantic Inter-Society Consensus for the Management of Peripheral Arterial Disease (TASC-II) recommendations, future trials should ideally combine multiple measures for clinical improvement and quantification of the arterial flow to evaluate treatment success, which include ankle pressure, toe pressures, TcPO2, microcirculation investigation methods like laser Doppler fluxometry, and anatomic imaging1.
In addition, questionnaires addressing pain experience, pain “magnitude” (pain intensity, emotion, cognitive-evaluative, and sensitivity) and pain at rest (on a visual analogue scale), as well as quality of life questionnaires will provide patient-based parameters for the clinical effects of therapy.
Ulcer status should be assessed by measurement of the cumulative total ulcer area, with ulcer healing defined as healing of all ulcers of the treated leg. Limb status can be assessed using the criteria of Rutherford37.
Contrast-enhanced high spatial resolution magnetic resonance angiography is a reproducible and robust modality for assessment and quantification of new vessel formation, detecting different sizes of collateral vessels, and determination of (changes in) tissue perfusion.
However, Choksy and Chan38 pointed out that a major scientific weakness in angiogenesis research lies in the assessment of vascular growth.
 
Avenues to explore?
How do adult stem cells evolve during development and how are they maintained in the adult? Are they "leftover" embryonic stem cells, or do they arise in some other way?
If the beneficial effect of adult stem cell transplantation is a trophic effect, what are the mechanisms?
What are the factors that control adult stem cell proliferation and differentiation?
What are the factors that stimulate stem cells to relocate to sites of injury or damage, and how can this process be enhanced for better healing in PVD?
Why do stem cells remain in an undifferentiated state when all the cells around them have differentiated? What are the characteristics of their “niche” that controls their behaviour?
How can assessment of neo-angiogenesis be improved?
 
Conclusion
Clearly, stem cell safety must be scrutinised and assessed throughout the entire treatment or research process. Guidelines and strategies must also be developed to ensure that every aspect of stem cell use - from identification and isolation of stem cells to stem cell transplant - is stringently coordinated.

Although several clinical studies show promising results, larger randomised, blinded, placebo-controlled trials are needed to provide definite proof of the clinical effects of adult stem cell therapy in these patients. In addition, questions regarding the cell population(s) to be used, optimal dose, and routes of administration will have to be addressed. If doctors and scientists can establish safe protocols for stem cell use, everyone can benefit from the full potential of the remarkable and possibly life-saving stem cell therapies.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JAYPRAKASH GOPALL MD, Department of General Surgery,The First Affiliated Hospital of Chongqing Medical University, Chongqing 400016, China. WEN HAUNG MD, Associate Professor, Department of Vascular Surgery The First Affiliated Hospital of Chongqing Medical University, Chongqing 400016, China. YU ZHAO PhD, Professor, Department of Vascular Surgery The First Affiliated Hospital of Chongqing Medical University, Chongqing 400016, China.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Jayprakash Gopall MD, Department of General Surgery, The First Affiliated Hospital of Chongqing Medical University, Chongqing 400016, China.
Corresponding Author Email: 
vishall_76@yahoo.com
References
References: 

1.Norgren L, Hiatt WR, Dormandy JA, Nehler MR, Harris KA,Fowkes FG, Bell K, Caporusso J, Durand-Zaleski I, Komori K,Lammer J, Liapis C, Novo S, Razavi M, Robbs J, Schaper N,Shigematsu H, Sapoval M, White C, White J: Inter-society consensus for the management of peripheral arterial disease(TASC II). Eur J Vasc Endovasc Surg; 2007; 33(Suppl 1): S1–S75.

2.Dormandy J, Heeck L, Vig S: Predicting which patients will develop chronic critical leg ischemia. Semin Vasc Surg; 1999; 12: 138–141.

3.Second European consensus document on chronic critical leg ischemia. Circulation; 1991; 84: IV1–IV26.
4.Hooi JD, Stoffers HE, Knottnerus JA, et al.: The prognosis of non-critical limb ischaemia: a systematic review of population-based evidence. Br J Gen Pract; 1999; 49: 49–55.
5.Albers M, Fratezi AC, De LN: Assessment of quality of life of patients with severe ischemia as a result of infrainguinal arterial occlusive disease. J Vasc Surg; 1992; 16: 54 –59.
6.Gillum RF: Peripheral arterial occlusive disease of the extremities in the United States: hospitalization and mortality. Am Heart J; 1990; 120: 1414–1418.
7.Hirsch AT, Haskal ZJ, Hertzer NR, et al.: ACC/AHA 2005 practice guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic): a collaborative report from the American Association for Vascular Surgery/Society for Vascular Surgery, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, Society for Vascular Medicine and Biology, Society of Interventional Radiology, and the ACC/AHA Task Force on Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Develop Guidelines for the Management of Patients With Peripheral Arterial Disease), endorsed by the American Association of Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Rehabilitation, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute: Society for Vascular Nursing, TransAtlantic Inter-Society Consensus, and Vascular Disease Foundation. Circulation; 2006; 113: e463– e654.
8.Hooi JD, Kester AD, Stoffers HE, et al: Asymptomatic peripheral arterial occlusive disease predicted cardiovascular morbidity and mortality in a 7-year follow-up study. J Clin Epidemiol; 2004; 57: 294 –300.
9.Durdu S, Akar AR, Arat M, Sancak T, Eren NT, Ozyurda U: Autologous bone-marrow mononuclear cell implantation for patients with Rutherford grade II–III thromboangiitis obliterans. J Vasc Surg; 2006; 44: 732–739.
10.Tateno K, Minamino T, Toko H, Akazawa H, Shimizu N, Takeda S, Kunieda T, Miyauchi H, Oyama T, Matsuura K, Nishi J,Kobayashi Y, Nagai T, Kuwabara Y, Iwakura Y, Nomura F, Saito Y, Komuro I: Critical roles of muscle-secreted angiogenic factors in therapeutic neovascularization. Circ Res; 2006; 98: 1194–1202.
11.Collinson DJ, Donnelly R: Therapeutic angiogenesis in peripheral arterial disease: can biotechnology produce an effective collateral circulation? Eur J Vasc Endovasc Surg; 2004; 28: 9–23.
12.Asahara T, Murohara T, Sullivan A, Silver M, van der Zee R, Li T, Witzenbichler B, Schatteman G, Isner JM: Isolation of putative progenitor endothelial cells for angiogenesis. Science; 1997; 275: 964–967.
13.Barrilleaux B, Phinney DG, Prockop DJ, O'Connor KC: Review: ex vivo engineering of living tissues with adult stem cells. Tissue Eng; 2006; 12 (11): 3007–19. doi:10.1089/ten.2006.12.3007. PMID 17518617.
14.Gimble JM, Katz AJ, Bunnell BA: Adipose-derived stem cells for regenerative medicine. Circ Res; 2007; 100 (9): 1249–60. doi:10.1161/01.RES.0000265074.83288.09. PMID 17495232.
15."Bone Marrow Transplant". [http://www.ucsfhealth.org/childrens/medical_services/cancer/bmt/ treatments/leukemia.html]
16.Folkman J, D’Amore PA: Blood vessel formation: what is its molecular basis? Cell; 1996; 87: 1153–1155.
17.Kanayasu-Toyoda T, Yamaguchi T, Oshizawa T, Hayakawa T: CD31 (PECAM-1) bright cells derived from AC133-positive cells in human peripheral blood as endothelial-precursor cells. J Cell Physiol; 2003; 195: 119–129.
18.Tateishi-Yuyama E, Matsubara H, Murohara T et al.: Therapeutic Angiogenesis using Cell Transplantation (TACT) Study Investigators. Therapeutic angiogenesis for patients with limb ischaemia by autologous transplantation of bone marrow cells: a pilot study and a randomized controlled trial. Lancet; 2002; 360: 427–435.        
19.Asahara T, Masuda H, Takahashi T, et al.: Bone marrow origin of endothelial progenitor cells responsible for postnatal vasculogenesis in physiological and pathological neovascularization. Circ Res; 1999; 85: 221–228.
20.Shi Q, Rafii S, Wu MH, et al.: Evidence for circulating bone marrow derived endothelial cells. Blood; 1998; 92: 362–367.
21.Saigawa T, Kato K, Ozawa T, et al.: Clinical application of bone marrow implantation in patients with arteriosclerosis obliterans and the association between efficacy and the number of implanted bone marrow cells. Circ J; 2004; 68: 1189 –1193.
22.Rookmaaker MB, Verhaar MC, Loomans CJ, et al.: CD34 cells home, proliferate and participate in capillary formation and in combination with. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol; 2005; 25: 1843–1850.
23.Harraz M, Jiao C, Hanlon HD, et al.: CD34 blood derived human endothelial cell progenitors. Stem Cells; 2001; 19: 304–312.
24.Fernandez PB, Lucibello FC, Gehling UM, et al.: Endothelial-like cells derived from human CD14 positive monocytes. Differentiation; 2000; 65: 287–300.
25.Rehman J, Li J, Orschell CM, et al.: Peripheral blood “endothelial progenitor cells” are derived from monocyte/macrophages and secrete angiogenic growth factors. Circulation; 2003; 107: 1164–1169.
26.Urbich C, Heeschen C, Aicher A, et al.: Relevance of monocytic features for neovascularization capacity of circulating endothelial progenitor cells. Circulation; 2003; 108: 2511–2516.
27.Iba O, Matsubara H, Nozawa Y, et al.: Angiogenesis by implantation of peripheral blood mononuclear cells and platelets into ischemic limbs. Circulation; 2002; 106: 2019–2025.
28.Ziegelhoeffer T, Fernandez B, Kostin S, et al.: Bone marrow-derived cells do not incorporate into the adult growing vasculature. Circ Res; 2004; 94: 230–238.
29.Heil M, Ziegelhoeffer T, Mees B, et al.: A different outlook on the role of bone marrow stem cells in vascular growth: bone marrow delivers software not hardware. Circ Res; 2004; 94: 573–574.
30.Yang X. F, Wu Y. X, Wang H. M, Xu Y. F, Lu X, Zhang Y. B, Wang F, Zhang Y: Autologous peripheral blood stem cells transplantation in treatment of 62 cases of lower extremity ischemic disorder. Zhonghua Nei Ke Za Zhi; 2005; 44: 95–98.
31.Dzau VJ, Gnecchi M, Pachori AS, et al.: Therapeutic potential of endothelial progenitor cells in cardiovascular diseases. Hypertension; 2005; 46: 7–18.
32.Honold J, Lehmann R, Heeschen C, et al.: Effects of granulocyte colony stimulating factor on functional activities of endothelial progenitor cells in patients with chronic ischemic heart disease. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol; 2006; 26: 2238–2243.
33.Seeger FH, Tonn T, Krzossok N, et al.: Cell isolation procedures matter: a comparison of different isolation protocols of bone marrow mononuclear cells used for cell therapy in patients with acute myocardial infarction. Eur Heart J; 2007; 28: 766 –772.
34.Higashi Y, Kimura M, Hara K, et al.: Autologous bone marrow mononuclear cell implantation improves endothelium-dependent vasodilatation in patients with limb ischemia. Circulation; 2004; 109: 1215–1218.
35.Bartsch T, Falke T, Brehm M, et al.: Intra-arterial and intramuscular transplantation of adult, autologous bone marrow stem cells. Novel treatment for therapy-refractory peripheral arterial occlusive disease. Dtsch Med Wochenschr; 2006; 131: 79–83.
36.Kajiguchi M, Kondo T, Izawa H, et al.: Safety and efficacy of autologous progenitor cell transplantation for therapeutic angiogenesis in patients with critical limb ischemia. Circ J; 2007; 71: 196 –201.
37.Rutherford RB, Baker JD, Ernst C, et al.: Recommended standards for reports dealing with lower extremity ischemia: revised version. J Vasc Surg; 1997; 26: 517–538.
38.Choksy SA, Chan P: Therapeutic angiogenesis. Br J Surg; 2006; 93: 261–263.

Paediatric Symptom Falsification (‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’) – Psychiatric Manifestations

Authors
Ciaran Clarke and Norbertas Skokauskas
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a344
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aims

The aim was to explore the importance and inherent challenges of child abuse presenting with spurious psychiatric manifestations (‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’) through a case series. 

Methods
Three cases of child abuse are described, each presenting with falsification of psychiatric features and symptoms by caregivers.  Similarities and differences from classical ‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’ are explored, and the nosological status of this entity is discussed.
 
Results
1. Caregiver characteristics resembled those in classical ‘Munchausen Syndrome By Proxy’.  2. Cases differed from typical medical presentations in age at presentation, in course, and in prominence of educational consequences.  3. The relationship of the mother with the child's physician was less prominent than some suggest in classical ‘MSBP’.
 
Conclusions
The incidence of Paediatric Symptom Falsification may be higher than generally believed, and psychiatric presentations differ from classical presentations. Reporting to child protection agencies is essential, but this is difficult and tends to be avoided for various reasons.  There is a need for more education of mental health and allied professionals about this condition to prevent the suffering of many children.  ‘MSBP’ involves psychological problems in the mother which are very difficult to manage, and which require understanding and compassion, but which should not be a barrier to protecting the child.  In so far as it describes a situation and not a disease, 'MSBP' is a disorder only by analogy.  Provided this is borne in mind, its difference from other forms of child abuse argues for the retention of a specific descriptive name, so that it can be better detected and prevented. 
Keywords: 
Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy; Paediatric Condition Falsification, Paediatric Symptom Falsification; Psychiatric
Introduction
 
‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’ (MSBP) was first described by Meadow in 1977 1, as a form of child abuse in which the caregiver (generally the mother) causes or simulates illness in the child for psychological gain. Three features are required for diagnosis: 1. The history, signs and symptoms of disease are not credible; 2.The child is receiving unnecessary and harmful, or potentially harmful, medical care; 3. If so, caregivers are instrumental in instigating the evaluations and treatment 2.  As has been emphasized, the motivation of the mother (her psychological needs), is important in distinguishing MSBP from other forms of Paediatric Condition Falsification (PCF) 3.  Initial reports described young children with acute, life-threatening events, such as sleep apnoea, epilepsy, diarrhoea, or bowel obstruction 4,5. Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS) has an ominous association with MSBS which has survived controversy 6-9. MSBP has been reported in children in learning disability settings;10 whereas there have been few, if any, reports in general child psychiatry. Causal factors for this may be that it is perceived to be less exciting, of a multi-disciplinary nature, and, arguably, due to more humdrum circumstances which surround it. Initial descriptions, indeed, required that the child present with organic symptoms 11. Psychiatric presentations may be more difficult to detect because of the paucity of objective diagnostic tests, with the consequent greater reliance on the history provided by caregivers. Caregivers who simulate school refusal in their children have been considered not to have MSB 12, (though they do show PCF). The exclusion of psychiatric presentations is noteworthy, because such psychiatric presentations may differ in important ways from the typical, dramatic, presentations seen in very young children. Since psychiatric diagnosis in children is so dependent upon parental history, such cases may also be more difficult to detect, and therefore more common than previously thought. Three cases are described here, which, though typical of MSBP in many ways, differ in their psychiatric symptoms, in their age, and in the prominence of school refusal.
 
Cases
 
Case X
 
This girl was born at 37 weeks gestation by emergency caesarean section because of a slowing of the foetal heart rate. She was the eldest of 4 children. Her father was severely disabled with a chronic degenerative disease. No distress was evident at birth, but she had short stature (3rd centile for height and weight). At 9 years of age, she presented to a Child & Adolescent Mental Health service with low self-esteem and an eating problem. Her parents attributed this to bullying at school, which, the mother told doctors in a subsequent interview, took place when the child was 7, and was characterised by beatings so severe as to leave her with multiple bruises, and ‘a voice which changed following this trauma’.
 
The girl was found to have an IQ in the borderline range. Her mother reported that she had 'allergies to milk and eggs'. At another interview she said the allergy was to ‘shellfish and nuts’, and that it had been discovered when she developed an anaphylactic reaction in another country at 18 months of age. The mother also claimed that eczema was diagnosed at that time. Her diet was restricted, and her mother commented that she 'needed to buy special foods', and that 'asthma developed at age 7'. The child was found to be unhappy, but not depressed. There was no evidence of weight loss, but an eating disorder was diagnosed on the basis of maternal reports.
 
X’s brother had been diagnosed as having ADHD, and was prescribed psychostimulants. Aggression and odd behaviour had given rise to suspicion of an autism spectrum disorder. After a number of assessments, no diagnosis was made. Compliance with medication was a problem, the mother claiming that, although she personally administered tablets, he had somehow avoided swallowing them, and adduced this as a reason for their lack of efficacy. The mother later reported that 'he was doing extremely well off all treatment'.
 
The mother expressed dissatisfaction with the attention and care her daughter had received from one service. However, a letter, written shortly afterwards, gives an insight into her personality, and the relationship which had developed with professionals. She wrote: ‘I did not realise I was so overpowering towards you all... I only feel constant pain & hurt at what has happened to our daughter. Let me know if you do not want to see us anymore.’
 
It was at this point that the ability of the parents to care for their children was questioned, when it was discovered that the mother had been leaving the children unsupervised overnight, so that she could help with a scout camp (with which none of her own children were involved). School authorities were also alarmed that the children were left unsupervised for long periods before school opening, and that they arrived hungry and dishevelled. The mother opposed involvement by social services, and, in the absence of any formal complaint, they were not notified.
Unhappy with the treatment she received from her psychiatrist, the mother sought a second opinion. To this doctor, the mother reported that there had been an increase in frequency of nocturnal enuresis at 7 years. She reported that her daughter was happy at school, but that there were problems at home. She reported that her daughter was 'unable to swallow solid food'; she was 'able to take liquidised food only', and 'she became increasingly anxious about solids'.  The mother said she had contacted the Anorexia Nervosa Society ‘who advised she had a phobia about food'. The mother reported that when she gradually re-introduced solids, eating recovered and that appetite returned.
 
At 14 years, X’s mother told a paediatrician that her problems started at age 7, when she had been bullied by several children in the class. This doctor found her to have constitutional short stature. No allergies were reported or found. The mother resisted attempts to obtain copies of previous medical records. A neurologist found 'no evidence of regression'. The mother quoted a paediatrician to another professional as having said, 'It would be disastrous for her if she had a period', and she told another paediatrician that the referring doctor had said she was being referred, 'to sort out her psychological problems immediately’. She was referred to a third child psychiatrist, who found low mood, social withdrawal, and 'recent adjustment problems'. She was then referred again to local psychiatric services for follow-up. At this stage, her mother wrote: '... it is now confirmed that her short stature has a psychological basis, and that this started at 6 years of age because of bullying'.
 
At her mother’s insistence, X was seen then by another psychiatrist, ‘to discover the psychological cause of her short stature’. No psychopathology was found. Mother declared that she was ‘astounded’ and demanded to know how the doctor could explain ‘the dramatic fall in IQ which had taken place at age 10’.
 
By the time of referral to social services, the child had been seen by 3 paediatricians, 4 psychiatrists, and numerous other mental health professionals.
 
Case Y
 
This boy was born without complication, developing normally up to middle childhood. When he was 3 years old, a younger sister was born. She died at the age of 3 months, and a coroner's verdict of  SIDS was returned. His mother experienced a pathological grief reaction.
 
The family holidayed abroad periodically; such trips were frequently marked by attendance at the A&E department of the local hospital, where the boy presented with sundry somatic complaints. There were occasional brief hospitalisations, but no physical abnormality was ever diagnosed.
 
The child’s mother made several unsubstantiated allegations of bullying at school. His father disputed these, though he did not oppose them. Thorough investigation failed to substantiate any such episode. The father complained to doctors of his powerlessness in the face of his wife's over-protective, domineering approach; he recognised the harmful effect this was having on their son.
 
Whereas the mother complained that her son had 'loss of interest', 'poor concentration', was ‘not eating', and had suffered weight loss; the boy told doctors, 'I'm good at school'; and 'I'm always happy with my friends'.
His mother had a benign brain tumour, which had presented initially with epilepsy when she was in her teens, but was well controlled.   During her mid-40’s, she presented frequently with pseudo-seizures and other odd neurological symptoms. To each doctor she met, she presented herself has having a 'terminal brain tumour'. She told her neurologist that she was 'distancing herself from her son’, as she was ‘going to die soon’, and ‘he would have to be tough enough to get on without her'.
 
On one occasion, when brought to hospital because of suicidal ideation, Y commented that ‘school was good’, and that he had ‘a few good friends’. He listed a few favourite subjects, and responded appropriately to wishes about the future. The conclusion was that he was euthymic. Notwithstanding his reports to doctors, he was kept at home for prolonged periods because of 'bullying'. The mother claimed that her husband 'can be abusive to the child when angry', though the impression of numerous psychiatrists was that he had a passive, dependent personality. He begged professionals for help in protecting his child, and when a referral to social services was eventually made, he was profuse in his gratitude.
 
Case Z
 
This boy's monozygotic twin brother presented to a private psychiatrist at 1 ½ years of age with 'behavioural problems', and a diagnosis of autism was made. No standard observational assessments were performed, nor neurodevelopmental history taken. He was referred to specialist autism services, who found no abnormality following a multi-disciplinary assessment. When the twins were 7 years of age, the mother brought the other twin, Z, to community child psychiatric services with vague concerns regarding 'development' and 'social skills'. By this she meant that he '[had eaten] his food off the floor when he was younger', and that he currently 'behaved in a silly, immature way'. She said that 'teachers complained of disruption', and she, in turn, complained of poor cooperation from the school. Independent contact with the school disclosed no such behavioural concerns. Her husband spent most nights away on business, and the twins slept in her bed. They 'would not settle for hours' and she 'had to sing to get them to sleep'.
 
His mother had been treated for depression in the past. She reported that she had given up her job in order to look after her children, whom she felt had 'special needs'.
 
At clinical interview she was extremely reluctant to leave her son, and her prolonged departure from the room was accompanied by exaggerated displays of affection, which clearly embarrassed her son. He, on the other hand, separated easily. On his own, he was initially reserved, but became talkative and happy when discussing his friends, school, interests, etc. There was no evidence of any autistic-type disorder, nor indeed any other psychiatric problem.
 
At the time of writing, she has refused to accept the assurances of two different services that there was nothing wrong with her son, and she was continuing with attempts to have him re-assessed.
 
Discussion
 
All three of these children presented with complaints from mothers, which, while perhaps credible in isolation, became more and more far-fetched when viewed together as a whole. In all cases harm resulted to the child from excessive investigation, social isolation, and absence from school.  In all cases, mothers had narcissistic personality problems, and fathers had a subordinate role (one because of chronic illness, another because of a dependent personality). All children had siblings with dubious or unexplained illness. All cases involved many physicians and allied professionals, who became involved in what transpired to be, when they started to communicate with one another, a pattern of simulated illnesses and symptoms. There was a general reluctance to refer to social services, and a delay in their involvement, perhaps because of the absence of acute or marked abuse, and because the caregivers seemed the opposite of the 'typical' negligent, abusive mother. These children were somewhat older than most cases of factitious disorder by proxy, who also differ in presenting with acute, life-threatening events or surgical emergencies. Although probably less lethal, psychiatric presentations may offer more scope for abuse, due to the greater reliance on parental reports in child psychiatry. Unwitting collusion by schools, in part caused by an understandable sensitivity to bullying allegations, may have facilitated presentation to psychiatric services.
 
Most cases of MSBP have emerged from the U.S. The phrase ‘Psychological needs’ has been emphasised, and suggests vagueness, an impression strengthened by the initial psychodynamic terms in which these case were couched. It may be a useful term, nonetheless, in that it distinguishes motivations such as revenge, delusions, or poverty, from those in which the perpetrator behaves in this way to, for example, fool doctors or exhibit herself as an ideal parent 13. Schreier and Libow 14 suggested that a key psychological factor may be an ingratiating relationship which the mother pursues with the child's physician, who tends to be male, isolated, and idealistic. The preponderance of mothers among perpetrators may be due to a satisfaction obtained by deceiving ‘authority’ or ‘power’ figures, but this (and any other explanation) has not yet been substantiated. Such manipulation was not present in any of these three cases. This may be due to the central role which the family doctor retains in many other countries, and to the multi-disciplinary nature of health care, particularly mental health services, in other health systems, which precludes the doctor from seeming a ‘hero figure’.
 
‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’ is clearly not a disease, and can be considered a disorder only by analogy. This, as well as the general tendency in medicine to abandon eponymous diagnostic labels, argues for use of the term ‘Paediatric Condition Falsification’, preferred by the American Professional Society on the Abuse of Children (APSAC) 15; or ‘Factitious Disorder by Proxy’, as preferred by the Diagnostic & Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) 16. Notwithstanding these compelling reasons, the radically different profile of the ‘caring mother’, in cases like those under discussion, make it essential to distinguish the situation described in this case series from other circumstances in which mothers harm children. The mother’s motivation is crucial if the child is to be protected: specific remedies in other circumstances may offer hope of an amelioration, but the rate of recidivism in ‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’ 17,18, means that these children will require vigilance and protection for as long as they are in contact with their mother.
 
It is important to consider how these episodes might have been detected earlier. Good history-taking would have revealed the falsehood of an allergy to dairy products in the first case. A higher index of suspicion might have led to greater communication, and better detection, among disparate professionals as in the case of Munchausen Syndrome in adults. Formal channels for reporting concerns without fear of recrimination could be established in hospitals and out-patient settings. Greater institutional support for healthcare workers with concerns, as well as broader awareness among family doctors, nurses, psychologists, and social workers, is a prerequisite. In medical presentations, a bizarre, inconsistent history, a failure to cooperate with attempts to obtain medical records, features of a maternal histrionic or narcissistic personality, and any history of abuse towards other siblings, should raise the alarm. These apply also in the case of psychiatric presentations. In medical presentations, abuse can be detected by observing ‘recovery’ of the child when removed from the parent’s reach. The chronicity and gradual nature of psychiatric symptoms make these cases appear less dramatic, and such a ‘test’ impractical, but certain other features may help. Unconvincing reports of bullying at school, despite thorough investigation, poor school attendance without an adequate explanation, and an incongruity between maternal reports and the child’s mental state, may all be helpful.
 
Conclusion
 
Reports of Psychiatric presentations of Paediatric Symptom Falsification are rare, but there are good reasons for suspecting that the true incidence may be higher. Psychiatric presentations are probably not typical of Paediatric Symptom Falsification, and may for this reason be missed. Experience shows that reporting to child protection agencies is essential, but this is difficult and tends to be avoided for various reasons. There is a need for education of mental health and allied professionals in this condition so that much suffering of children can be avoided. Paediatric Symptom Falsification involves psychological problems in the caregiver (generally the mother), which are very difficult to manage. These require understanding and compassion, but should not be a barrier to protecting the child.

 

The authors declare that they have no conflict of interest. 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
CIARAN CLARKE, Barringtons Hospital, Georges Quay, Limerick, Ireland NORBERTAS SKOKAUSKAS, Department of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry St. James's Hospital Dublin 8 Ireland
Corresponding Author Details: 
CIARAN CLARKE, Barringtons Hospital Georges Quay Limerick Ireland
Corresponding Author Email: 
csclarke@eircom.net
References
References: 

1. Meadow R. Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy. The Hinterland of Child Abuse. Lancet 1977; 2(8033):343-345.

2. Stirling John Jr. and the Committee on Child Abuse and Neglect. Beyond Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy: Identification and Treatment of Child Abuse in a Medical Setting. Pediatrics, 2007; 119:1026-1030.
3. Bursch BA, Schreier HC, Ayoub CA, Libow JJ, Sanders MC, Yorker B. Further Thoughts on "Beyond Munchausen by Proxy: Identification and Treatment of Child Abuse in a Medical Setting". Pediatrics 2008; 121:444-445.
4. Awadallah N, Vaughan A, Franco K, Munir F, Sharaby N, Goldfarb J. Munchausen by Proxy: A Case, Chart Series, and Literature Review of Older Victims. Child Abuse Negl 2005; 29(8):931-941.
5. Kannai R. Munchausen by Mommy. Fam Syst Health 2009; 27(1):105-112.
6. Truman TL, Ayoub CC. Considering Suffocatory Abuse and Munchausen by Proxy in the Evaluation of Children Experiencing apparent Life-threatening events and Sudden Infant Death Syndrome. Child Maltreat 2002; 7(2):138-148.
7. Craft AW, Hall DM. Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy and Sudden Infant Death. BMJ 2004; 328(7451):1309-1312.
8. Galvin HK, Newton AW, Vandeven AM. Update on Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy. Curr Opin Pediatr 2005; 17(2):252-257.
9. Vennemann B, Bajanowski T, Karger B, Pfeiffer H, Kohler H, Brinkmann B. Suffocation and Poisoning - The Hard-hitting side of Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy. Int J Legal Med 2005; 119(2):98-102.
10. Ayoub CC, Schreier HA, Keller C. Munchausen by Proxy: Presentations in Special Education. Child Maltreat 2002; 7(2):149-159.
11. Marcus A, Ammeermann C, Klein M, Schmidt M. Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy and Factitious Illness: Symptomatology, Parent-child Interaction, and Psychopathology of the Parents. European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 1995; 4(4):229-236.
12. Waller D, Eisenberg L. School Refused in Childhood - a Psychiatric Pediatric Perspective. In: L. Hersov and I. Berg, Editors. Out of School - Modern Perspectives in Truancy and School Refusal. Chichester, England; New York: J. Wiley; 1980.
13. Schreier H. Munchausen by Proxy Defined. Pediatrics 2002; 110(5):985-988.
14. Schreier HA, Libow JA. Munchausen by Proxy Syndrome: a Modern Pediatric Challenge. J Pediatr 1994; 125(6 Pt 2):S110-5.
15. Ayoub CC, Alexander R, Beck D, Bursch B, Feldman KW, Libow J, et al. Position Paper: Definitional Issues in Munchausen by Proxy. Child Maltreat 2002; 7(2):105-111.
16. Association AP. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders: DSM-IV-TR. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association, 2000-943.
17. Bools CN, Neale BA, Meadow SR. Follow up of Victims of Fabricated Illness (Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy). Arch Dis Child 1993; 69(6):625-630.
18. Schreier H, J.A. L. Hurting for Love: Munchausen by Proxy Syndrome. New York: Guilford Press, 1993.

share
Syndicate content